A Future Earth [Archive] - The Project Avalon Community Forum

Ernie Nemeth

2nd October 2011, 07:42

Two days later:

I still cannot believe what I have just discovered. How can this be? This little piece of technology that I was going to use as a sort of ice breaker at parties is now revising everything I understand about reality.

It has been quite a ride from that faithful day when I first went and picked up my Free Energy box, the zero-point field generator. There was no way to know then that it would lead to this place, this knowing. Yet I must marvel at what it did accomplish in a mere two decades. First it freed me from my drudgery of dragging my tools on my back to earn a few measly dollars only to pay the bills and allow my body to survive another month. With that box and a bit of ingenuity and I was free to live as I choose. Some scraps from the junkyard, a few discarded motors, a couple of sheets of steel, some old plastic tubing, some seeds, some dirt and I was mobile and self-sufficient like never before!

And with the release of the anti-grav unit three years later I became free to go anywhere on the face of the earth that I pleased. Sure, there were setbacks and obstacles to overcome because of the old system still trying to intimidate and hold us enslaved to their crumbling authority but they were, for the most part, easily circumvented. It was just a matter of knowing how to claim our sovereignty; a few letters, a few days in jail, and a couple of home-made licenses solved most of those problems. I took a few beatings in stride and leveled my own threats against more concerted efforts - ZPF technology is easily converted to massively damaging energy weapons with very little effort. And that was that, I and most of humanity were left to our own devices.

And once the connection was made between the ZPF and consciousness, well, that turned everything on its ear. Soon the most intrepid amongst us were bilocating, flying, and manifesting as easily as passing gas! Most of us learned at least one of these advanced skills. Some were better at it than others. Some turned it to new directions like lucid dream construction, body alteration, mind enhancement, mental space exploration and astral travel. These were still areas of great interest to most.

But this revelation changed everthing. I still could not understand it completely - but there it was. After Ariel and I emerged from the anti-grav affection enhancer last night she had an idea. So she took my little device and turned it on. She concentrated and, while allowing me to follow her thoughts, she transformed her being and disappeared. She asked me to do likewise but I was hesitant. I asked her to come back but she was reluctant. We said our goodbyes then, she promised to keep in touch and I promised to find her when I was ready.

I looked up at my display screen but I did not have to. I could feel the thoughts of my people. They were already congregating at the designated spot. The display showed the alien craft entering the atmosphere. I tidied up a bit, put things in order and strolled out of my pretty blue saphire domicile. I already knew I would not be coming back. All I carried with me was this new invention of mine. And I knew that it would be the last piece of technology I would ever use.

There was a bit of a line up at the transporter; everyone wanted to be present for what was to unfold this day. Soon it was my turn and I willed myself to my location: Egypt.

Since billions of us were travelling to the same spot I decided to avoid the crush of the main crowd and appeared some fifty miles out in the desert. Clutching my device I flew into the air. I flew up to a few hundred feet and hovored there, leisurely waiting while floating on my back. I did not have long to wait...

There were hundreds of us even here, seems like I was not the only one who wanted to avoid the crowds. And even from this distance it was not hard to make out the craft as it slowly descended from the heavens. Although the aliens inside the craft were obviously benevolent their thought patterns were odd and a bit disconcerting nonetheless. They were sending out a repeating message telepathically; prepare ye people of earth, you're time of ascension is at hand. To me, their message was not what it seemed. I already knew where I was going. And it wasn't where they intended, that was for sure. But I knew most were not of the same opinion. We had been over this thoroughly in the past forty-eight hours.

And now I understood why I was a straggler here with these few hundred around me - they had chosen similarly. We would go our own way together. I sent out a feeling of gratitude, which was received by all around me and reciprocated. We sent each other well wishes and fortitude and strength - it would not be easy to leave so many of our race. Especially as we were going to an unknown destination where no exprience any of us had yet garnered would help us. It would be fully, completely, utterly, a new world. But our guides, at least the highest of them, were from that realm and they assured us that it would be glorious beyond description. That was enough.

Meanwhile, the craft descended over the Giza plateau and came to a stop above the Great Pyramid. There it hovered. We could not see with our human eyes ourselves but those closest to the site were transmitting what they saw via the third eye, the inward eye. And it was as had been prophesized millenia ago. The craft was not large by alien standards, in fact it had the same circumference as the length of the base of the Great Pyramid itself, not at all a coincidence, as we all knew. Many were now preparing for the coming event, we could feel them doing so.

I held my device out in front of me and turned it on. Since I did not have the talent that Ariel possessed I would have to rely on focussing the energies that were about to be relayed from the merging of the alien craft and the pyramid. I felt those around me turning their undivided attention onto my device with me and we became as one in our efforts. The device started to glow. It pulsed with power and ascended the spectrum of light while it grew in power. First red, the tribal power, then orange, the power of emotion, to yellow, the power of self. Then green, the vibration of love.

The craft descended as we watched in our mind's eye. The device kept cycling higher to blue, the power of symbols, then purple, the power of thought. The craft landed on top of the pyramid. The Great Pyramid immediately rumbled to life and a beam of light shot out with a tremendous burst of coruscating fire. The bean travelled around the planet, activating each of the ancient sites on the main ley lines of the planet.

Gaia Herself shook noticably and some of our number gave over to fear. Most calmed as we sent thoughts of reassurance. Some changed their minds and left to join the main group. We sent our blessings.

By now the device in my hand was pulsing with a pink/indigo light so bright that our eyes were burned beyond repair. But where we were going such things were of no consequence. And as the device cycled to full power a brilliant white light exploded from it, the very power of the Divine within each of us.

The Great Pyramid and the craft began flashing, shimmering before becoming virtually opulescent. And our people, the many that were aligning themselves with this power began to transform. They grew and became crystalline in nature before they too began to shimmer. Soon they began to fade from view, but not from our awareness.

We said our goodbyes then, and wished them well. And then they were gone.

I told my fellow travellers to get ready and willed the process to commence. Before the scene in our minds could no longer report of the happenings in the 3D world I saw a criss-crossing pattern of golden light overhead. And as the scene changed I saw where the rest of our race were arriving in the 4th, then fifth dimensions. I saw there were indeed ancient structures here as well and that they were also activated and pulsing with light. We were glad for our race, they would happily explore this realm with bodies far more advanced and far less corruptible. We felt their excitement at the avenues of possiblities opening before them and their optimism rising in a crescendo of accomplishment.

But us few continued, higher and higher and higher until there were no words, no thoughts, no concepts, just pure unadulterated experience of being.

We were home at last.

Peace everybody! Let hope flow eternal and may all suffering finally come to an end for all time! This I pray for all of our race and all the races of the cosmos!
Bless each and every one with the light of The Most High God.
Love,
Ernie

P.S. I will peep in from time to time but I will for the most part stay in the shadows.

Black Panther

12th October 2011, 11:30

You started a thread about 'A Future Earth' at 11:11 :clap2:

Wade Frazier

12th October 2011, 14:23

Hi All:

First, I want to thank TelosianEmbrace for beginning this thread. He was responding to a request that I made, and his first post (made at 11:11 :) ) is an excellent one, and I hope that it gets people thinking. Back when I joined Avalon, I made a post that envisioned what a world based on free energy (FE) could look like. That first post is below:

Imagine that your abode is in your ideal setting. Imagine that it is as large as you need it to be. It is made from substances that caused no loss of biological life to become the structure of your home. Imagine that it sits in complete harmony with the surrounding ecosystem. The water in your home is as pure as rainwater. If you want, you can have a pool of this water in your home, as warm as you wish it to be, for your enjoyment. The free energy device that powers your home keeps the water continually pure. Part of your home grows your food, food that is always alive. It is mostly fruit, and whatever fruit you wish it to be. You have growing rooms that can be as light, dark, wet, dry, hot or cold as you wish. If you want to do some cooking, everything that you need is at your disposal.

Every room in your home has perfect climate-control. When you leave your home, always because there is someplace that you want to go to, your craft takes you there swiftly, silently, and safely, and there is no exhaust from the craft, as it runs on free energy. Your home is made of substances that degrade very slowly in the environment (such as glass and stainless steel, for instance), so it almost never needs maintenance. Your home is entirely self-contained, and you can move it to anywhere in the world you want, anytime you want. You can meet your basic needs with less than an hour of “work” per day. The rest of your waking day is spent doing whatever you wish, be it exercise, study, mediation, playing, being entertained, making love, puttering around the house or engaging in efforts that involve and fulfill your community. Because you can travel the entire planet in little time, the members of your community might be as close as a hundred yards or as far as 12,000 miles away. Your community might be all of humanity, and may even include non-human life forms, including those on our planet or on the planets of our galactic and inter-dimensional neighbors, who often visit.

You live on a planet where everybody lives in peace and plenty. There is no want, and there is no hunger. There is abundance regarding our physical lives, but also there is emotional and mental abundance. Humanity’s intelligence, emotional depth and happiness are realized at levels that were incredible to behold in the early days of the transition, but everybody eventually came to realize that such is our natural state, and nobody desired anything less.

There is my initial vision. Free energy can catalyze that world into being, in my lifetime and even sooner. Together, we can make it happen. What do you think?

After that first one, I was encouraged, by Ilie in particular, to do more of them. Then came a few more, which are below.

Ileah and the Whale

Ileah brought her children to that day’s class. Ileah’s husband was visiting a Martian colony, and the whale asked Ileah to bring her children to that day’s lesson. He regularly made that request, with somewhat predictable timing. The classes were held wherever the whale, which Ileah called Somborne, was. Ileah could always find Somborne, as he relayed his location to her mind, wherever she was on Earth. Somborne was a teacher whale. Many thousands of teacher whales roamed Earth’s oceans. The human pupils traveled for their lessons, wherever the whales might be. Dolphins often accompanied them, who learned from the teacher whales in their own way. That day, however, was for Somborne to teach Ileah and her children.

When Ileah first began learning from Somborne, she swam with him in tropical waters. Physical contact was important during the initial lessons. But today he swam near the Arctic, taking the routes of his ancestors. Somborne, like many teacher whales, no longer needed to eat. They received their sustenance in other ways. Somborne stated that while his ancestor’s oceanic routes were no longer necessary for nourishment, he enjoyed the journey.

Ileah lived with her family in a community in South America, although people rarely used that archaic geographic term anymore. Ileah’s family relocated fairly regularly, as was typical. Because of the ease of communication and travel (as compared to the days before free energy and other advanced technologies were revealed more than one hundred years ago), humanity was really one large community, even those living in off-Earth colonies or visiting humanity’s close relatives in other star systems.

As humanity awoke during the Change Times, and extra-terrestrial and subterranean species made their presence known, it quickly became evident that cetaceans were far more than aquatic mammals. No life form was taken for granted any longer, but cetaceans were more than humanity’s peers. As humans began interacting openly with cetaceans, whales helped people remember important aspects of their heritage and inherent abilities, as well as teaching them ways of thinking and being that were previously unknown.

In Arctic waters, wearing water suits was an option, but today, Ileah and her children, a boy and girl of less than ten years, used a water craft. Familiar sights and sounds accompanied their descent to meet Somborne. The family greeted Somborne in a chorus, and Somborne’s song replied. He rose toward the surface and swam next to their craft. The craft’s sides were clear, seeming to its occupants as if they were swimming freely, if warmly for Arctic waters. As Somborne swam close, their eyes met. Such contact was still important, but Somborne’s greeting was also received in their minds and hearts. More than any of Earth’s species, including humans, whales were masters of the mind.

Today’s lesson was a common one: learning multidimensional thinking. A century ago, as whales began teaching humans, the holographic nature of cetacean thought, particularly the thought processes of Great Whales, was incomprehensible at first. However, humans in close contact with whales not only began thinking differently, their thoughts and emotions began unifying. It was not an easily described process, but humans training with whales were evidently changed, and often dramatically. Their intuitive abilities flourished, and their ability to feel love was greatly enhanced, as well as an enormous increase of what was once considered intellectual ability. What was called “intelligence” before the Change Times became one of many relics of that primitive epoch, however necessary it may have been. The greatest thinkers of those old times used only tiny portions of their potential. The teacher whales helped open horizons of thought and being that humans were only beginning to explore.

Ileah’s children had been receiving Somborne’s lessons since infancy. If children had whale training while young, they could manifest astonishing, if still barely understood, abilities. Somborne chose Ileah for training before her children were born, which was becoming a more common practice among teacher whales. As they communed near the ocean’s surface, Somborne stated that the day’s lesson was for “deep” work. Going deep into the mind was somehow related to going deep into the ocean, at least for lessons that whales taught. Their craft could descend to the bottom of any ocean with ease, but Somborne still needed to breathe, so their descents were relatively modest but adequate for the lessons.

Somborne dove toward the depths with the craft alongside. Ileah and her children assumed their learning state, with their eyes closed, as their minds entered a kaleidoscope of multidimensional thought and feeling. Much of their learning was beyond what their conscious minds grasped, but that was normal and expected. The lessons altered their awareness in ways that sometimes became evident only during subsequent dreams. The effects on their waking minds and emotional states could be spectacular for some lessons, and subtle for others. As they descended, Somborne’s teaching became more “condensed.” Ileah’s breathing became deep and slow, as did her children’s. Their thoughts became quieter, yet their minds and emotions also expanded. Memories of other existences were recalled, in other incarnations and between them, sometimes in non-humanoid bodies. Information entered their minds and was assembled in ways considered “impossible” a few generations ago, but was now accepted as a necessary development on the path of humanity’s growing awareness.

Somborne had a particular lesson to impart about being on that day, which could only be received at the deepest state that their relationship allowed. It could not all be received consciously, but enough was consciously available that its import was obvious. That day’s lesson was one of the “big ones” that they sometimes received. As Ileah felt her mind and heart join during the lesson, she knew that it would take months to fully integrate it. She opened one eye. They had gone so deeply that the waters were in deep twilight. Somborne floated next to their craft, and she gazed into his eye in recognition and gratitude for their day’s lesson. Somborne’s eye had its typically wise expression that only hinted at his depth of multidimensional perception. Ileah could see the faint glow of his body, related to how he received his nutrition. The glow became more evident during their lessons, and it seemed to come from the same source that powered human civilization. It was a divine energy that only highly accomplished mystics were familiar with, before the Change Times. In Ileah’s time, that energy was understood to come from the Creator; all humans were familiar with its hum, and teacher whales much more so. It was a loving energy whose sentience was discernible, to some degree, by all humans. All Earthly life resonated with that energy, too, in ways that were new and delightful.

The teacher whales informed humanity that they would be available to teach as long as humanity needed them. After that, their presence would diminish, but some would always accompany Earth on her journey, and their relationship with humanity would reach another octave that was as of yet unfathomable.

After long minutes, Somborne returned to the surface. Their day’s lesson was not yet complete, but the heart of it was. A few hours later, they returned home after their happy farewells, in a trip lasting a few minutes. In the days that followed, they experienced that familiar state, as their minds and hearts assimilated what they experienced far below the ocean’s surface, under Somborne’s tutelage. Ileah’s husband would take the children to their next lesson. About once a year, the entire family swam with Somborne in tropical seas, as well as many members of their community. In those times, the line dividing family and community would have seemed odd and even invisible to people living before the Change Times, as all of humanity was a community in Ileah’s lifetime.

A Little Vision

It was a sunny day when the friends converged on the city. If the weather had been inclement, they would not have suffered, not with all of their equipment at hand, but they preferred to perform those particular efforts on sunny days. The abandoned city was one of the few in North America that had yet to be reclaimed. The urban reclamation projects had already turned most cities back to the land’s natural state. When people left the cities for the new ways of living that free energy and its related technologies made possible, about the only items that people brought along had historic, artistic or sentimental value. The rest were either recycled into their elements and formed into rocks (usually placed on ocean floors – they might be reclaimed one day, if needed), or added to the element banks that dotted the planet. The recycling machines would arrive at this abandoned city in a few weeks, after they finished turning a city a few hundred kilometers away back into a natural environment, with the beginnings of a forest reestablished, with the river running through the city remediated back to its natural state. But today, the friends would continue their research into this relic of the past, where millions of people from the Scarcity Epoch lived and died. The friends did it from interest and to contribute to humanity’s store of information about that era, and one of them recalled a past life where she lived in that city.

Madele was of African ancestry and lived in Northeast Asia, in what was formerly called Siberia. She generally only lived there during the summer months, but would sometimes visit in winter, and she once spent a winter season living on the shrinking Antarctic icepack. In the lifetime she recalled, she was male and was a factory manager who lived in a small portion of a building known as an apartment complex. Such crowded living conditions were typical during the Scarcity Epoch, and Madele wanted to visit that city before it was removed, to gain greater understanding of those times and the lives such people led. Madele’s friends mostly lived on Earth, but one, Gorwin, came from his dwelling on Mars that day. Gorwin’s journey was a little longer than the few minutes that the others took to arrive at that abandoned city. Since Gorwin was a little further from home, he brought his day-habitat with him, which provided for all of his creature needs. The friends could use his facility if they needed to, but since all were only a few minutes from their dwellings, they only came in their personal craft.

That excursion was planned a few weeks earlier, when Madele recalled her past life in that city and realized that it would soon be gone. She communicated to her friends via the Connector, although for one of her friends, Axly, she only had to think her invitation toward him, because he no longer needed technology to communicate. The common understanding was that people like Axly had merely regained abilities that humanity once possessed long ago. Eventually, humanity might not need any technology, but that possibility was in the distant future and nobody was in a hurry to get there. The pleasure would be in the journey, but everybody realized that such s state was probably ahead for humanity.

The city had a large plaza near its center, and that is where the eight friends arranged to meet. Madele had a strong sense of where she lived in her earlier incarnation, and flew over it on her way to the plaza. The apartment complex was unexpectedly still there. While she could have landed there, she wanted to walk through the abandoned city and pick up its impressions, particularly those from that prior lifetime. She wanted to take that walk alone, and she would notify her friends when she arrived at the apartment. Then they would all come to experience the impressions with her. Axly was particularly helpful in enhancing the experience, bringing in impressions and memories that relatively few could access, although everybody possessed that ability to some degree.

After they met at the plaza, the others left, some on foot, and some in their craft, to explore, acquire evidence and gain their own sense of what the city was once like. All had toured the city over its lifetime in their simulators, but there was no substitute for being there, even if it was in a different timeframe.

As Madele walked through the quiet city, with the forest and its denizens already beginning to reclaim it, she received rich impressions of what the lives of its inhabitants were like. Everybody realized that it was important work, to keep those memories alive. As she received impressions, they were those that typically accompanied such excursions. In cities, a particular stress and anxiety permeated the lives its inhabitants, a kind that no longer existed on Earth. For all the incredible crowding that attended the lives of those city inhabitants, there was also a great sense of loneliness. While other eras of the Scarcity Epoch did not have cities, or most people did not live in them, the continual reality of scarcity defined everybody’s existences in ways that were challenging to comprehend. While on a mental level, the people of Madele’s lifetime eventually understood the dynamics of the Scarcity Epoch, when people like Madele recalled lives from that epoch, and were fortunate enough to find the physical location in something close to the state of that epoch, it was an opportunity not to be missed. When Madele finished her exploration on that day, her impressions would be given to the Memory Bank, and the emotional memories would be the most valuable gift that the day would bring.

It took an hour for Madele to walk to that apartment complex. Somewhat surprisingly, the complex was not only close to how she recalled it, when she entered the apartment from her previous lifetime, it looked remarkably familiar. The furniture and plumbing were a little different, of what had not been removed during the years of urban exodus, when cities largely became obsolete. Madele used her communicator (she could hold hers, while others had implants, and people like Axly dispensed with them altogether), and in a few minutes the friends had assembled. They all deployed their chairs and sat in a circle in the apartment’s living room and achieved their inward state, while Axly led the group into the memories of that apartment’s inhabitants. The memories washed over the group, and after a few minutes, they all became aware of Madele’s lifetime. Madele then explored that lifetime’s memories more deeply. Being there, and with the help of her friends, took Madele deeply into that lifetime, far deeper than she could achieve on her own. Her friends would not recall the thoughts and emotions to the level that Madele was experiencing, but it was close.

Madele’s soul took the name of Frank in that lifetime. Frank was not born in that city, but migrated there in his childhood. He lived during the era when people in that region traveled by what was called an automobile, which was a machine that could not fly, burned mined hydrocarbons as fuel, and had hydrocarbon wheels. Frank lived in an imperial nation which was the richest that humanity had experienced in that epoch. When compared to the technologically advanced civilizations that preceded the Abundance Epoch, that nation was primitive in many ways, but it was considered the pinnacle of economic, technical and cultural achievement in that epoch, and that was another reason why Madele’s visit was rather important – not many recalled their existences in that society.

That nation prided itself on its freedoms, but as Madele and the others experienced Frank’s memories, what was striking was how constrained Frank’s life really was. Frank, for all the conditioning from his society on how free, rich and powerful his society was, lived in almost constant fear. It was not a terror-filled fear, but was rather like a constant, background hum that dominated his subconscious thoughts. Those fears would become more conscious as Frank traveled through the city and encountered people who lived on the streets with no shelter. The friends had awareness of that situation, where that epoch’s richest and most powerful nation could not provide millions of its citizens shelter from the elements, and many of them were continually hungry. When Frank encountered those people, his conscious thoughts usually ignored them or justified their impoverished state, but at a subconscious level, Frank knew that he might well join those people on the streets one day, if his utility to the empire ceased.

Frank did not always live in that apartment, but lived in it before he mated and had offspring. What they called a nuclear family in that epoch was also very difficult to understand, with social and emotional dynamics that were relics of that era as much as those automobiles were. Frank eventually lived on that city’s edge, in a sea of individual dwellings that were removed long ago. But being in that physical apartment enhanced access to all of Frank’s memories. Frank had joys in his life, joys that mating and rearing offspring provided him. He never lost his dwelling or was forced to live in the elements, but that fear was with him until the day he died, in a medical facility, surrounded by his family.

The friends experienced Frank’s memories for a couple of hours and surveyed his childhood, early adulthood, mating and childrearing years, and his slow decline into old age. In many ways, it was completely alien to what the friends experienced in their daily lives, but each knew that they lived similar lives during their souls’ journeys, and that lives like Frank’s were important learning experiences for their souls, however fearful such existences were. A primary reason for visiting lifetimes like Frank’s was to recall what nearly constant fear was like.

After a couple of hours, the friends finished viewing Frank’s life. Madele had received a great gift that was shared with her friends. Those memories of Frank’s would now stay with her more than most of her other prior life memories. The friends shared their love for each other and departed to their dwellings, except for Gorwin, who would remain on Earth for a few days before returning to Mars, visiting loved ones and engaging in other activities that enriched his life and the lives of others.

During her return to her dwelling, Madele visited the Memory Bank, and in a few minutes made her contribution. That was her seventh contribution to that bank. Axly recently recalled a lifetime as a non-humanoid life form on a planet in a distant star system, one that humans rarely visited. Those eight friends, plus a few others, were planning to visit that planet the next month and experience the memories of that lifetime with Axly. That would be a special occasion. For those kinds of memory retrievals, not only would Axly make a contribution to humanity’s Memory Bank on Earth, but he would also visit the Memory Bank on another arm of their galaxy. Sometimes, the Memory Bank at the Galactic Core would request those memories, too. Axly visited there once to contribute his memories. It was quite a journey, lasting the better part of a year, but that was largely because he took the scenic route with a few of his friends, visiting many of the marvels that their galaxy was known for.

Nason’s Final Journey

On a moon orbiting a gas giant in a binary star system, Nason made his standard greeting. When his craft passed that star system, he cast his awareness through it, seeking a body amenable to his presence and intent. That moon responded, so Nason visited. His introductory approach had been developed through generations of experience. Nason was an ambassador of complex life. While every atom in the physical universe possessed a consciousness, not many planetary bodies hosted complex biological life, and for a moon to do so was rarer still, even experimentally. Nason sought planets, moons and other large bodies interested in the experience.

Some bodies declined such invitations, but most accepted it. This moon accepted the offer, the gas giant would assist, and Nason began his effort. He first deployed his environmental creator onto the moon’s surface, and it began transforming a tiny portion of it into a domed environment. It refined the moon’s surface into its constituent elements, recombined them into the required substances, and then constructed the dome, soils and other materials. The environmental creator also constructed the technology that established and maintained the conditions for complex life to thrive. While the environmental creator was making the dome, soils, lighting technology and other environmental structures, Nason visited the gas giant. The moon did not have an atmosphere or sufficient lighter elements to support the life forms being introduced, so the gas giant provided them, which were largely hydrogen and nitrogen, with some carbon, oxygen and other elements.

Nason did not transmute elements. Transmutation required more formidable equipment, larger energy requirements, and relatively few celestial bodies were amenable to the idea of large-scale transmutation, although some were. On the galactic arm that Nason was exploring, a moon of pure gold gave shining evidence that some bodies favored transmutation. That golden moon basked in the experience. It might request to be transmuted back to its original state one day, but for the time being, it was a famous galactic attraction. On another arm of the galaxy, a moon-sized diamond orbited a planet and was involved in harmonic experiments.

The moon that Nason visited requested an ecosystem that did not rely on predation. It desired to host life forms that did not know fear. In less than an orbit of the moon around its planet, the dome was created and its environs were made and maintained by the equipment. The dome was relatively small for the moon’s size, but it would have taken many Earth days for Nason to walk across its interior. That dome’s enclosure contained rivers, lakes, a sea, and mountains, so it could host diverse life forms. Large portions of the imported ecosystems would be brought from their planet of origin intact.

Nason then departed to collect the life forms which would inhabit that newly-created environment. As with the moon, Nason always sought life forms that desired the experience. Nason was adept at communicating with all life forms. Also, as was normal for such a colony, several sentient life forms would also inhabit it. The environment was designed to host sentient aquatic, flying, burrowing, and humanoid life forms, and all would be present in that environment. Nason visited several planets that specialized in that type of colonization before the life forms were selected. Along the way, Nason also assembled his team; most had previously participated with Nason on other colorizations, but some were either new to Nason’s projects, or were new to colonization.

Nason and his team brought the life forms to the moon. The integration period lasted for some time. All life forms were selected for their compatibility, but there was a period of adjustment, with the sentient life forms coordinating the adjustment activities. All of the colony’s sentient life forms were masters of diplomacy, and all communed with each other and the moon’s consciousness. The gas giant also had a keen interest, and the life forms sometimes took excursions to the gas giant, with their craft descending into its atmosphere.

While some team members decided on an extended stay, Nason left the colony to its development as he explored galactic opportunities. Nason was a human from Earth. He would have been impossibly ancient by the standards of his distant ancestors, and he was old for his time. His mate passed on some years previously in a glorious ascent, and his descendants comprised several generations of offspring, with most living on Earth. Nason knew that his time was coming, and he spent them the most fulfilling way that he knew: seeding the galaxy with life. This was Nason’s last excursion before returning home to pass.

While Nason currently sought opportunities for colonies, during his career he helped seed entire planets, and twice was involved with building planets from scattered matter, comets, asteroids and small planets that desired to form a large planet capable of the complex geophysical dynamics that could host eonic evolutionary processes. Many stars were capable of hosting such planets, and a large fraction of them desired the experience. Fulfilling such desires was Nason’s life’s work.

A few years later, during his final return to Earth, Nason visited that moon. Among his favorite aspects of the colonization experience were those later visits, as he could experience what he helped create. Nason traveled across the dome’s interior. He preferred travel by foot, but sometimes swam and used flying and aquatic craft. The life in that colony was as resplendent as expected. His awareness communed with all of the colony’s life forms; all lived in delightful harmony and thanked Nason for his assistance.

During his travels throughout the colony, Nason had numerous gatherings with the sentient life forms, including several members of his team that decided to start families there. The moon and gas giant greatly enjoyed hosting that colony, as did the star they orbited. Rarely, the host bodies decided that they preferred reverting back to their lifeless states, and then the colony would be dismantled, the life forms returned to their planets of origin, and the surface remediated back to its original state. But for this colony, the hosts decided to allow this colony to become permanent.

Nason felt the call of eternity, and left that colony on his way back to Earth and his ascension. It was a leisurely journey, as he visited his colleagues in various star systems, some descendants and several colonies that he helped establish, which included one of those planets that he helped form. His life’s plan was fulfilled. When he returned to Earth, he would be honored by Earth’s Council of Stewards as he prepared for his ascension, which would be attended by his family and loved ones. But during his time alone in his craft, as Nason sailed the stars, he communicated with his mate, parents, and loved ones who had already passed, and they were prepared to receive him when he ascended.

Some species had achieved the ability to manifest a body when they wanted one, and dematerialize it when it was not needed, but that ability was in humanity’s distant future. During Nason’s lifetime, children were conceived naturally, and while ascension meant that Nason’s body would transmute into pure ethereal energy and leave the physical plane, ascension was a one-way trip for his personality. Nason’s soul might have completed its incarnation cycle with Nason’s life, but it might desire one or two more. It had not yet decided, in its timeless realm, but Nason’s journey through the stars was finished and he was about to embark on adventures that were virtually unimaginable to him, although his mate and others provided him hints of what awaited on the other side of ascension.

As Earth finally came into view all those light years later, Nason cried tears of joy. He was going home in more ways than one.

So, that finishes my visions posts up until October 2011. I am going to ask Ernie if I can put his wonderful visions posts on this thread, too.

I have also done plenty of laying out practical applications of FE technology on my site over the years:

http://www.ahealedplanet.net/abund.htm#abundance

http://www.ahealedplanet.net/visions.htm#can1

http://www.ahealedplanet.net/lessons.htm#advanced

and I encourage others to think likewise. I intended this thread to be for positive visions. For all of the cautions and negative outcomes, please do not post them on this thread, but you are welcome to do it on mine:

http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?10672-WADE-FRAZIER-A-Healed-Planet&p=91260&viewfull=1#post91260

I have been dealing with the problems of FE for about half of my life so far, so I am well acquainted with the possible downsides of FE. This thread is intended for the exploring the upside. Also, you can see that TelosianEmbrace is broadening it beyond FE, and that is welcome. Those of us in the field of trying to manifest those positive visions know that FE must necessarily be the cornerstone of any positive futures, because all life on Earth rides atop the energy situation,

http://www.ahealedplanet.net/upcoming.htm#revolutions

and humans in particular.

Best wishes to all,

Wade

Ilie Pandia

12th October 2011, 14:40

Hello,

I've copied here all the positive future visions (that will most likely be brought about by Free Energy). If I've missed any of them do send me a PM and I'll copy them here.

Wade Frazier

12th October 2011, 14:48

Thanks Ilie. You beat me to the punch! :)

You might as well put in Nason's portrait. :)

Best,

Wade

Ilie Pandia

12th October 2011, 15:02

Here it is! Nason's "portrait" :)

10466

TelosianEmbrace

12th October 2011, 23:43

I walk through the forest of giant redwood trees, side by side with Saint Germain. He is taller than I'd pictured him, radiant, glowing. We are discussing the changes that have happened over the last few years, and every so often Saint Germain takes me to a deeper level of understanding with a simple phrase or observation. I am so blessed to be here. These trees, some of which have stood for thousands of years, will stand for thousands more. Past witnesses to the insanities of man, they now stand as bastions of continuity, inspirations for future generations.

My ship is hovering in the clearing and sends out a delightful tingle as I approach. I turn to Saint Germain and we say our goodbyes. In an instant he blinks out, instantly transported to his home under the Grand Tetons. I still have not the ability to do this, but it is coming. Once in my silver sports model cruiser, I swing out over the ocean. The colours are so rich! Words like azure and turquoise are dim adjectives compared to the radiant colours seen in this rejuvenated ocean. After Disclosure and contact with the ET's it was amazing how quickly we were able to clean up the Earth's environment with their assistance. They were so kind, and patient. They let us push some buttons and navigate some ships so that we felt we had a part in the cleanup, though if the truth be told, they did just about everything. I look out of the suddenly transparent floor of my craft and marvel at the sheer abundance of aquatic life. Every few moments there's another school of fish, another pod of dolphins, another pod of majestic whales. Ahh, the whales! They are one of many species that have been harmoniously replenished, the soul groups again completely embodied upon Earth. We now know that the vibrancy of their song reaches out into space, even to other star systems, reinforcing an intergalactic harmony.

I am approaching the Northern Inner Earth portal, and with a wave of recognition to the Guardians, enter Inner Earth. This is all it was rumoured to be, those many years ago, and more. Those from the Inner Earth have embraced the surface dwellers and many of us have moved here until the surface finds it's own natural rhythm again after all the changes. The city of Eden is truly a sight to behold! A crystal city and home to the King of the World, it dazzles with it's multicoloured sparkling lights emanating from inside the living crystal! If spirits are even slightly down, one look at this city sends spirits soaring once again! I have chosen to stay here for a few years until my body makes certain changes. I am growing taller. My wrinkles are disappearing as my countenance returns to that of a youthful thirty year old. I am vibrant with health and joy for life. Most important is my heart, beating to the Earth's own in perfect timing.

I will be returning to the Pleiades soon, to the family I left when I came down to Earth. Already I have had the honour of meeting so many ET races, and remembering them as simply a part of my larger family. So much familiarity! Once you meet a handful of beings in other forms, you begin to lose sight of their appearance and simply focus on the love inside their hearts. It becomes easier and easier. There are protocol sequences for each which are easily learned with a visit to the Akashic Memory Room. I have had communications with my family, and can't wait to return to the Seven Sisters, to hold them again and to walk again on the springy green turf of my home planet. I envision that within a short period of time my memories of the horrors of pre-transition Earth will fade into the distance. Already it is difficult to remember the exact sequence of events that led up to the Shift. When surrounded with so much beauty and honesty it is difficult and painful to allow my focus to be on anything else.

There is so much more to do in the Universe! Even as I relate this to you, planets are being terraformed, new contacts being made with isolated planets/star systems, First Contact scenarios are being played out, new galaxies/life forms are being created. New realisations are being made about the Reptilian threat that stems from the Orion constellation. Yes, even after the Shift of Earth, the reptilian way of life continues, posing difficulties for our galactic colleagues. Some believe the final solution to the reptilian dilemma will bring about a Universal Ascension, others don't. We'll wait and see.

I must leave you now, my welcoming party are approaching through the trees. I always like to pull up in the parkland by the city and let the ship find its own way back to its way port. My God, these people are so beautiful, and to think I am again becoming one with them with is so gratifying! Be at peace. Until next time, it is I, Thor.

WhiteFeather

13th October 2011, 00:29

Nice Stuff Bro! Namaste 11:11

WhiteFeather

13th October 2011, 00:34

One of my envisions for Gaia.
http://thevenusproject.com/
http://thevenusproject.com/images/slideshows/homepage/08.jpg

TelosianEmbrace

13th October 2011, 02:34

WhiteFeather

13th October 2011, 12:18

What a lovely dwelling, White Feather. I am imagining the tinting on those windows to be consciously controlled, so that you can simply send a thought to them and they will become either transparent or opaque. Pictures and drawings are a great idea in allowing us to visualise the future. I'm thinking of maybe doing a few drawings myself and posting them here.
Oh, and starting the thread on 11:11 was purely by chance:wink:

Damn Right My Pleadian Star Friend. LoL PS 11:11 is never by chance, its magical and synchronistical from inside.

http://api.ning.com/files/TU9ie1I7YyUtX6217eQuaKFcRDcDE1T1-zaQDC9D1QoQiWC3N5YKWkqAS2Bvvc26Uv7M048NSaodCiyh4bFr--gjmgHfN4cM/NewEarth22.jpg

TelosianEmbrace

16th October 2011, 01:31

FIRST GLOBAL FREE ENERGY CONCLAVE
It has been a rocky few months. But finally we are here! The supermarket shelves completely emptied a few times, and because of cool heads prevailing or in some cases taking authority, they were restocked within a few days. The first few weeks of the implementation of the new global financial system were pandemonium, to say the least. It is not that the systems themselves were detrimental and unwieldy, but rather the fact that the people are so resistant to change in any form. The buzz around it has been extremely positive. It is one thing for the leaders to claim one thing about the new system, but when the people went into their banks the day after the announcements and found their personal debts zeroed out, well that was a clincher in many minds. The banks have had to close a number of times, but each has done so on different days to the others which seems to have aided in the transition.

We have new world leaders moving into power every day, many of which simply have not been heard of before. Guantanamo Bay, after the release of the so called terrorists, is now housing an ever growing number of the corporate criminals. As much for their own safety as anything else. After the three hour documentary on Satanism and the Illuminati that aired concurrently with the first wave of public arrests a month ago, the people have been calling for their deaths. Some of the 'suggestions' shall we say, have been very graphic. We have had one or two events where the mobs got to the head bankers before the police, and it was not pretty. The upcoming trials are rumoured to be followed by reconciliation hearings sometime in the future, though that is a very tender topic at this point.

Spaceships are seen more and more in our skies, sometimes performing aerial displays over certain cities, for hours. People are beginning to become blase about them. The rumour is that a public announcement will soon be made of their presence. Some of the new leaders have been openly seen in public with decidedly odd looking humans, though all are very attractive. It is an open secret that they are from off-planet. Many average citizens have claimed to have had meetings with ET's now, some actually claiming that they have knocked on their doors, and had tea with them! Hard to believe, but in these days, nothing and I mean NOTHING is to be taken for granted.

I digress. Back on topic. I am here, in Chicago, covering this, the first Global Free Energy Conclave. People have gathered from all over the world! There are representatives from every major automobile company, every energy and mining company, every oil company. There are representatives from the former DUMBs with holographic presentations. There are well known free energy researchers, as well as many back yard tinkerers. All with any interest in free energy have been invited, and many have come. You should be here! The buzz is just phenomenal! Just walking in the building, you get swept up in it and it is hard to keep your feet on the ground! I have overheard conversations that are at such a high level I can only recognise the 'ands' and thes'. I see a group of blonde haired people on the second level, tightly clustered about their leader and talking with a group of sweater wearing professors. They must be ET! Oh, the announcement is coming over the speakers for the next presentation, to be given by the Russian representative of the Yamantau base in Russia! Seems they have had a long standing technology exchange program with a group of ETs from... I can't pronounce their name.. but this should be fascinating!

I've found a table in a corner at a cafe down the street. Even here it's crowded. Just thought I'd inform you of the timetable. We are in day four now, with still three days of presentations to go. Big money is up for grabs for the mass production of certain chosen systems. For two days after the presentations will be round table conversations, then will come the final days where the nuts and bolts of finances, production and distribution are ironed out. Already I have seen enough to know that the world will be changed forever.

I know these months have been tough for many of us. Every day something new and different and life changing is announced. Why, just a few weeks ago, the announcement was made by the Jackson Laboratory that most extinct wildlife could be recreated in the proverbial petri dish to produce sexually viable individuals and populations. Wow! Oh, and when the underground bases and global tunnel systems were made known to the public, outrage was mixed with shock and even wonder. I had to admit, I was one of the first in line to take up the offer of a free ride on the system. My journey from Sydney to Washington took just over two minutes, and the shuttle was running at quarter speed! It took longer getting dressed that morning.

I know this communique is a bit disjointed, but if you were to see what is happening from my side, you would forgive me. So much is going on in the world right now that it simply impossible to update you on all the events. I still haven't mentioned the Global Truce announcement and international troop withdrawals, or the rechartering of the Oil/mining and other companies, or the closing down of most of the Hollywood studios, or the Global Treaty of Wildlife Respect signed into law last week, or the...

I'm out of breath and ink. Just to let you know, all is well, and I love you.
Thor.

Ilie Pandia

17th October 2011, 17:35

Here are my memories from the "future Earth".

I cannot actually remember a whole day, but the principles I live by are pretty clear in my mind:

We live in peace. Everyone of us is effortlessly provided for. If you would choose to just sit around and smell the flowers for your entire trip on Earth, you could do so. However very few find in that an expression of what they want to be.

Because everybody is provided for, the body and the mind finally relax, free from the grip of "survival". Humans become naturally more introspective, more attuned to the matters of the heart and soul. They are naturally drawn to do what they've come here to do. They naturally become more creative and more loving.

Our food is always fresh and it promotes health. We have a deeper understanding of the plants around us, and how they can help us or support us in our evolutionary journey. The water is pure and energized, and some are even using it as an information storage and transfer medium.

The strong health also promotes sharp clarity of thought. We can use our mind and imagination is ways that were not considered possible before. And the more we do it the more creative we become.

Today even the most "least aware" person is fully aware of her body, mind and emotions at all times. There are few "reflex" actions left. They have been replaced with always new, creative response to the present moment.

Humans can voluntary merge their consciousness with that of planet Earth and our Sun. In doing so we have become a "spiritual beacon" and example for other civilizations in our galaxy.

We feel love for one another and we feel at ease in the presence of anyone. We understood, a long time ago, that to hurt another is to hurt oneself. So now, no one is defensive in their interactions and relationships. Humans genuinely help and support each other.

Our technology is very advanced, but in a different way than before. To the humans in the past, a piece of our tech would look like an inert piece of strange alloy. Today that material reacts and responds to our consciousness. It can be soft, hard, or even liquid, depending on what is need of it, in the moment. Many of our researchers today do less experimenting and more "remembering" or "knowing" of designs that are needed now.

We still have systems in place and we are still structured as a society. But now those systems serve us as individuals, and also our common goal as a species: to remember our creative powers and to express that and to support each other and everyone in our evolution. Our entire society is structured around abundance and that creates even more abundance.

Due to the enormous creativity unleashed now on Earth, every moment is new and fresh. Our life would be hard to imagine for earlier humans, that were so worried about the future, so fearful, and so tired all the time.

Some of our greatest teachers and guides are our children. In their marvelous ways, they are a mirror for us, offering us never ending opportunities to learn and to grow. We cherish them and we always make sure they know we love them.

And finally space travel is a common thing in our "times". But what happens more and more, is that humans project their consciousness in distant corners of the Universe. Sometimes we even "feel" invitations from other civilizations to go and "observe" them, or experience them as one of them for a while. And of course we offer the same experience for our curios distant friends.

Wade Frazier

18th October 2011, 04:57

Man, Ilie, when I see posts like that, I really think that I may be able to retire from this soon and go hiking and gardening in my golden years. :) Glad to see you guys posting to this thread. It might be my favorite one. It is definitely the most pleasant to read.

whenyournex2me

18th October 2011, 16:05

What world do you envision living in in the future? This a world of abundance, and a thread of unrestrained idealism/imagination.
I am assuming that the current power structures have been overthrown and that as a global community we have put our heads together, come up with solutions, and acted upon them. Some questions to help begin this creative journey...
*Where will our energy come from?
*How will we get around/what will be our modes of transport?
*How will our communities be structured?
*What will we eat?
*What will our dwellings look like and what will they be made of?
*Will there be cities, and if so what form will they take?
*Will we have ongoing contact with extraterrestrials and how will it occur?
*Will we have ceremonies, rituals?
*How long will we live?
*What will be the family structure?
*Will our appearance change? What will we look like?
*Will we still have deserts? What will the Earth look like?
*Will we bring back extinct animals, or create new life forms, or import plants and animals from other planets and star systems?
*Will we travel to the stars, and if so, where will we go?
*Will we be able to travel backwards and forwards in time, and for what purpose?
These are just a few of many questions that could be asked.
Dear Avalonian, what is your vision of a future Earth, an Earth you would be happy to live on?

Nice thread, ...
May I let my imagination run wild...

I would start by setting the time and space. I don't want to set for the immediate future, IMO, that will be the downfall of the social/military/industrial/monetary complex. Who knows when this will actually happen, I feel that the physical world we call reality, the here and now, will continue forever. It is a process that must occur. This process is monitored my intelligent forces we may or may not see while plugged into this reality. Each and every single individual must experience this separation and training. This will not last forever however. Even though we see people die, their physical is dying... that doesn't mean their spirit has died. At this Phase, when your physical dies, if you have completed your training, you may ascend to the next level of vibration. If you have not, you will re-incarnate to continue the training. Earth will be wiped clean time and time again. Although, the spirits still in vibration to continue the experience or training, will continue to reside in that vibration till it is time they can adapt to the new vibration.

When you have completed your training, you may ascend. I see myself leaving this physical vibration to a more metaphysical vibration. A slight change in our matters vibration will change all that we know, see, may be, and will become. When I am here, when my physical dies, I see myself not needing food, or communities, or cars, or trains, or even really fast spacecraft. I will not have a life expectancy. There may not be a physical in fact... but a metaphysical. Think of it as new information. Like as if, not an upgrade, but a completely new OS... a whole new language... Although, I would assume there may be some similarities. My future consists of unlimited capabilities. There will be no differences at this time, I will be you, and you will be me. Information is one source. We will be that source. If our consciousness is shared, we are one awareness. I won't see you, or you, or them, or her, or him...
I will only see me, a code, a language. I can travel anywhere, anytime, without effort, and by means of travel, well, I am everywhere I look. Information is everywhere, and once I am integrated with that information on a conscious level, we all will be everywhere at the same time and space. We will all be one. We will be all time and space. We will be "God."

If there is a separate identity, like in my dream I had a while back, I would assume till investigation, that I was just on the next level of trials, challenges, training, experiences...
I may see myself and others as the so called "Aliens" that we call them now. We will not be at one yet with the consciousness.

If I was in this state, I would glow blue, could see through myself, and through others, I could manifest pure energy in the palm of my hand and distribute it in any fashion desirable. We would fly, teleport, Our metaphysical world would be nearly unlimited, only to be limited by ourselves. Here we would get to play with the powers we have, and be able to create anything imaginable.

WhiteFeather

18th October 2011, 22:42

CdnSirian

18th October 2011, 23:03

Awesome thread! Overwhelmingly wonderful. This Is It. I'm speechless so will post more later. Thanks all!

apokalypse

18th October 2011, 23:08

in Future Earth i want Transparency Government-No Secrecy, Harmony Loving Society with Responsibility without consumerism and materialism. If we work on that now it happen next 2 generation less than 100 years max. important of transformation is Education so i put education ahead of anything else. the reason why Federal Reserve still alive till this days because people lack of education about the system. thanks to non Mainstream like conspiracy forums and avalon i'm able to educated my self around July, now i know really going on in current Reality and start awake other people by educate them.

Niobe

19th October 2011, 03:27

Many thanks to each person for sharing their visions- what a fabulous way to end my day. Maybe I will dream of a beautiful scenario like any of those described. Namaste

PamelaB

19th October 2011, 05:53

My future earth exists where everyone has access to veganically grown unadultered food, pure water, unlimited travel (including space), unlimited time in and with nature and unlimited love. It's right around the corner and it won't be stopped by the cabal(s) on this planet because there are people like this that are unafraid and pushing the envelope. I don't believe for a minute that it won't happen in my lifetime.

http://www.ted.com/talks/justin_hall_tipping_freeing_energy_from_the_grid.h tml?awesm=on.ted.com_HallTipping[video]

So sorry that I don't know how to insert the video here :confused: so please copy and paste the link and the 12 minute video is totally worth it.

TelosianEmbrace

19th October 2011, 06:43

Awesome thread! Overwhelmingly wonderful. This Is It. I'm speechless so will post more later. Thanks all!
I'm looking forward to your contribution, my fellow star being.

I'm asking for well thought out, positive and enlightening contributions to this thread.

CdnSirian

21st October 2011, 18:10

I have long envisioned giant water purifiers in the oceans. They would probably look like dams--we have the tech already to purifiy water, it would just take a lot of power. Safe for ocean life, get the muck out of the water. A designer here; http://inhabitat.com/whale-shaped-floating-garden-cleans-the-worlds-rivers/ has designed a self-energizing river cleaner. (Lots more on that site, skyscraper farms and more). It is beautiful, and every river should have one. And of course all industries that dump into waters should have something similar to purify/breakdown contaminants before they dump anywhere. These giant purifiers would have a roof garden for employees to eat, meditate, workout, house a daycare/school and grow their own food for their cafeteria.
Hospitals would have purified air, grow their own food, and have a sun roof for patients and staff. Daycare, school etc. for staff needs. All institutions and factories would have their own beautiful facilities for breaks, meals, daycare etc.
Deserts and frost-bound territories would be Terra-formed for agriculture. There is so much land available for this that we could support a few planets, for those who still need to eat.
There will no more zoos. With google earth and films, who needs a zoo anyway. Zoo animals will be retired to large wildernesses, and kept till they die, as we humans have not kept them in any way that they would know how to fend for themselves.
As for those ivory poachers--I am still working on compassion for them. I am not in the lead on that one.
Regards all!

CdnSirian

22nd October 2011, 00:07

I have just remembered a drawing I made (and have lost) about fifteen years ago. It was inspired by a couple I know, they are older than me, and I could feel from some of their conversation that they were wondering where they would end up in their retirement years and all that stuff. I went home and drew a diagram of an ideal retirement community. Not the gated, Medicare nurse staffed communities we now have, yet similar in concept. Picture a couple running a farm, who want to retire. What if they do not want to leave the farm? Can you imagine a couple who have farmed all their adult lives going into a retirement community and playing bingo for fun?
So in this diagram I drew a huge community hall, circular, domed. As big as a stadium. Would fit on some farms I have been on. And from that huge circle, long glass covered hallways leading to smaller circles - individual homes. And with food growing in those long hall greenhouses.
This is a retirement community. Seniors living in the country buying into a farm, and continuing to grow food on their portion of private property, both to eat, share and sell. With a private domed home with guest quarters for their kids and grandkids to visit. Most retired people hate to feel useless so gardening, cooking and other helpful or artistic talents could all be contributed. They could all have privacy yet never be lonely.
Now that domes can be built for such a small cost, and food can be grown, and labor can be shared with a community, no older person should be shut up in a home where they will be drugged, incapacitated and kept alive for no reason. They can actually have a life. That's my old vision from way back then. FE would indeed be icing on the cake.

TelosianEmbrace

2nd November 2011, 11:43

The twin suns were still low in the sky when the transit ship touched down on the lush green grass. One a bright yellow, contrasting with its smaller purple companion. The unique radiance offered by these twins allowed the habitation of this binary system by a number of outer galaxy visitors not usually able to survive an inner core system. Behind me, the unicorns played and cavorted at the forest edge. They had a special part to play in what was to come, and they were noticeably excited. Above me a group of multicoloured, large and sentient parrots circled, their trailing tail feathers splashing a rainbow of pastels against the lightening mauve sky. The ocean past the settling Transit was abrim with fish. One group in particular had come to witness the event. Plenorans were similar to our dolphins, yet the proportions were far more human and less gainly in the water. They had pulled themselves into the shallower water and were good naturedly pulling and poking each other, awaiting the arrivals.

With a slight, agreeable hum, the side door rose to give the visitors their first view of this planet, and their first taste of the crisp morning air. The two main guides, Trea and Borlan, stepped out on either side and turned to assist. They were a beautiful couple. Their pale skin, their flowing white hair, their elegant and accommodating manner which meant that they were perfectly suited for this task. The group behind them weren't so comfortable on their feet. I counted about fifteen of them, all Earth humans with a genetic link to this planet and its inhabitants. They were ungainly in the slightly lower gravity, and struggled not to lose themselves in the euphoria of breathing such sweet and vibrant air.

First out was Vince! He was an older man, but had stepped forward at the most difficult times of the transition to lead and give advice. His cool head and fast acting had made the transition so much easier for a multitude of flat-Earthers. Never one to shy at a challenge he boldly stepped forward onto the spongy turf, the first Earth human on this planet in many thousands of years. The others followed at their own pace. After all, we had all lost the need to hurry according to an artificial construct of time many months ago. A few words were spoken between the group and the guides, and eyes were sweeping over the surrounds, taking it all in. The suns, in particular, were points of observation and discussion. At a nod from Borlan the unicorns came forward, capering and prancing around the guests, who were finding it hard to process all these happenings and visual stimuli. Telepathic greetings were shouted, muzzles found their way to hands and faces, tails flicked. The tableau that gently unfolded like the petals of a rose was a joy to behold, and a momentous occasion for more than just these visitors.

Similar events had already transpired, or were soon to transpire, on many planets throughout the known universe. People from Earth had gone from being the feared and avoided, to being praised and lauded. Invitations had come from far and wide to host us and reignite the universal fire of sister/brotherhood. We had gone from being an isolated and backward civilisation to being assimilated into a far greater community. Our concept of ourselves had expanded beyond recognition and continued to expand exponentially. Some of us were gone in a few short days, whisked off to high councils at the nexus of universal guidance. Many of us truly did not understand the exalted level of some of the souls embodied in human form for the shift, yet the Star Beings knew. Some of the first meetings with our ET family witnessed immediate recognition, while in others the expected familiarity did not immediately dawn, so deeply had we moved into separation.

For me, this is one of the scenarios I have come to witness in my astral body. I am a Planes Walker, a star guide, a traveller without a ship. This duty had to be performed by one of Earth, and I gladly stepped forward to be the scribe. The Galactic Law of non-interference that governed our progress before First Contact will continue to have a modified role within galactic-earth human interactions. We must be seen as co-creators on our journey of awareness, in order to rightfully 'earn' our place within the universal milieu. I will leave you now, knowing that my job has been done. There are other events tugging at my awareness, other reunions seeking a witness.

Know that all is well,
Thor.

ghostrider

2nd November 2011, 12:22

we return to tribal living, everyone works for the good of all, your passion is you daily mission, there are no wars, no invasions, no desease, we all have shelter, families stick together in five to ten acre plots. we meet daily to meditate and give thanks for the daily blessing of life and natures wonders. children are taught by all they visit the brickmakers, basket weavers, horsemen, the farmer, the hunter, the caregiver, and we respect nature above all things....

markpierre

2nd November 2011, 13:18

Okay...this is just an exercise.

*Where will our energy come from?............................................... Carbohydrates. Also lightening bugs. No, really. Something weird like that.
*How will we get around/what will be our modes of transport?......... Soapbox racers. And everyone has to make their own.
*How will our communities be structured? ...................................... As little as possible.
*What will we eat? ...................................................................... Crow
*What will our dwellings look like and what will they be made of?...... Everything including walls, floors, ceilings, doors, furniture, and appliances will be living consciously communicating organic material. With a plastic roof.
*Will there be cities, and if so what form will they take?................... Football stadiums. No, there won't be any cities because of the football fan problem.
*Will we have ongoing contact with extraterrestrials and how will it occur? ........... Yes. Rotary dial telephones because they somehow repress the need to text conversations.
*Will we have ceremonies, rituals? .................................................. Football. Raw foods.
*How long will we live? .................................................................. Longer than the hills.
*What will be the family structure? .................................................. Arguing. Admit it.
*Will our appearance change? What will we look like? ....................... Maybe we'll collectively lose some weight, and keep it off. And maybe a bit more of that superfluous hair. Everyone will still be shaving EVERYTHING though. Weird.
*Will we still have deserts? What will the Earth look like? ................... Half sandbox for the kids and half banana plantation. ???
*Will we bring back extinct animals, or create new life forms, or import plants and animals from other planets and star systems?....... Those are all sort of spooky options. Maybe we'll just all get a dog and raise orchids.
*Will we travel to the stars, and if so, where will we go? .................... Places that have public toilets.

markpierre

2nd November 2011, 13:31

P.S. It's going to be funny. If it gets too serious again I'm not going.

Wade Frazier

2nd November 2011, 14:21

TelosianEmbrace, that was awesome. Thanks.

Margi

2nd November 2011, 18:21

I read so many beautiful dreams here, thank you all.
I think this is the way ...

I often meditate on what the future Earth, and I feel like a kid in a sweet shop. :) It's hard to describe because it is the emotions, colors and sounds, but should use words that are worn from use.
I am tempted to write a long post, maybe later, to deal with more or less with English.

Peace of Mind

2nd November 2011, 19:13

*Where will our energy come from? The Sun, water and the Earth’s magnetic field

*How will we get around/what will be our modes of transport? Eco friendly machines..

*How will our communities be structured? Those willing to work together will form communities, those that are not will reside in what some call “bad lands”.

*What will we eat? Mostly Fruits and Grains

*What will our dwellings look like and what will they be made of? They will be made of Earth/concrete/dirt…no more wood unless you decide to live in a tree.

*Will there be cities, and if so what form will they take? They will probably look something similar to the ancient Egyptian cities, but more modenized.

*Will we have ongoing contact with extraterrestrials and how will it occur? (Assuming ET is real) Benevolent ET’s will be welcomed; malevolent ET’s will be chased off the planet.

*Will we have ceremonies, rituals? Holidays like Earth day, fun fair day, Homage day, sounds good. No to false holidays like Christmas, Halloween, Columbus days, Easter….

*How long will we live? Longer than we do now. I expect our ways of eating and exercise will change dramatically.

*What will be the family structure? Parents, kids, animals roaming around interacting nicely with the villagers…

*Will our appearance change? What will we look like? Probably the same, but most cloths may be made from hemp and artificial materials. Leathers, silk, and furs would be illegal.

*Will we still have deserts? What will the Earth look like? Deserts will probably remain the same in some areas of the globe…unless we figure out how to revitalize these dry lands.

*Will we bring back extinct animals, or create new life forms, or import plants and animals from other planets and star systems? I doubt we will bring back extinct animals but we will preserve what is alive. Outer worldly creatures will be welcomed if they don’t pose a threat.

*Will we travel to the stars, and if so, where will we go? (Assuming space is exactly what we’ve been told) I would love to venture into space…even if it’s just a trip to the moon or circling our own planet…. After that experience… anywhere else is highly probable

*Will we be able to travel backwards and forwards in time, and for what purpose? Not sure if I’ll change anything in time because great lessons and blessings were received in this time line. If I were to change anything it would be how we treat the planet, animals and each other.
----
These are just a few of many questions that could be asked.
Dear Avalonian, what is your vision of a future Earth, an Earth you would be happy to live on?
I’m doing whatever I can now to manifest this future. The future dictates what we do now…lots of lots of work to do… I stay busy.
----

Peace

Ernie Nemeth

8th November 2011, 23:10

Two hours later.

There is no me. And this essence keeps dissolving as it rises higher and higher. Past the angels, the demons, the demi-urges and beyond the last ray of light, this mote of existence travelled until finally no memories, experience, emotion or thought could follow. Bereft of identity and reference this embodiment unravelled and was layed bare. The line curved around and became the circle, arriving at the destination: the end of the beginning. From within the confines of the circle, in intimate contact with nothing, the silence spreads outwards. The rays are not. They are circles. They pierce oblivion. They enlighten darkness. Yet they all arrive here - and now.

From the circumference another circle is prescribed. And from the womb of creation another gestated provisionality spins off, then another, and another. Realities spring fully formed, live and die, only to be reborn again. Such is the circle of life.

And like all journeys must come to an end, new journeys must also begin. So it began. Not with a thought, not with a yearning, but simply because. To be cause - to be the causation. Effects lead to their cause and cause to its effects. An arc of probabilities surges forth in an infinite parabolic trajectory. Along its passage worlds, stars and universes spin off like the wake of a passing ship. These support the arc of intention as it swirls outward. Slowly, the arc, the circular ray, the first cause reaches its furthest point and begins the return journey. So straight it seems to be a line the intentional arc encloses a portion of reality. Reality is the exclusion of the inclusive and the circle is the dot. When the circle closes reality vanishes and only the dot remains.

Those lights. What are those lights? They are blinding my eyes. But I cannot shut out the sight of them. Brilliant white orbs like stars or quasars (references accessed from my old memories) shine in all directions. Yet I am in the dark. The light does not impinge upon this place. Yet the light burns my eyes. Each light is shining a cone of illumination (not a sphere, I realize). Within each of these cones are worlds. Countless forms of life habitate those worlds. Each follows the light (the information, knowledge, goals) that shines upon them. And those lights, those stars, are the high ones. They are the rulers of realities. And all those under their domain must adhere to the dictates, decrees and laws of its sovereign demi-urge. Some light cones overlapped but most shone on a separate part of the greater reality.

The reality I now saw I was aiming for had several light cones intersecting and that meant it was a place of much tension. Some of these light cones had rays that pierced the source of other cones. Displays of immense power were in evidence even before I entered the domain. The gods here were at war here and the turmoil this created within this realm was palpable.

I was hurled into this reality and I cannot remember what happened next, or why.

I wake up in a sweat. For a moment I just allow the dream to play itself out again in my mind. It had been so vivid, so detailed, so real. Could it really have all just been a dream? I guessed so, for here I was, back in my little life. And what was I to make of all of this? How was I going to handle this reality when the one in my dream is the life that I want?

After my morning ablutions I head to my computer, as I always do, with a cup of joe in my hand. The news is the same old same old. My dream is slipping from my mind, I notice. So, like all other instances in my life where I am convinced, beyond a reasonable doubt, that reality is not what it seems to be, I slowly slough it off like dead skin. It may have served a purpose but I have no use for it now - and here.

I wait for the phone to ring, so I can go make some money today - the rent is late and the bills are piling up.
Let someone else worry about how our lives are a miserable joke, I've got bigger fish to fry, I think to myself.

The dream is fading now and I'm about to file it away under Nostalgic Interlude - no intrinsic effect upon my reality and containing no useful information. Like all my other experiences filed away in that folder, I am sad to see it listed there but know I cannot carry such alternate reality episodes into daily life with me because nobody cares and no one wants to hear it. And I do not want to be labelled a kook, or worse.

But I know free energy from the vacuum is feasible, at the very least. It is supported by the work of many famous scientists both from the past and in today's world. And the conspiracy forums talk of it incessantly. So, if I know it, how come those in positions of power will not even spend a single greenback on researching it? Why? These same people of influence have spent hundreds of billions and over three decades on fusion technology with no results to speak of. Why? We use the same technologies without marked improvements for the last hundred years and more. Coal burning, cars, trains, boats, wasteful mining techniques, useless products, archaic banking practices, democratic rule by the elites - the list goes on and on. Why?

Why? Because we want that experience. We want a chance at the brass ring, at winning this game, at proving how well equipped we are to succeed. We want to show how we are superior to our neighbours, our spouses, our children, our friends. We want to drive down the street in our Rolls Royce, pounds of gold hanging around our necks and own a villa in France. We want to see starving children while we eat our steaks and fillet mignon. We want people to look up to us, to beg for our favors, to speak highly of us. We want to go to war so our economies can function. We want to murder each other. We want to rule the world! Yes we do. No doubt about it.

I see the people, the average joe, make this choice every day. They do not understand the deeper ramifications of their actions, they only know how this game is played. They even know that the odds are stacked against them, yet still they persist - because it is all they know. It is not their fault.

But does that make it my fault? Because I know better? Is there something I should do? Something the headless ones do not? Is there a way to bring about the revolution of awareness this world's people need so badly? Will the current wave of occupy protests serve this cause? Or will it be highjacked by our global masters? Only time will tell.

And time, for me at least, is all I have.
I have an abundance of time. Maybe that's all that is required.
Just wait for the right time - and then act...or not.

Ilie Pandia

15th November 2011, 22:30

Another memory from the "future"...

Slowly, but surely the understanding of a deep truth, has dawned on man kind. Everyone deeply knows and feels this as a fact: We are One!

This understanding has brought a great shift in our thinking. We now feel how hurting another hurts Oneself, how ignoring another is ignoring Oneself and how "killing" another is "killing" Oneself.

We still "work" towards profit, self interest and enjoyment, but with the knowing that "we are one", all those concepts have now a very different meaning.

You cannot have profit at the expense of another, for the other is You. In following your self interest, in being "selfish", you serve the other, for the other is You. Same goes for bringing joy to another, you're causing joy to Yourself. We serve the other not because "is nice", or because is "politically correct", we do it because we know that "the other is me", serving the other is serving Oneself.

We did not limit this knowing to only the human species. We included the entire planet! Gaia celebrates with us this understanding. Nature is joyous that we can now hear her, and truly see her, and be friends again.

What we knew as "evil", practically vanished over night, for now we find such concept incomprehensible and "backwards". And with that gone, wars have gone too and organized suppression was also a thing of the past. Natural remedies came to light and all the patents were made publicly available to everybody interested. And of course, Zero Point clean energy was now brought to market. It was absolutely clear now, even for those that used to actively suppress it, that Free Energy is the natural step to take towards a world based on abundance. That the release of Free Energy would profit Oneself!

Seeing each other as One, interconnected and inter-related, allowed us to properly manage the Free Abundant Energy, this time around. We knew there was no point to weaponize it, and we also knew it cannot be used to subdue Nature, nor we wished to. The only purpose for Free Energy that we could not conceive of, was to help us, as a whole, as a system, to evolve and experience abundance in ever greater ways. And also later on, perhaps assist other civilizations through their childhood.

WhiteFeather

15th November 2011, 22:39

Caution.....Laughter Is very contagious, and i don't mind getting sick from it either!

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=-XAw-0Eifg8

Ilie Pandia

17th November 2011, 11:43

A new product is out on the market today for anybody who cares to use it for their development:

Free Energy Bracelet (*)
---------------------------------
Key features:
- levitation
- point to point teleportation
- high speed flight with automatic collision prevention :biggrin:
- can be used as an aid for astral projection
- energizes the body
- helps keeping your body temperature constant regardless of the environment
- improves focus
- promotes body and mental health

(*)the bracelet only activates and helps develop abilities that you already have. Its output decreases over time, so it is only a training device.

161803398

18th November 2011, 04:23

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=XMhAIdqH0Cs

Beren

18th November 2011, 10:46

leemadison11

30th November 2011, 09:21

When we are given back the suppressed technology of anti gravity devices with references to our highways and use of automobiles. Our roadways will become grass and flower beds instead of asphalt and concrete. Imagine This!

When we would have hovercrafts or anti gravity based vehicles, we won't be needing roads and instead we would be having luscious grass and flower beds. That is so true.

Ilie Pandia

4th December 2011, 23:35

I have a dream...

One day humans will wake up in the morning, and while still sleepy, but rushing to the office they will have vision. In a spark of divine inspiration they see the future, and they understand.

They see the future to be more of the same for everyone off them. Rushing to work, somehow make it through the day, while putting up with fake friends, fake smiles, fake foods, fake appreciation and working for fake money. Then they rush home, too tired and too numb to show any affection for their children or loved ones. They have a strong drink, the high moment of the day, and then they crush into their beds, worried sick about the disappearing pension funds, the devaluation of their savings, the excruciating competition and the damned terrorists.

They've dreamed they'd be successful and get to do things their way, but everybody else has been conditioned to have the same dream and there is only one winner. Now they only hope to make it to the next paycheck without getting caught in the next "hair cut".

With this flash of understanding they ask, from the bottom of their heart... why? why does it have to be like this? what is the source of all of this? It can't be money... there are more money now than ever... it can't be laziness... they work and work crazy hours... "it's the scarcity paradigm" the answer comes from somewhere deep inside; "it's the faulty I idea that there is not enough... it's the faulty belief that there is not enough energy for everyone". The humans understand, it's not about the money, it's not about being the best, it's not about defeating everybody else, it's about free unlimited abundant energy!

A new vision forms, this time with a subtle perfume attached to it. The humans get to see a new Earth, the Earth where abundance is common sense and there is no room for lack. Free energy is at the source of that and it has transformed everything... humans have joy in their eyes... they look at each other as if they are old best friends. Their pace is calm. Children are happily running all over the place. Nature is our friend again and we live in symbiosis. Water is pure. The air is fresh and the subtle perfume changes as a reflection of the thoughts and emotions in that collective. There is instant communication and so instant understanding. Conflict is now a thing of the past, an ancient tool that was necessary in the growth process, but now is obsolete.

The vision fades, but the understanding remains: free energy is love and love is the creative force. Now that tears of joy have cleansed the eyes, humans really "see" each other. They understand they share the same vision, the same truth. They understand that no one is "better" or "more important", and they realize the only success that matters is to be loving.

Today the office buildings are empty.

TelosianEmbrace

21st December 2011, 21:59

Grace, her golden locks framing her beatific face, looked up at me in wonder. A huge butterfly, with a wingspan of over a metre and striking azure blue wings, had just alighted on her fingertips.

We were here, the three of us, on the fifth planet from what earth humans had termed Alcyone. The vegetation was mostly green, lush, and abundant, though there were splashes of orange, purple, and other colours that were simply indescribable.. It had been seven years since the end of the Earth Assignment, and I was just beginning to reclaim the Inner Peace within which my soul had basked for an Age, before the Assignment. I remember the last time I looked upon an Earth settlement. Vacant and soulless, the buildings of Melbourne stood abandoned, a ghost town awaiting the cleansing embrace of the rising ocean. I had been granted the opportunity of returning here, to witness for a final time the vestiges of decadence and folly. I walked through the seating at the MCG, that bastion of Australian machismo. The increased wind tore through the structure, creating an unholy and mournful moaning. I looked out over the empty playing field, the grass now waist high. Never again would a ball be kicked here, never again a rising bouncer threaten the rib cage of a tail end batsman. I returned to the streets, the suburbs. My door to my old house at Rathdowne Street was lying open, the carpet on the first metre inside covered in mould. The lack of street noise and clamour was so evident, so otherworldly, compared to when I was here last. Back out in the street papers and rubbish were blowing around, the grass was tall in the median strips and in the gardens. Cars, long since abandoned sat along the curb, never to be driven again. The tyres of some had gone down, and others were dinted by falling tree branches. All could use a good clean, I thought to myself, but that wasn't going to happen. A splash of vivid green caught my eye, and I squatted down to look in wonder at a cluster of green on a stalk that had broken through the bitumen... such a fitting symbol of new beginnings!

I turned to see Elan walking towards me from the treeline, an angelic smile on her face as she approached. I don't think 'walk' could actually describe her fluid grace. More like glided, or floated, or flowed. I truly had no perception a woman could be so.. radiant, so... Divine. Everything about her spoke of perfection. Everything. From the subtle nuances of her facial expressions to the way her skin felt like silk to my touch. To her eyes. Her eyes that captured me, that held me and would never let go. I remember the first time I saw her, in this incarnation. It was on the backbeach, at Rye. I had gone to sit, and ponder, and take in the majesty of the ocean. An announcement had just been made over the television, radio and internet, that we were not alone. I had come here to collect my thoughts and while gazing out over the restless ocean, movement caught my eye, and I turned, and saw her. Walking along the beach towards me. The moment our eyes met, hers an unfathomable and indescribable sparkling blue, I knew. I knew it was the end of the nightmare, and the beginning of the dream.

We had brought Grace here, to the Pleiades, for the first time, and she was making the adjustments well. She would be called upon to form a stronger connection between the solar system and these stars, her combined heritage the beginning of an age of a lifetime of diplomacy and communion. This was the choice her soul had made before incarnating, and so it would be. She had her mother's eyes, her mother's grace. Yet, dare I say it, my determination and sense of purpose. Grace was her Earth name, traditional and meaningful. I will not pronounce her Pleiadian name here, on this forum. Suffice it to say, it flows off the tongue with ease, and rings with clarity in the ears.

We lay together, bodies entwined, looking into each other's eyes. Grace skipped around us, her attention constantly drawn to something new, something different. Whether it was the birds singing for us in the trees, or the little fluffy brown mammals that sauntered over the turf, or the multicoloured beetles flying through the air, everything was a distraction for her. Yet we both knew that she was perfectly safe. Something pulled at Elan's attention, and I followed her eyes as she looked into the sky. She was perfectly in tune with this earth, these stars, and was constantly aware of the celestial movements. I knew her well enough to know something was happening. As we looked into the sky, cheeks inches apart, a comet with a brilliant purple halo and blue tail, blazed across the heavens. I realised, then, for the first time ever in my life, that I was perfectly happy.

VaughnB

22nd December 2011, 00:42

*Where will our energy come from?
We won't need a grid, energy will be generated locally using nanotechnology for smart glass that can both cool and absorb heat, combined with applications in vehicles to allow for night vision and no need for lighting. Energy will literally be captured from the air, our surroundings to power homes, transportation, and factories.
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ghhgUmGBjX8&feature=BFa&list=FL6slMj3ggi5LTLWyNBdFPhg&lf=mh_lolz

*How will we get around/what will be our modes of transport?
Self Driving Cars (http://carsfutures.blogspot.com/)12119 (http://carsfutures.blogspot.com/)
Within less than 15 years cars of the future will be self-driven autonomously to wherever and whenever you want. Cars will be intelligent, utilizing GPS technologies, with no need to lay expensive cables into existing highway systems which would be extremely costly to implement. Instead these new vehicles will have advanced radar sensing capabilities which will detect hazards such as a bicycle, pedestrian, or even a chuck hole in the roadway.

*How will our communities be structured?
One of several visions:
The larger cities might look like this as envisioned by Jacque Frescoe of the Venus Project: 12122Another could be smaller communities like this one based upon the seven chakras, from One Community Ranch.: 12121

*What will we eat?
Food will also be grown locally and even within our own living structures. Foods will be fed by our waste products both air, grey waters are recycled and in return we get clean air, water and food that is non-toxic and fresh year around.
1212312124

*What will our dwellings look like and what will they be made of?

Materials will also be sourced locally. The most abundant of course is terra, dirt, earthen clays that are shaped, compressed, molded into shapes combined with binders like straw, linseed oils, or even our garbage tires, glass bottles to construct free form, highly insulated, low-energy structures.
Using AI and automation we will manufacture homes that can be customized, totally factory made, that will last 100's of years with intelligence built into them networked through a central mainframe computing system with no need for personal computers all will be networked, with no updates. The home will be intelligent for all aspects of comfort, communications, cleaning, maintenance and consumables. Using lightweight yet durable earthen/concrete/foam composites, walls that are self-illuminating, nano technology in everything from walls for projected holographic imaging, art, communications, sound, monitoring, maintenance etc.

*Will there be cities, and if so what form will they take?
As our existing cities erode, new infrastructure that's dynamic and self-evolving will transform the old into new centers for learning, living and playing. Centralized AI, with a grid and spoke hub system of transport serving both local conveyance and connecting all hub cities with ultra high speed pneumatic tube trains. Green spaces will be maintained throughout the cities and vast open areas between hub cities for forests, canyons and wild places.

*Will we have ongoing contact with extraterrestrials and how will it occur?
Our culture will become educated to our relation to the universe as we expand our reach to the stars and beyond. Alien life will be commonplace and the goal will not be one of wealth accumulation but rather the growth of our own personal potentials for greater understanding of ourselves and our relationship to all things.

*Will we have ceremonies, rituals?
Myth, ritual and ceremony will become even more prevalent as we realize the significance of how each plays a vital role in determining who we are, why we are here and what is our purpose.
*How long will we live?
Not only will lives be extended to far beyond what we know today through both genetic manipulations, but a greater understanding of our energy bodies needs as it relates to our soul and it's this integration which will expand our consciousness and 3D manifestations to something far beyond our comprehension, perhaps tens of thousands of years. In the near term the effects with be technological in nature but as we progress into the higher realms of conscious 4D and finally 5D manifestations this will take precedence.

*What will be the family structure?
Families will continue father, mother, son and daughter but we will come to accept everyone as our family, even the trees that shelter us, the wind that caresses our face we will truly become one with the lamb and the lion.

*Will our appearance change? What will we look like?
Our continued evolution will take several manifestations, first off the meld of all races we will become the golden race. Our physical structure will grow in stature and strength perhaps to as tall as ten feet or more. Body hair will still be present but diminished slightly as we will still wear clothing mostly for comfort not for privacy. Fingers will be longer and more slender.

*Will we still have deserts? What will the Earth look like?
Cycles on Earth will continue as they have for millennium from mini-ice ages to highly arid climes, yet advances in climate control in the farther future will help moderate such solar and galactic anomalies.

*Will we bring back extinct animals, or create new life forms, or import plants and animals from other planets and star systems?
While all these postulates are possible, nature on her own will take her course as evolution continues it's natural progression.

*Will we travel to the stars, and if so, where will we go?
More likely dimensional travel as there is no possible physical matter that would not run out prior to reaching any stellar destination. As we are just now beginning to understand the folding of space and the relativity of time, these applications will manifest into the already postulated montauk chair (http://www.world-famous.com/MontaukStuff/Montauk-Project-V1.html), stargate (http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=M0wBXNAiOys), time windows for interstellar travel.

*Will we be able to travel backwards and forwards in time, and for what purpose? see above.

These are just a few of many questions that could be asked.
Dear Avalonian, what is your vision of a future Earth, an Earth you would be happy to live on?

Society will not dramatically change its ways until we are at the precipice. Although the current trends seem to dictate calamities from climate, over population, disease, famine and wars these will not push us to the brink as humans have become so highly passive and accustomed to their monotonous slavery to debt. The true form of change will come when people finally grow so hungry and weary of their plight that they rebel and act in unison from a groundswell to re-install former freedoms, rights and privileges that extend beyond borders, beyond greed, and personal gain to create a truly egalitarian society.

A blended mix of social democracy that takes on creating an environment of establishing moral values of fairness, equity to shelter, clean water and air, education, healthcare and focuses on the greater good of all yet maintains personal choice and freedom for everyone to pursue their own passions and dreams.

Ron Mauer Sr

22nd December 2011, 01:11

On a crystal clear night, I rise from Earth and rise to the stars. Flying through an eagle shaped portal of stars, I realize that I am totally free and can choose any adventure imaginable.

I can choose to visit anyone, any animal, any place I have ever loved and visit for as long as I like.

No limitation.

David Hughes

7th January 2012, 02:45

Below is my vision for a future planet as best as I can currently imagine it. If you are travelling through our solar system in the year 2112, and you saw this planet facing you, and you decided to fly in for a closer look, this is something along the lines of what I would expect you to find.

I use the images below to help me focus when i'm imagining, then I just meditate on them. I have plenty of experience of this technique working in the past.

12487

12488

12485

I had been working on a vision of my own future but that has had to be shelved because ultimately its still rooted in the scarcity paradigm, and is therefore incompatible with the future world described below. But why not raise the bar a bit higher anyway and create a vision for the whole planet rather than one just for myself? I would have considered an exercise like this to be fairly pointless up until recently, but when I better understood the potential that free energy based technology has, and the extent to which energy governs our every day lives, a world like the one described below becomes possible and even highly probable if there are enough people believing and singing along to the same chorus. One individual or a few individuals having a similar vision/thought is only part of the solution. Actions and words are what helps it to then manifest into reality.

I've kept this vision as simple, relevant, and as believable as I could:

[I]‘The Earth has come a long long way since Free Energy based technology was released into the public domain in 2028. Many people were shocked to discover that FE technology had been suppressed for well over a century. It's release heralded the beginning of a new paradigm based on abundance and guided by virtuous intent. Nearly one hundred years on in 2128, the planet and its biosphere are thriving. It is teeming with life and has an astonishingly rich variety of flora and fauna. Ocean life is abundant and coral reefs are flourishing. Humans and animals have developed closer bonds. Herbivores are abundant and have free roam over the land. As a result of improved hygiene and better waste management, organisms previously considered to be disease carrying pests are almost non existent. The disease process is now well understood and in the public domain. Diseases such as heart disease, cancer, and diabetes are virtually non existent.

Pollution is negligible, the rivers are pristine, and the air is clean and rich in oxygen. Everyone has access to pure, clean drinking water. Free energy powered desalination plants have provided water to the planet's arid regions. Life is blooming there once again. The rainforests are also recovering and vast areas of farm land has been reforested.

All fruit and vegetables are organically grown. There are very few meat eaters remaining. Most people avoid eating any animal with a brain. The few meat eaters that do remain generally only eat fish. All other meat is sourced from wild hunting. The majority of people eat a whole food plant based diet consisting of non genetically modified whole grains, fruit, vegetables, herbs, certain nuts, beans, and legumes. The importance of nutrient rich ‘live’ soil is also well known. Land is no longer over-grazed. Fruit and vegetable yields have increased dramatically due to organic permaculture based farming practices. Nobody on the planet goes hungry. Fasting and meditation are widely practiced. Fruitarian diets are very popular. Entheogens are widely consumed infrequently. Herbal medicines are used as needed.

Where once there were polluted and over-populated cities, now can be found abundant fruit, vegetable, herb gardens and parkland that occupies much of land. They are open air green groceries where people come to source their food. There is no charge for the produce but donations and bartered offerings and services are welcome. Wild grains, nuts, and legumes are also free and abundant, as are spices and herbs. Farmers grow food as a hobby, and they are passionate about quality. The introduction of free energy powered indoor farming techniques in the colder regions of the planet has meant that the locals living in these areas now have a year round supply of fresh, live food. The importance of sunlight is understood by all and the sun is revered.

Free energy technology now powers peoples homes, communities, and their transport. It is possible to commute between North America and Asia in well under one hour thanks to the development of free energy based technologies. There is very little man-made noise polluting the environment. There is a much greater understanding of the power of sound and frequencies, and this knowledge has been integrated into the technology used for construction tools and projects.

All nuclear reactors have long since been dismantled and the nuclear waste has been safely treated. Uranium is no longer mined. Where once there were strip mines and desert, there is now an abundance of flora and fauna. Effective street light design means there is almost zero light pollution. It is possible to gaze deep into the milky way from any spot on the planet. Watching sunsets and sunrises, and star gazing at night are both popular activities for people. There is also the option of viewing the planet from a great height in the many viewing stations dotted around the planet, and also the free energy powered space faring vehicles. Soon it will be feasible to have a permanent dwellings floating in the air.

The planets human population has been in a slow decline as couples have chosen to produce fewer offspring. Sperm quality has increased dramatically and women can continue to conceive well past 50 years of age if they wish to do so. Life expectancy on the planet has increased to well over 100 years with many people now circling the sun for the 150th time. The art of detoxification and the regeneration of cells is well understood. Nudity is normal and commonly practiced, and clothes are optional. Sexual intercourse is considered sacred.

Some parts of certain old cities have been preserved for historic and aesthetic reasons. Ancient structures and monuments continue to be renovated and excavated. The esoteric knowledge related to structures such as the pyramids, and the truth about human evolution and genetics is now also in the public domain and is widely understood.

Churches, mosques, temples, and synagogues are now used for practicing meditation, yoga, and qi gong. They also function as astronomical observatories with most having been kitted out with multiple high spec telescopes which are free to use. The subjects of astronomy and astrology are widely taught.

Sport is still played for enjoyment and fitness purposes. Hiking and swimming are popular past-times.

There is no class divide among the planets' residents. Everyone is respected. Gone are the slums and shanty towns of a century ago. The residents of modern dwellings no longer use locks, security gates, walls, fences, guard dogs, or barbed wire. There is virtually no theft and no violence. Greed is an alien concept to the people of this planet. There are no wars. Work is a labor of love. Virtue and joy are regarded very highly.

The legal system is just and fair. All contracts are written in the correct parse, syntax, and grammar.

Children are taught to think comprehensively and holistically. Great emphasis is put on personal experience, imagination, intuition, joy, and virtue. Healing centers have been designed in harmony with nature to create the ideal healing environments.

http://www.ahealedplanet.net/abund.htm

http://www.ahealedplanet.net/visions.htm

David Hughes

7th January 2012, 03:15

Imagination and belief....

-b7qaSxuZUg

CD7

7th January 2012, 03:39

Lets see.....no money OR anything representing ones value, we build architecture and community's that all resemble paradise( BECUZ we do have the resources for that)...education would be UNRECOGNIZABLE from its current state...all would be cultivated to be the best of who THEY REALLY ARE, the vision within would not be SUPPRESSED, and it would not be held in an institutionalized building...ALL would communicate in the same language and all countries boundaries would be illiminated...All fast food restaurants would be OBLITERATED, fresh foods and gardens EVERYWHERE. ALL shelter is FREE, and ofcourse the more popular...FREE ENERGY...CLOCKS no longer exist...WHEW! these are just a few but im sure i could come up with mucho more :biggrin1:

EnergyGardener

7th January 2012, 04:05

TelosianEmbrace,

Thank you for posting the question/thread; you opened a wonderful gate for very talented members to enter.

The resulting visions are both pleasurable and familiar.

Little satisfaction is realized from the development of communities for current society, resulting from the funds of largely short-sighted greed. Add that to the losses of energy, health and time. But, most of all, perspective: Love.

We will combine the experiences of our pasts, the creativity of our minds and the brief satisfaction of the imperative removal of our slave masters and fear. Remembrance of our escape may provide added satisfaction and comfort for our past (current) efforts.

Maintaining this goal and our visions now may be vital for us to succeed.

Thanks for the question and the answers.

Wade Frazier

7th January 2012, 05:19

Tyler, Tyler, Tyler:

You have been doing your homework, buddy. So, not so long ago, writing something like that would have seemed nonsensical to you? It is an honor to have helped you put up a vision like that. Beautiful stuff. And, when you do that, it is no longer “my” vision, but it is “ours.” I was listening to Lennon’s “Mind Games” only a few minutes ago in the car as I pulled into the driveway (from my wife’s listening tunes).

May you live to see some part of that vision come to pass, and maybe all of it. :)

Best,

Wade

David Hughes

7th January 2012, 06:40

So, not so long ago, writing something like that would have seemed nonsensical to you?

Yes. With the way that I imagine and create, it needs to have a basis in reality,
needs to be tangible/believable. If its not, I loose interest fast because it doesn't carry enough weight. I can imagine playing as a forward for Manchester United scoring 40 goals a season but its a waste of time imagining it because on this time line in this reality its never going to happen because the reality is that i'm too old, not technically gifted enough, and don't possess the required motivation and determination.

With imagining a heavenly future reality like the one above, it felt pointless because i believed that it was too large an undertaking based on the limited data set that I had about how society and the world works. But throw free energy into the mix and things changed a bit. Once I was satisfied that it DID exist, and that it IS being actively suppressed, I could then start to see why. Ilies thread about what would become obsolete with the existence of free energy broadened my understanding to the point where i could then 100% believe in seeing a healed planet in my lifetime. The final thing then that i had to do before i could focus on the vision above was to let go of the vision that i had for my own future, a vision that was rooted in the current scarcity paradigm. I would have had a nice life for myself had that personal vision/imagination come to pass, but it clashed with the bigger picture, and if its possible and believable to imagine the whole world being healed, and its inhabitants all living in a more heavenly reality, then why not believe, imagine and focus on that instead? To me that's a far more worthy objective and one that I will ultimately derive more joy from in the long run.

I've done this visioning stuff plenty of times before, and it works. The primary obstacle is my opinion is ones level of belief, and whether or not it carries enough weight ie Do you really believe in it or is it more of a wing and a prayer fueled by hope/wishful thinking?

What would help is if we had more believers and imaginations imagining the same kind of reality.

Enjoy your weekend Wade,
Cheers

lelmaleh

7th January 2012, 07:10

Thank you for all these vibrant descriptions, just reading them is to already be free of the exhaustion, to play again, like somersaulting through the sky with great friends, laughing, joyful and at peace. To be free to explore the universe and meet beings from all over to learn and share, feeling the deep connection with others and the land and feeling at home everywhere and feel at one with all as everything is alive and tingling/vibrating from it's own form of life. The excitement to be able to experience all of this is beyond words at present.

CD7

7th January 2012, 14:50

what would help is if we had more believers

I think we do, there just not highlighted on the evening news :)

Wade Frazier

7th January 2012, 15:07

Tyler, you know this, but for the benefit of others, what you are describing is the “harmonic” effects that I keep referring to. I have been saying for a long time that I am just trying to make FE, and what can come with it, thinkable:

http://www.ahealedplanet.net/scarcity.htm

Keep thinking, Mr. Harmonic. :)

Wade

Lifebringer

7th January 2012, 15:59

I would like te ability to be both aboveland breather and below ocean gil-filter breathe. This dual system will allow me freedom to choose above or below clean up work for air and water. i would like a job in the cleansing of pollution through natural resources at a larger capacity serving communities or cities. Recylable materials to build and sustain homes efficiently, for those who will be left behind in the 3D. At least to let them have cheaper utilities that don't use fossil fuel carbon dioxide waste products. I would want them to be able to unwind/relax enough to at least try and hear the inner voice to return to light and not darkness. I would want the courses of compounds in potable water and to desalinize the over salty areas of water, that can then be used for drinking after prisine filtration. In school science early, we learned that salt can be gleaned by placing a hanging cotton string dangling in the water. I will draw the salt out into crystaline form and remove it natureally as the salt clung on the string. I like the concept of something so simple creating jobs by the shore or transported in a holding area for treatment. Both are easy and clean way to do it naturally. You can do this at home. 8oz glass of heated water. Tie two or three strings, end tied around toothpick or pencil. Use ocean water or just add table spoon of salt and stir into the water. Put the strings dangling in the warmed water and let set. After about 8 hrs, crystals od salt will be found clinging to the string and the longer they stay in the water cooling, the more crystals appear. Imagine multiple absorbant cotton lines dangling in salty water and removing the salt enough to convert it to fresh? the water doesn't even have to be heated to a high temp and the cooling never below 40 degrees or freezing. Then this same water can be piped to cities and other drough areas, for crops in villages, and other areas.

Just taking water purification to a new level. Have lots of recylable plastic bag for industrial use also.

David Hughes

8th January 2012, 03:13

8nm1gbMhYDY

David Hughes

9th February 2012, 03:17

I just finished reading ‘The Nature of Personal Reality’ by Jane Roberts and thought that I would share some parts that I had highlighted that particularly resonate with me, and that are highly relevant when it comes to imagining, believing in, and creating a future world with FE. Replace the You’s with We and Our in the text below and the power that we have as a group becomes very evident. If one person ‘meditating on a vision’ works, imagine what a group of like minded people can achieve….

The following are direct quotes from the book. Enjoy :)

"You see and feel what you expect to see and feel. The world as you know it is a picture of your expectations. The world as the race of man knows it is the materialization en masse of your individual expectations."

"You project your thoughts, feelings, and expectations outward, then you perceive them as the outside reality. When it seems to you that others are observing you, you are observing yourself from the standpoint of your own projections."

"There is nothing in your exterior experience that did not originate within you."

"You make your own reality. There is no other rule. Knowing this is the secret of creativity."

"You form the fabric of your experience through your own beliefs and expectations."

"Your beliefs can be like fences that surround you. You must first recognize the existence of such barriers-you must see them or else you will not even realize that you are not free, simply because you will not see beyond the fences. They will represent the boundaries of your experience."

"Your environment is the physical picture of your thoughts, emotions and beliefs made visible. Since your thoughts, emotions and beliefs move through space and time, you therefore affect physical conditions separate from you."

"You are here in physical existence to learn and understand that your energy, translated into feelings, thoughts and emotions, causes all experience. There are no exceptions."

"Look about you. Your entire physical environment is the materialization of your beliefs. Your sense of joy, sorrow, health or illness – all of these are also caused by your beliefs. If you believe that a given situation should make you unhappy, then it will, and the unhappiness will then reinforce the condition."

"You are here to aid in the great expansion of consciousness. You are not here to cry about the miseries of the human condition, but to change them when you find them not to your liking through the joy, strength and vitality that is within you; to create the spirit as faithfully and beautifully as you can in flesh."

"In a manner of speaking, the conscious mind is a window through which you look outward – and looking outward, perceive the fruits of your inner mind."

"The creative power to form your own experience is within you now, as it has been since the time of your birth and before. You may have chosen a particular theme for this existence, a certain framework of conditions, but within these you have the freedom to experiment, create, and alter conditions and events."

"If you dwell upon limitations, then you will meet them. You must create a new picture in your mind. It will differ from the picture your physical senses may show you at any given time, precisely in those areas where changes are required."

"Imagination also plays an important part in your subjective life, as it gives mobility to your beliefs. It is one of the motivating agencies that helps transform your beliefs into physical experience. It is vital therefore that you understand the interrelationship between ideas and imagination. In order to dislodge unsuitable beliefs and establish new ones, you must learn to use your imagination to move concepts in and out of your mind. The proper use of imagination can then propel ideas in the directions you desire."

"As it took a while for the unsatisfactory beliefs to become materialized, so it may be a time before you see physical results; but the new ideas will take growth and change your experience as certainly as the old ones did."

"The conscious mind is a vehicle for the imagination in many ways. The greater its knowledge the further the reach of imagination."

"People with like ideas reinforce each other’s beliefs."

"According to your energy, power and intensity, you can help change the beliefs of many people, of course."

"Imagination and emotions are the most concentrated forms of energy that you possess as physical creatures."

"When you understand the nature of reality and your part in forming it, then you can no longer look to others to solve your problems for you, and you realize that your own beliefs are the rich creative elements that you yourself must mix and match."

"Since your conscious beliefs determine those unconscious functions that bring about your personal experience, your first step is to enlarge those beliefs."

"For five or ten minutes a day at the most, then, use natural hypnosis as a method of accepting desired new beliefs. During that period concentrate your attention as vividly as possible upon one simple statement. Repeat it over and over while focusing upon it for this time."

"You share an existence with others who are experiencing their own journeys in their own ways, and you have journeying in common, then. Be kind to yourself and to your companions."

CdnSirian

9th February 2012, 03:26

i just finished reading ‘The Nature of Personal Reality’ by Jane Roberts and thought id share some parts that I had highlighted that particularly resonate with me, and are highly relevant when it comes to imagining, believing in, and creating a future world with FE……… replace the You’s with We and Our in the text below and the power that we have as a group becomes very evident….if one person ‘meditating on a vision’ works, imagine what a group of like minded people can achieve….

the following are direct quotes from the book........enjoy :)

"You see and feel what you expect to see and feel. The world as you know it is a picture of your expectations. The world as the race of man knows it is the materialization en masse of your individual expectations."

"You project your thoughts, feelings, and expectations outward, then you perceive them as the outside reality. When it seems to you that others are observing you, you are observing yourself from the standpoint of your own projections."

"There is nothing in your exterior experience that did not originate within you."

"You make your own reality. There is no other rule. Knowing this is the secret of creativity."

"You form the fabric of your experience through your own beliefs and expectations."

"Your beliefs can be like fences that surround you. You must first recognize the existence of such barriers-you must see them or else you will not even realize that you are not free, simply because you will not see beyond the fences. They will represent the boundaries of your experience."

"Your environment is the physical picture of your thoughts, emotions and beliefs made visible. Since your thoughts, emotions and beliefs move through space and time, you therefore affect physical conditions separate from you."

"You are here in physical existence to learn and understand that your energy, translated into feelings, thoughts and emotions, causes all experience. There are no exceptions."

"Look about you. Your entire physical environment is the materialization of your beliefs. Your sense of joy, sorrow, health or illness – all of these are also caused by your beliefs. If you believe that a given situation should make you unhappy, then it will, and the unhappiness will then reinforce the condition."

"You are here to aid in the great expansion of consciousness. You are not here to cry about the miseries of the human condition, but to change them when you find them not to your liking through the joy, strength and vitality that is within you; to create the spirit as faithfully and beautifully as you can in flesh."

"In a manner of speaking, the conscious mind is a window through which you look outward – and looking outward, perceive the fruits of your inner mind."

"The creative power to form your own experience is within you now, as it has been since the time of your birth and before. You may have chosen a particular theme for this existence, a certain framework of conditions, but within these you have the freedom to experiment, create, and alter conditions and events."

"If you dwell upon limitations, then you will meet them. You must create a new picture in your mind. It will differ from the picture your physical senses may show you at any given time, precisely in those areas where changes are required."

"Imagination also plays an important part in your subjective life, as it gives mobility to your beliefs. It is one of the motivating agencies that helps transform your beliefs into physical experience. It is vital therefore that you understand the interrelationship between ideas and imagination. In order to dislodge unsuitable beliefs and establish new ones, you must learn to use your imagination to move concepts in and out of your mind. The proper use of imagination can then propel ideas in the directions you desire."

"As it took a while for the unsatisfactory beliefs to become materialized, so it may be a time before you see physical results; but the new ideas will take growth and change your experience as certainly as the old ones did."

"The conscious mind is a vehicle for the imagination in many ways. The greater its knowledge the further the reach of imagination."

"People with like ideas reinforce each other’s beliefs."

"According to your energy, power and intensity, you can help change the beliefs of many people, of course."

"Imagination and emotions are the most concentrated forms of energy that you possess as physical creatures."

"When you understand the nature of reality and your part in forming it, then you can no longer look to others to solve your problems for you, and you realize that your own beliefs are the rich creative elements that you yourself must mix and match."

"Since your conscious beliefs determine those unconscious functions that bring about your personal experience, your first step is to enlarge those beliefs."

"For five or ten minutes a day at the most, then, use natural hypnosis as a method of accepting desired new beliefs. During that period concentrate your attention as vividly as possible upon one simple statement. Repeat it over and over while focusing upon it for this time."

"You share an existence with others who are experiencing their own journeys in their own ways, and you have journeying in common, then. Be kind to yourself and to your companions."

Thanks Tyler. I have been re-reading "The Eternal Validity Of The Soul" by Jane Roberts.

Having read and listened to a couple of newly channeled entities since Jane Roberts stopped channeling - they have only repeated the premises that Seth put forth. Not that it doesn't need to be said in as many phrases as possible to hook our consciousness... appreciated the quotes you posted.

David Hughes

9th February 2012, 05:19

Thanks CdnSirian. I think that alot of these 'truths' simply cut far too close to the bone for most people, and they simply dont want to hear about it, dismissing it all as pure nonsense. The truth is like a scalpel and all that. I think it was Wade who mentioned that there are plenty of others who have sought personal gain from understanding these truths. They are 'truths' that can be very easily abused.

That 'Nature Of Personal Reality' book is the only channeled book that i've ever read, but i recently came across the 'Bringers Of The Dawn' material and have been listening to these clips:

ccOEflrvjWY

Some good stuff there.

Wade Frazier

9th February 2012, 06:18

Hi Tyler:

Well, if The Nature of Personal Reality is the first channeled work that you ever read, it could also be your last one and you could say it was a profitable career of reading channeled material. My pals think that it was Seth’s masterwork. I had a very strong, positive reaction to Bringers of the Dawn when it came out. Marciniak and her sister actually showed up at Robert Butts’s house unannounced, like Seth groupies, and brought some wine for him. Butts was a good sport about it, but I can only imagine how that must be, to have strangers show up at your home like that, and never want to find out.

Over the years, my views on channeled material have changed somewhat. Some is bogus or people’s alter egos coming through. A great deal is very good, but as CdnSirian stated, the themes can be very similar, although there are different specialties. As bodies of work, the ones that meant the most to me were Seth, Michael and Ra. They were deep. I remember breaking my brain on The Unknown Reality.

In the end, what do we do with our reality? :)

Best,

Wade

Ilie Pandia

9th February 2012, 07:45

In the end, what do we do with our reality? :)

We take good care of ourselves and the planet.

We help empower others by pointing them to the power within. We expose them for the creators that they are!

We take responsibility for our "circumstances".

We take the time to consider "what is important for us", individually and collectively and then we focus on that and drop all other distractions.

We laugh more. We love more.

We restore and appreciate friendship (not the Facebook kind of friendship ;)). We build meaningful connections.

We make Godzilla obsolete. If he is not tired of his games, he is very much welcome to continue play them someplace else.

We acknowledge abundance and we accept that we "deserve it".

We become aware of our programming and use the tools we have at our disposal to change those programs (or drop them all together).

Understanding that we are creators means we no longer need to fight over resources. We can now love "thy neighbor" (and thy self!)

We restore the planet to the paradise that She is.

Wade Frazier

9th February 2012, 14:03

Amen, Ilie, Amen.

WhiteFeather

9th February 2012, 14:19

Well Put Ilie, Domain of Sending Forth/Raising Consciousness. Is a valuable tool in the shed.

David Hughes

10th February 2012, 01:41

I vote for all of the above Ilie.

Well, there is a ton of stuff we can do immediately that will have an obvious detrimental affect for Godzilla:

We can choose to eat a more vegan/whole food plant based diet
We can buy organic fruit and veg
We can eat more legumes, seeds and nuts – particularly walnuts
We can use less refined oils when cooking or preferably eliminate them altogether
We can reduce the amount of products containing wheat that we consume
We can consume foods high in anti-oxidants
We can fast more
We can expose our skin to enough sunlight so that sufficient vitamin D3 can be produced
We can take a high quality 5000 IU vitamin D3 supplement on days where we don’t have access to sunlight
We can chew our food properly before swallowing it
We can stop eating highly processed food and fast-food devoid of nutrients
We can take the time to look at the ingredients listed on the packaged food we buy
We can stop consuming drinks containing high fructose corn syrup and 'food' containing hydrogenated vegetable oil
We can stop eating cheap confectionary products
We can stop consuming so much refined sugar and refined salt
We can stop eating at fast food outlets and take the time to cook our own meals
We can stop drinking so much alcohol
We can stop using toothpaste containing fluoride and other toxic chemicals
We can drink pure water
We can stop storing our food in plastic Tupperware
We can completely eliminate all dairy products from our diet
We can exercise in fresh air more
We can meditate more
We can laugh and smile more
We can respect all forms of energy, all life forms, and all people
We can stop using harsh chemicals on our skin and hair
We can use natural remedies and herbs to cure ailments where possible rather than rushing to the pharmacy/doctor/hospital (http://www.earthclinic.com/ailments.html)
We can use effective alternative cancer treatments
We can eat organic meat if we must eat meat
We can breath through our nostrils rather than our mouths
We can stop watching TV and stop buying celebrity magazines
We can significantly reduce our mobile phone usage
We can walk or cycle instead of driving when possible
We can plant fruit trees and vegetables in our gardens
We can tear up our credit cards and keep only one to be used only when absolutely necessary
We can reduce/eliminate our debt to banks
We can refuse to buy and wear branded clothes/goods with corporate logos whenever possible
We can read more books and use the internet to expand our knowledge
We can buy our fruit, veg and herbs from local farmers where possible
We can compost our organic waste
We can recycle our glass, paper, plastic, canned, and electronic waste
We can stop smoking
We can stop drinking caffeine
We can be kinder and less judgmental
We can stop buying jewelry

Isthatso

29th February 2012, 09:11

I have been thinking about what a FE future may look like;

One area for consideration is what to do with the fractured people in the top rungs of this controlling system?? If they asked for clemency we would have something to work with. Should some not ask for clemency and continue with staggering resolve, I believe we would still need to embrace their healing. Only the most advanced healers would be in contact with them, always holding the space for transformation. As an evolved species we could not simply cast them out, or murder them. A clear understanding of how they became such humans would first need to be gained, following this comprehensive healing could begin. If fracturing their personalities was done to create humans to manage society, the reverse should be attempted to save them. Many of them would go on to help heal others that were also fractured, with a great understanding of how it was done. I imagine rehabilitation centres where they are comfortable but contained. With every effort put into research and healing modalities to bring them back into whole beings wherever possible. This would be an ongoing, and multi faceted challenge for humanity. .

The older generation will possibly work a lot with healing and community structure, as they had lived during the worst of time’s and would have learned great lessons. This would work well with the youth, who are recipients from birth of the freedom and expanded living that FE allows. As they were not inhibited with the scarcity based reality their creative abilities would be awe inspiring to the older generations. Finding balance between the generations could create a wonderful synergy of free flowing creativity, measured with wise guardianship.

As far as my preferences go, I imagine my healthy home is on the edge of a forest, high up in the hills. My property would be anchored by an ancient Totara tree that presides over a part of this forest and my land also. I’m in communication with this Totara, as I am with all the plants in my garden. The girl in me wants to be surrounded by beauty and my garden would be my sanctuary with a vast array of fruits and flowers from the edge of the forest flowing in and around my house. Each morning I awake with great purpose and relish the variety of experiences available to me, including the challenge of my two hours of service to humanity.

I love natural fibres, particularly the feeling of silk on my skin and so perhaps this day I would wear a silk slip dress printed with a few images of the more delicate flowers from my garden. Most of my clothing would be custom made from natural fibres, to my own taste. I would start my day taking tea barefoot in the garden, surrounded by bountiful trees and flowerbeds – all watched over by my friend, the ancient Totara. As I wander I connect with the earth and her rhythms wash over me. I give thanks as I eat a selection of fruits and my garden nourishes me. I enjoy starting the day this way and it would keep me balanced and strong in my later years.

I have a new craft for my travelling pleasure. It moves gracefully and quietly, being made entirely to my specifications. Much fun is had with friends as we all marvel at each others designs, from the extremely masculine tank like ‘beasts’ to some of the bubble gum designs of youth…

I would still wear my hair long, as is now common with older women. With a nourishing diet it would retain most of its natural colour and texture, although grey is worn with great pride in these times……….

I believe there will still be great challenges, however FE will free up time for us – a lot of time! We will also be much healthier.

Time and vitality – I imagine that’s a pretty amazing combination.

Warm wishes…
Lee

Wade Frazier

29th February 2012, 12:27

Hi Tyler and Lee:

When I see posts like those, I know that I came to the right place.

Best,

Wade

CdnSirian

29th February 2012, 15:04

Lee I am coming to visit in my "new craft" is that all right? Your setting sounds exquisite!

Isthatso

29th February 2012, 19:24

Yes, please do and bring some friends if you wish!

We can sit at the foot of our forest guardian and reflect on this life we live. I'll pick some tea. :humble:

Just prepare yourself though, not a more luminous craft would you have ever seen....
Lee

TelosianEmbrace

1st March 2012, 02:59

My craft would be sometimes azure, sometimes opalescent, and sometimes crystal clear, depending upon it's mood and requirements. It would take me to the deepest part of the deep sea trenches, with plenty of lighting to look into the dark water. I would have a thin, skin tight clear suit I could hop into that would provide me with breathable air while withstanding the crushing pressures at those depths, so that I could exit my craft. The qualities of this suit also allow me to reach out and 'feel' things, while remaining impervious to any physical incursions. My craft could take me, very quickly, into space and anywhere around the solar system, though for longer distances I would use a larger, communal craft.

And I would have a Sky Bike! I would be in a leaning forward position, much like when riding the motorbikes of yesteryear. The front handles are vertical, and the extensions for the legs and arms are flexible. This allows me to, for example, go into a banking, steep turn with a shrug of my shoulder, or zoom up into the higher atmosphere by leaning back. My sky bike would have a force field around it (Collecting bugs on the face when travelling faster than sound would be more than just an irritation!) and would have inbuilt safety mechanisms. These mechanisms would, for example, stop me flying straight into a cliff or out into space. And it would be fast! Real fast! I could circumnavigate Earth in a couple of minutes. Oh, yes. The forcefield would protect me, but still allow a limited flow of air, so that I could actually feel the wind on my face.

Every morning, the first thing I do, is zoom around Earth a couple of times. I would invariably find an interesting ravine or river or forest to investigate, and often by the time I've finished my investigations, the day's well advanced.:yes2: What an exhilarating start to the day!

Isthatso

1st March 2012, 06:10

Every morning, the first thing I do, is zoom around Earth a couple of times. I would invariably find an interesting ravine or river or forest to investigate, and often by the time I've finished my investigations, the day's well advanced.:yes2: What an exhilarating start to the day!

What fun....I can just see my son doing that :cool:

apokalypse

2nd March 2012, 07:41

after last 3 months having seeing though what's the world is really is, today someone broke car window trying to steal something and now i'm frustrated and tired of current world. i'm having a thought about event of the guy broke into my car and things pop into my head right now. now i'm just wish ****s happen so we can live in better harmony loving world and SERVE TO OTHERS SOCIETY/PEOPLE.

live in a society like other civilization from outer space might be too far but within next decade i want at least to Live in the world where i leave my keys in the car or open my door open and come back in a year everything still there, transparency world where there's nothing to hide or secrets and most importantly education system not to dumb as down so they can control. i'm right now i'm back in college just in shock seeing how screwed up we are with education, i'm in a class with recent high school leaver feel like they are robots do as you told and learn what they being told to have that belief system which really killing us humans on planet earth. I don't want to dream or imagine but i want Serve To Others civilization human on earth to happen...

greybeard

2nd March 2012, 08:42

This is a web site recommended by Gregg Braden on Coast to coast am.
It is science based giving information on practical ways of raising consciousness and helping the planet.
They have sensors to monitor the effect of collective meditation.
Chris

http://www.glcoherence.org/

NeverMind

2nd March 2012, 09:09

what is your vision of a future Earth, an Earth you would be happy to live on?

For me, I want the Earth - and my own life (which I adore) - exactly as it is, except there is no physical suffering or abuse of ANY kind, for no living creature.
(Individual mental and emotional malaise could be seen as the equivalent to the strain of ascending the steps of a staircase. It gets lesser as your muscles grow stronger - and it gets you ever higher. ;-)

Everyone lives up to their potential; no more wasted talents, of any kind (which includes the talent for happiness and love).

The schooling and employment system, of course, have been totally restructured (I am working on it now :-)).

Ugliness is gone. The Earth is lush and wondrous in its immense variety; and cities are like gorgeous parks.

Abundance is everywhere, for everyone, every living creature.
So is joy.

And there is no death.

I wonder, Telosian Embrace, are you fully aware of the very real, practical implications of being involved in this thread?
Yes, you probably are. :)

TelosianEmbrace

2nd March 2012, 10:09

NeverMind

2nd March 2012, 11:05

I wonder, Telosian Embrace, are you fully aware of the very real, practical implications of being involved in this thread?
Yes, you probably are. :)

Of course I am, my dear descended mistress!;)

On many levels. Though I guess there are some practical implications that elude me, being in this current embodiment of limitation, that have not escaped the Me that is perceiving this from a more enlightened perspective.

Yes, I thought so. :)

There really is just one "practical implication" I had in mind, and it is invaluable: by picturing it - by imagin(in)g it - you bring it forth... in time. By dwelling on it, you may eventually dwell in it.
That's all.
And it's everything.

Wade Frazier

2nd March 2012, 13:15

Hi Apokalypse:

I feel your pain. I spent my time in urban hells:

http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?10672-WADE-FRAZIER-A-Healed-Planet&p=406928&viewfull=1#post406928

and living in them were instrumental in launching me on my journey. I believe that one of the “jobs” of being able to recall the past and imagine the future is to use our sentience to chart our course. If we can’t imagine a better world, we probably are not going to get there, not with the forces arrayed against it, humanity’s inertia most significantly.

Your desire to live in a very different world is a well-known feeling. If enough of us can marshal our awareness (and what greybeard mentioned can certainly be part of the process), then we may reach a critical mass to achieve it. This I know: we can’t do it alone. There need to be enough of us aligned on the goal, to cut through the inertia and discord. Your imagination is more powerful than I think any of us suspect.

Thanks NeverMind and TelosianEmbrace. Good, important stuff.

Best,

Wade

Isthatso

4th March 2012, 04:30

What will a child’s world look like…

The trend appears to be the more educated people are, the less children they tend to have. Field trips will be a breeze, anywhere in the world. Specialist teachers would be able to interact with students from anywhere, even off world. It would be a community affair. Huge support from cradle to grave… Humanty could focus on ensuring parents are supported every step of the way. Much time and thought would go into creating the most loving supportive environment.

As I read through the free energy threads, I have compiled a selection of comments made regarding children…thanks to all that contributed with their ideas. :thumb: as follows;

Incidentally, the thought struck me that free energy might open the world up to a whole new development in 'communal parenting'. If people didn't have to scrape and scrounge to look after their children (even the richest of us scraping and scrounging, just in a way that has yielded more) then people would suddenly find themselves opening up to ideas like the next generation being everybody's responsibility, not just the insular responsibility of the two who produced each child. When every child can call every adult a 'godfather' of sorts, children will grow up not only more balanced and level-headed, but also having known more love and care than children at present do

Responsibility of children will be shared by communities, their welfare, education, everything. There will never be the riots that we see today, there would be no room for the development of those feelings. There will be a flowing gentleness and a genuine respect for little people's lives.

Children would learn in accordance with their natural interests and social necessities. They would learn from those who have knowledge of the natural interests and communities would teach them social skills, and when adults, they would be encouraged to pass on what they have learned, not forced to do anything.

Children will be encouraged to do what they really want to do, and will be given loving guidance to ensure that this happens. The ability of these guides to "see" your soul energies will help in ensuring that our courses of study align with our true desires, innate abilities, and soul purpose.

I like the idea of "communal children". In an abundance society I image they would be actually free to choose their path (and studies) at every step of the way. No longer needing to become a "cog in the system", they can truly follow their joy, their interests. As Joseph Pearce would say they would be learning in a state of play. There will be no difference between learning and playing. I can easily see these children more developed in all aspects than most humans today, by at the age of 6. And that with no external pressure on them "compete, defeat others and succeed!.”

Nothing strange about communal children - that's the way a lot of our native tribes work - the children are bought up by the tribe rather than just the parents... Parenting isn't just the responsibility of the parents - we *ALL* have a responsiblity to ensure our next generation is raised properly, and one day we will truly recognise this!

as for children if everything changes, they will be born telling the parents what they are good at, or interested in, such if we reach free energy there is a strong likelihood we have evolved again.

Indeed child "care" centers will be gone and I am glad for that! I believe that scarcity is the root cause of children being sent into foster care, or abandoned, or abused. I know of cases where some people have children only the get the money support from the government . All this will be gone in a free energy society. And that would happen simply because the motivation behind it (scarcity) will disappear.

Yes I think fear will become obsolete, indeed.

Mothers would love and cherish and nurture their children but they will not protect them. There will be nothing to protect them from! I can easily imagine that an abundant world is a safe and loving world for children. Scarcity is the reason we have so many hazardous designs and patterns in our life today.

Of course, a child does have to "go out" and explore. The child will make "mistakes" (experiments with unexpected results) that he will learn from, but he will not need protection.

Another thing that I imagine is that we will understand what life and death really are... and we will connect with the being that has that child experience at deeper levels, and we will understand that there is only experience, and no need for protection. I think that attachment is a form of fear and that it will become obsolete.

"Making a mistake" will return to be what it used to be... a learning experience. Nobody stands to lose by it, and you have only to gain.
Real education would replace indoctrination, and innovation and creativity would be more appreciated than repetition. In fact repetition will be obsolete once we clean our bodies and reclaim our memory capabilities.

The education system will be dedicated to igniting the full potential of the human mind.

The concepts of how to nurture the children and leave them to experience without being told off reminds me of Anastasia's childhood as related in the 'Ringing Cedars' series. Yet, this seems diametrically opposed to the way those of Telos raise their children, in an extended family. In Telos they have multiple sets of 'God Parents'.

Becoming parents... although I don't have any children I imagine often how I would raise some . And I'd very much like to do it in a FE society. In an abundant society I imagine parenting will be very very different! For one you would finally be able to give your child the attention it deserves and then let them explore the inner and outer world with no pressure to succeed... or to make you proud and so on.

know this will sound a bit "new agey", but in an abundant society groups will be formed in support of something: Prosperity groups, Consciousness elevation groups, Comprehensive education groups, Space travel groups, Health promotion and so on. In all these cases, the survival and mission of the group is in alignment with the perpetual existence of the "issue" the group was created for

What a life they will lead....thanks to all that posted their thoughts above.

I imagine the really fun part will be the opportunity for adventure, anywhere in the world at a drop of the hat. The children won’t be reading it all in books, or seeing it on the internet, they will be going there to experience it first hand. The sights, the tastes, the smell’s, the energy. What exciting adventures they will have…..just imagine. :grouphug:

Warm wishes...
Lee :happy:

Wade Frazier

4th March 2012, 05:17

Thanks Isthatso:

According to what Michael Roads saw, in three hundred years, those who follow their hearts will live in that kind of world that you describe. It is kind of synchronistic that you mention six years old, because that is the age when the children in that world are given their first craft:

http://www.ahealedplanet.net/visions.htm#roads1

and the typical six-year old in that reality knows more about how the human body operates than any human alive today. Yes, the societal structure looks little like today’s, that is for sure. I hope to see us heading toward that reality before I cash in my chips.

Best,

Wade

Isthatso

7th March 2012, 07:25

I wonder about the different parts people are playing in creating this future earth...(apologies, if this is the wrong thread).

This future earth is very real for me. Not because I have been studying free energy or have any real scientific understanding. I feel like I came here from a place very similar to this furture earth, or atleast, I came with the 'feeling' of it. Some parts may be dressed a little differently from what others imagine but on the whole I recognise this space. I can feel it and it's a real place, if that makes sense? It's been a hard road here and from very young I had to put up many defences to function here. Now reading through these various threads here on free energy and a future earth seems to have ripped off quite a few layers which has exposed a deep love and yearning for earth to be such a place for us all. It's wonderful and quite polarising at the same time.

So for my part, I feel I can help to 'hold the space' for this reality, if only in a small way.

I just wanted to mention my experience in case others were experiencing something similar, and like me, just happened to stumble into the mix. Although I am working my way through your website Wade, and learning much...:happy:

Many thanks to all the wonderful contributions I have read so far.

Warm wishes....
Lee

Wade Frazier

7th March 2012, 15:41

Hi Lee:

Holding the space, holding the energy, keeping it in your imagination, these are all important, I think. When I write about the Level 12 choir that I am trying to help form, there is both a practical and mystical aspect to it. On a practical level, while the social managers (Godzilla, etc.) can keep everybody distracted from what is important, and pick off the lone rangers one at a time, no momentum will be built toward making it happen. Also, we create our own realities, so the act of imagining a better world helps allow it to manifest, or as you say, the reality is real already, and you are “holding the space” for it. That can mean, I think, that you are pulling yourself toward that reality with your thoughts and feelings.

On a practical level, I know that this world is very feasible if we implemented FE in a loving fashion:

http://www.ahealedplanet.net/visions.htm#roads1

also, I believe that imagining how it can be helps “pull it” toward us, or us toward it. Hard to put into words, obviously, and none of us really get to see the big picture on Earth, but to the extent that we can, I think we can navigate to that reality.

Best,

Wade

VaughnB

7th March 2012, 17:15

Well, one thing for certain, we're going to see many changes, many forms and many outcomes.

NOW FUTURE
Wars do seem to be perpetuating. Fear, control, religious fervor. | Division, terror, retribution
Technology [especially AI- artificial intelligence] | automation, labor saving devices,
Poverty, suffering, famine, disease ?
Climate - warming ?

Beren

11th March 2012, 23:53

Future Earth is the paradise.
Short and sweet.

;)

Hughe

13th March 2012, 05:16

*Where will our energy come from?
Clean energy from various sources: electricity in atmosphere, gravitational field of Earth, spacetime

*How will we get around/what will be our modes of transport?
I like to build a floating car - anti-gravity propulsion and aerodynamics

*How will our communities be structured?
A small village right in the middle of Food Forest

*What will we eat?
Mostly vegetarian. Some will live without eating food at all.

*What will our dwellings look like and what will they be made of?
Self powered, energy efficient house per individual or family. 100% organic in nature.
Applying symbiotic technologies that people grow a house or machines. ^^

*Will there be cities, and if so what form will they take?
Bigger version of suburb village. Few mega structures that house building space crafts or heavy machines.
I doubt skyscrapers would exit.

*Will we have ongoing contact with extraterrestrials and how will it occur?
Probably there will be small regions for specific ET races.

*Will we have ceremonies, rituals?
I think different way of ceremonies not worshiping entities nor deceased people.

*How long will we live?
A body is a temporary container. They will have body of 20-30 year old till they die.

*What will be the family structure?
No legal marriage certificate

*Will our appearance change? What will we look like?
External change will be minor.

*Will we still have deserts? What will the Earth look like?
Completely covered with green land and forest if humans allow to do terraforming entire globe.

*Will we bring back extinct animals, or create new life forms, or import plants and animals from other planets and star systems?
I wouldn't want to see any types of genetic manipulation. Once humans figure out 99.9% of DNA then they might do it cautiously.

*Will we travel to the stars, and if so, where will we go?
Pay back time? Wipe out the reptilian races and greys which had used us natural resources for long time?
I hope not. Humans will have to get permit and agreement with other civilizations where they go to.
I think humans are late stage of our universe.

*Will we be able to travel backwards and forwards in time, and for what purpose?
Whenever they find effect of time manipulation that triggers bad effect.

--
Creating a small food forest, building organic house.
All machines run by Free Energy power generators.
Wireless power transmission within the community.
Working two or three days then the community will provide everything.
Money will be disappeared.
I expect it will be done for dedicated people within 10 years once real FE generator comes out to general public.

Wade Frazier

13th March 2012, 12:23

Hi Hughe:

Nice. Is that somebody else’s list of questions that you are answering?

Best,

Wade

Ilie Pandia

13th March 2012, 18:03

Hi Wade,

Is the list from the opening post (http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?32399-A-Future-Earth&p=330389&viewfull=1#post330389) :becky:

TelosianEmbrace

13th March 2012, 23:55

I think it's about time Wade took a holiday! :yes4:

Wade Frazier

16th March 2012, 04:11

Hey guys:

These posts should be Exhibit A for why I need time off, but I am not going to get any anytime soon, alas. I’ll see if I can keep these senior moments at bay for a little while longer. :)

I should take a crack at this list one day myself.

Best,

Wade

Wade Frazier

21st March 2012, 10:46

OK, it is about time that I do this little exercise.

*Where will our energy come from?

Solid state FE machines, at least at first. The ultimate source is something called “The Creator,” or some such moniker.

*How will we get around/what will be our modes of transport?

There will great variety, but all will be harmless and as fast as needed. Everybody will have a personal craft for short distances, such as around Earth’s surface, but spacefaring will be a more communal experience.

*How will our communities be structured?

Again, there will be great variety. Our solar system will be our native ground. The surface of Earth will still host most of humanity, but all communities will be organized along interests and mutual affinity, and most will seem pastoral in nature. Communications, transportation, and construction technologies, among others, make living in one spot, with neighbors of convenience, obsolete.

*What will we eat?

Live food, for the most part, mainly fruits and vegetables, with some served freshly cooked.

*What will our dwellings look like and what will they be made of?

There will be great variety, suiting the inhabitant. Most will be readily mobile, but some will be integral parts of the Earth. Most will be made of metals, glass and other materials, but will not weather and will be highly durable, and be infinitely recyclable. Some will be suitable for spacefaring, while others will be made of energy that is easily disassembled.

*Will there be cities, and if so what form will they take?

There will be some cities, but they will serve special purposes, such as spiritual, musical, and artistic centers. Some will be for what is called manufacturing and other joint technical efforts, but they will be clean, safe, and in harmony with their environments.

*Will we have ongoing contact with extraterrestrials and how will it occur?

Yes. After an initial formal introduction to humanity, the contact will be largely informal, in a gathering-of-friends fashion. Many will visit our world, and many humans will visit theirs, and some humans will migrate, become ambassadors of the species, and so on. Some will have ETs living in their communities, although the concept of ETs will become outdated. Everybody will be an inhabitant of physical reality, at least for those who stay physical.

*Will we have ceremonies, rituals?

There will be few. They will be recognized somewhat for their symbology, but ceremonies and rituals will emphasize reaching different states of consciousness, with achieving/maintaining heart-centered awareness the primary goal.

*How long will we live?

Hundreds of Earth years, on average. It depends on what the goal of a lifetime is. Death as we know it will cease to exist, as people can take their bodies with them. Some will make them materialize and dematerialize as needed.

*What will be the family structure?

There will be great variety, again. The bonds of love can be diverse. Most children will be raised within what we would call a communal structure, but some communities would be geographically diverse and relatively fluid, compared to today’s conceptions.

*Will our appearance change? What will we look like?

There will be great diversity, but obesity, “deformities,” and other limitations would largely disappear.

*Will we still have deserts? What will the Earth look like?

There will still be deserts. Humans will largely allow Earth to manage her biosphere, and will help out when asked. Humans will not dominate ecosystems for human benefit, but will live in harmony with the ecosystems, with symbiotic relationships with life forms and ecosystems the norm. Some parts of Earth will resemble huge gardens, while others will be “wild.”

*Will we bring back extinct animals, or create new life forms, or import plants and animals from other planets and star systems?

There will be repair of the damage that humans wrought on Earth in its primitive phase. Many animals driven to extinction by humans will be restored. Whatever is in balance will be allowed, even extending to life forms from other star systems.

*Will we travel to the stars, and if so, where will we go?

We will travel to stars, at first with our ET relatives and neighbors. Eventually, humanity will become a spacefaring species, but will largely stay in our galaxy at first.

*Will we be able to travel backwards and forwards in time, and for what purpose?

Time travel will be largely used to explore probabilities, to assist in achieving greater understanding.

*These are just a few of many questions that could be asked.

I may pose some myself, at a later date.

*Dear Avalonian, what is your vision of a future Earth, an Earth you would be happy to live on?

Great thread, TelosianEmbrace.

Best,

Wade

Ilie Pandia

21st March 2012, 13:32

Oh boy! May we meet in that world and "soon" (now would be preferable!)

Ilie Pandia

24th March 2012, 07:50

Every now and then I read something or see a movie that predicts a really bad outcome for planet Earth.

While those may feel disempowering I actually use them as an opportunity to raise the awareness about free energy and what can it do for Planet Earth and its inhabitants. And it is quite easy too, since you mostly have to negate the doom-and-gloom vision and describe the new one :). So here it goes...

Free energy and consciousness seem to go hand in hand. Raising our awareness helps us understand how energy runs everything on this planet (and possibly the entire universe). With a high awareness we get to see through the veil of daily distractions and of artificially maintained differences, because of the apparent scarcity and energy crisis.

In an abundant society sharing of resources would make perfect sense and would come naturally. So naturally that will not even be called sharing. Our caring nature will start to show and impact everything that we do.

Let's take for example the food production industry. Said industry will virtually transform overnight once profit will be replaced by compassion for fellow humans, plants and animals. Adding harmful substances to our food, poisoning the soil and torturing the animals will no longer make any sense nor will they be required. I suspect most of the animal products will be dropped entirely and animals freed to do what they came here to do. Plants will be allowed to grow at their own pace, providing their support via symbiosis with the insects and the microbes, and when they're ready they will offer their ripe fruit. The taste of food will be so much better! And this food will be a natural and tasty medicine for our bodies and it will always promote more health and vigour. It is very likely that we will eat a lot less, and yet feel much more energised than before. The more sensitive ones might even develop a deeper connection with the plant kingdom and "sense" when the fruit is ripe, and therefore clean of all the possibly "harmful toxins". (There are actually no natural harmful toxins, only the plant's immune system protecting itself, and also telling us that the fruit is not yet ready). Even geneticly modified plants may have their place if the "upgrade" is done with the agreement of the plant species and it's supportive of it and us humans.

They way people live and relate to each other will also dramatically change. There will be no need for locks, fences, or any kind of enforcement of "my property"! True friendship with no hidden interest will be the norm, with inner happiness radiating outward in big smiles, healthy bodies and heart felt connections.

Games will revert to means of learning stuff in a very fun and efficient manner, moving away from losers and victors. There are no victors or losers in a true game.

Children will be loved and cared for, but not a in possessive way. They will be allowed to grow and develop as they please, even if this means that they will have radically different thought patterns that their parents. Creativity will flourish, with children being the main source of it :). A child providing an unexpected solution to a challenge will not be un-common.

While opening our selves to each other, we will also open up to nature, plants and animals. Communication with the entities behind those will be more and more common and the life experience will be so much more richer and colourful.

The arts and artists will play a major role in our lives. In fact, to us it may look like the life of every human in the abundant society is a form of art.

RunningDeer

24th March 2012, 08:55

No Hidden Agendas, No Double-talk

Wholeness of character. Sharing in a trusting environment.

I can't wait for the day when people's words, and feelings are taken at face value. No hidden agendas, no double-talk. Freedom, as the giver expressing what's in one's heart; freedom for the receiver trusting it's the real deal.

Peace,
WhiteCrowBlackDeer

Beren

24th March 2012, 09:27

Hi Wade and other here :)

I agree with your vision completely Wade about 100% more or less...

:)

That's why I wrote short and sweet it will be THE paradise...

Every morning when I wake up I feel a bit heavy and not like I want to escape Earth but like "time is on, let's cut to the chase"...
This heaviness will vanish since negative energy will not be force which runs Earth ...

The best part of my vision in which my soul is completely united with Creator is that we will consider Earth as crown jewel and infinite pleasure BUT not the only one since we will live our true nature , meaning that we WILL create new worlds ,new Earths .

We will be fully the holy ones -God's children which matured and now singing new worlds and ideas and thoughts into existence.
Ability to go at will from total unity with Creator and personalized soul aspects is going to be as easy as you blink without effort.

One thing that I will put my stamp over here is my blessing to this effort even in this thread.
I give a portion of my soul energy here as a statement of approval of my and all of our efforts and works into making this happen.

I bless you all and give my share in making all this happen ,bit by bit ,step by step until the universal wave of Love sweeps over.

Pete

24th March 2012, 10:24

thought I would share the world my daughter (6) and I dreamt up.
We both like the sea especially wavey sea. we want to be able to surf and fly over the breaking seas like a cross between a dolphin and gull. we are going to have a farm that doesn't smell with a swimming pool and our horses will be able to talk to us.
we will have a magic wardrobe that will allow us to go anywhere around the earth and moon so we won't have to sit around in the boring car.
we want to fly through the clouds into the sunset and dive deep into the sea, we want to travel into space and learn about the stars. We want to be able to snuggle up and watch kung fu panda and eat popcorn.

TelosianEmbrace

19th April 2012, 09:10

The excited murmurings of the crowd in this rather antiquated town hall of Swanpool came to a hush as soon as I stepped up on the stage. I took a few moments to gaze over the locals, noting many rustic faces, hard worn from decades under the blistering sun and drying winds of central Victoria. I noted expressions of disgruntlement, of unease. The undercurrent of excitement so readily available in the audiences of the cities and suburbs was not to be found here. No, here they dealt in what they could see and hear, here they made decisions based upon a lifetime of experience. Quick to judge and slow to change were the people of Swanpool, and of many of the smaller country towns I had managed to fit into my busy schedule. They considered themselves realists. In the front row was a mother and her two children, a little girl of about ten and a little boy of perhaps seven. My gaze stopped on the little boy, and I looked deep into the eyes of this young starseed. There was hope. I cleared my throat and began, my deep, resonant voice effortlessly finding its way to the ears and minds of my audience.

This was the ninth week. The ninth week after the announcements and broadcasts that begun to transform all that we considered to be solid and real in our lives. The reforming and realigning power structures, the banking changes, the introduction of the first mass produced free energy systems and many other changes were redefining the lifestyle of the collective rapidly and irreversibly. And people were worried. They were worried what these changes meant, and they thought the worst as a natural way of being that had served them well to survive in this world up until this point. Now, most had no way of integrating all these changes. They were scared and distrustful. Scared of all the goodness that was flowing to them, scared of their new found riches and leisure time, scared of no longer being able to tune into news that showed murders and car crashes.

I paused, and scanned the country folk who had gathered to hear me. They had come from miles around, as good as a quarter of the population of the surrounding area were in this hall tonight. I was a must see and I had made time to visit every town, every community I could. Because I knew what was going on. That first broadcast sent most into shock, but not me. Very quickly people began to gather around me to hear what I had to say, first at work, and down the street. Initially it was only two or three, but as day one turned into day two and day three, I found more and more coming to hear my version of the events, what they meant and how best to cope with them. On the first weekend I was asked to make an address at the local RSL club. From there, knowledge of me and the message I had to give spread like wildfire. I knew they walked away with a confidence and acceptance of the challenges ahead. With my words they were able to re-chart their lives, remap their futures. I put into plain words exactly what they needed to hear. By the end of the second week I had made it onto television, Primetime. People wanted to hear what I had to say. People needed to hear what I had to say. In the third and fourth weeks I gave talks every night to packed halls, often two talks a day. I visited every suburb in Melbourne, never turning down an invitation. My voice, which had been ignored and overridden for so long, was finally being heard. This was the time I had been working towards for all my life.

Ernie Nemeth

22nd April 2012, 06:03

One hour later

While surfing the web, my connection suddenly fails. I reboot but I have lost internet connectivity. Thinking perhaps I forgot to pay the bill and my ISP has shut me down I grab my cell and dial their number. Push send. Nothing. No phone connection either. Now I do not mess with my cell phone bill because it is the source of my livelihood.

Something is definitely wrong.

Just then my girlfriend calls me asking did I pay the cable bill. Yup, something is afoot.

Looking out my office window I catch a glimpse of a man gesturing to another and pointing at his cell. The other holds up his cell and just shrugs (yeah, I know, mine too!). Strange.

I get up and walk down the hall to the door, step out into the corridor. A few of my neighbours are out there discussing these very same interruptions to their services. After a few words I decide to go outside. More people milling about. Angry voices are interspersed with actual fearful ones. No one knows what has happened.

I walk down the street. It is the same scenario everywhere. I decide since I'm out to get a few things at the grocery store a block further up the street. Before I get there I see I am not going to be shopping today. A large, angry and confused crowd is milling about the entrance. A sign on the door says that the store is closed due to the internet being down.

More and more people are coming out and gathering together in small groups. I notice a friend of mine and so I go over to see what he knows. But no one knows anything. There has been no news because there is no way to deliver it.

I decide to go back inside and dig out my little crank up short wave, AM/FM radio. Mostly static. The only station I do find on the air is a small local one. They have no clue what has happened either. The radio fades out so I spend half a minute cranking it up with power again. I select a shorter band. Here, I find a few more stations. Finally, from Buffalo, New York, I get some actual news.

The world wide web has been purposely shut down, they say. All borders have been closed and all flights cancelled. People were being urged to stay in their homes and encouraged not to panic. The host says all information networks are to stay down until further notice. Beyond that even he had no idea what was happening.

I went out to pass on the information to my neighbours. That done I come back in. My girl is getting scared but I hold her close and calm her down. I decide I'd better prepare as best I can.

First, I check the tap and verify we still have service. Thank God. To keep my girlfriend calm I ask her to fill as many pots and containers as she can and stack them in the corner of the kitchen. While she is doing that I start filling the tub. I decide that since the water is still on we can still flush the toilet. This is all just a precaution, I tell myself - just in case things get worse.

I go back out to the living room to check the TV. Still no signal. I lock and chain the front door. Then I begin collecting all our candles and matches and flashlights, again just in case. Electricity is working so cooking won't be a problem. When she has finished storing water, my girlfriend comes in and sits down beside me on the couch. We stare together at the blank screen, silently.

My mind is churning. What else should we do? I decide we should cook up a big meal now and defrost that roast - just in case the power goes off. I tell my girlfriend the plan and she agrees that's a good idea.

We spend the next few hours cooking. We don't speak much, keeping to our own thoughts. The tension and worry are mounting but the activity is holding more visceral emotions at bay. By now it's late afternoon and so we decide to eat.

Occasionally there is a bump at the door or a loud voice echoing down the corridor beyond the front door. Little panic evident yet, but that will change as night approaches, I think to myself.

Dinner done, we wash the remaining dishes together and put them away. We sit back down on the couch. With nothing left to do, the questions and worries begin to mount. What's going on? How is my daughter and my family? Is this just the beginning? Will it get worse?

Realizing that inactivity will only breed fear I ask my girlfriend if she is into playing a game. We play a few games of Sorry, then switch to Uno. But our hearts aren't in it. Another few hours pass and the games no longer hold back the mounting fear. What the heck is going on?

Just then a loud noise makes both of us jump up off the couch. We look at each other sheepishly as we realize it is the TV. After a few clicks and a hisses, a pixelated and garbled picture appears. Then the scene solidifies. It is the Canadian flag with a caption beneath: "Please stand by".

A minute later a famous and familiar face comes on the screen. Good old Lloyd Robertson, the anchorman, begins with a welcome and overview. Then he gets into the meat of it. We both lean forward to watch.

"The Canadian Government, in cooperation with their counterparts south of the border have begun an operation unprecedented in modern human history. The power structure behind our lives has been dismantled. There have been massive arrests both here and in America today. The head bankers, senior politicians, high ranking military personnel, and CEO's of the largest corporations, along with many other lesser players have been arrested and are being detained, pending charges. The Federal Reserve Banking system has been halted and the central banks stripped of their authority. In order that no forewarning could be given, all media outlets were disrupted including TV, internet, cell phones, landlines and radio for almost twelve hours today.

Word is coming in sporadically that the same situation is apparently playing out in many places around the globe.

Normally, our Prime Minister would address the nation but Stephan Harper, Art Carney, Jim Flaherty and many other of our political leaders have been detained. The financial system is also frozen until further notice.

It is a time of uncertainty and confusion as the players who perpetrated this action have offered very little in the way of facts and motivation for their actions. We are asking all citizens to remain calm and stay indoors for the time being. We are presently in communication with certain individuals who claim to be part of this take-over. They assure us this is a peaceful action and that no civilians will be harmed in its implementation. They further claim to be working for the common man and that the average citizen has nothing to fear.

We take you now to Parliment Hill in Ottawa where correspond..."

The signal suddenly blinks off.
"Holy ****!" I exclaim, "It's starting!"

Before my girl can respond the TV yelps and screeches and the screen flickers in a kaleidescope of colors. When it steadies these words are all it says: "Tyranny can only happen when good men do nothing."

"What?" I wondered out loud.
"What does that mean?" asked my girlfriend.

"It means the **** has hit the fan, I guess"

kk4aei

30th April 2012, 00:42

Go to http://psci2012.blogspot.com for updates.

CdnSirian

30th April 2012, 01:44

ThePythonicCow

30th April 2012, 07:15

Listen to www.wonksmedia.com/bill_ryan__todd_hathaway.mp3 (http://www.wonksmedia.com/bill_ryan__todd_hathaway.mp3) - Our loose-knit network of researchers and supporters continue moving forward on the advanced energy technology front, with several technologies up and running at the present, two of which utilize quantum resonance principles. These technologies are at a point in development that a public disclosure is inevitable; however, the security issues keep things running full steam ahead only behind the scenes, with little public exposure.
Welcome!

That's quite a first post :).

CdnSirian

30th April 2012, 14:45

Re: www.wonksmedia.com/bill_ryan__todd_hathaway.mp3

Extremely interesting listen, 2 + yrs later.

wynderer

30th April 2012, 14:48

thanks -- i would personally prefer a future w/o cellphone towers all around, however

Listen to www.wonksmedia.com/bill_ryan__todd_hathaway.mp3 (http://www.wonksmedia.com/bill_ryan__todd_hathaway.mp3) - Our loose-knit network of researchers and supporters continue moving forward on the advanced energy technology front, with several technologies up and running at the present, two of which utilize quantum resonance principles. These technologies are at a point in development that a public disclosure is inevitable; however, the security issues keep things running full steam ahead only behind the scenes, with little public exposure.

To give you an idea of what these technologies are capable of manifesting, we have personally observed a reduction in transcontinental flight time by one hour (four hours instead of five hours) while another technology increased efficiency of vehicles by up to 75% (extending the range of an electric car range between recharging by a factor of 4). Laptops can be permanently unplugged from the grid, which would allow tethering with a cell phone at ANY location where cell phone service is accessible. Many of these technologies are plug and play technologies that anyone can utilize with no training whatsoever, but they're not in production. Yet...soooooo, we continue to serve as a bridge between the public and the inventors, to ensure that an awareness does not reach a critical mass of people before public disclosure is formally scheduled. Does that mean we are suppressing the release of this information? No...we are respecting the wishes of these inventors by limiting public exposure until sufficient resources and manpower support have brought these technologies into full scale production with sufficient security in place. For more information, you can contact Todd or Nora at 202-244-2932 or just email kk4aei@wonksmedia.com (mailto:kk4aei@wonksmedia.com). These are technologies that will help transition human consciousness beyond duality, some of which also have positive environmental effects, to include neutralizing seismic energies that would otherwise result in earthquakes. They can be adapted to so many other uses that for all practical purposes, humanity has already arrived at a Type 1 civilization...minus disclosure. The bottleneck is security. Once we have a network in place with adequate security, with sufficient funds allocated for full scale production, it is simply a matter of perhaps six months before a public disclosure event is conducted.

Geopolitical deadlines of concern are the Middle East conflict that is still in the works, unfortunately. Israeli politics are setting the stage for early elections this October, with the issue of a pre-emptive strike against Iran at the forefront, while in the U.S. we have to deal with November elections that may or may not be held as people expect. These advanced technologies are up and running at DOZENS of locations in multiple countries throughout the world. Currently, this network is spearheading an initiative to couple multiple units based upon one of these technologies to the auroral energies in the Northern hemisphere, in order to stabilize Earth energies.

"We" are NOT part of any formally established group, foundation or company. We are all volunteers. Remaining unstructured and decentralized has helped ensure the success of as many researchers as possible on a limited scale; however, to ramp up operations to full scale production, disclosure and large scale funding will be required.

The bottleneck to success remains a security issue.

==================

Archives to other interviews from this event were posted to http://www.commutefaster.com/EnergyArchive2009.html on the left side of the page.

==================

See also http://www.wonksmedia.com/leadership.pdf

kk4aei

30th April 2012, 15:03

If you think that one was interesting, read http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?44446-Window-of-opportunity-for-mass-arrests-is-May-5-to-June-5.-Drake-says-end-of-May.&p=478586#post478586

kk4aei

1st May 2012, 15:31

See attached timeline through 2013. Disclosure is not a particular event; rather, a cumulative release of information to the public. This graph is the easiest way to visually describe how disclosure will transpire over the next 12 months, based on all information available to date.

Melinda

10th May 2012, 23:25

Limor posted this link: VLUF2Cz504U on Wade Frazier's thread recently. It is full length film about a post-industrial civilization on a happy parallel earth - though a volunteer goes to earth (no one really wants to go to earth...lol) where the film takes place for the most part. It is an enchanting story. Thanks Limor.

I'm so glad people have posted this movie, thank you. It's such a unique and wonderful film. One of the things I value most about ET stories (whether presented as real or imagined) is that it gives us another frame of reference for what is possible. It flings open the doors of our imagination so we can wander through with renewed (and even child-like) openness. There is a lot of love in this film I think, and often manifested through warm humour. The value of nature, the wonder of children, and the wisdom of indigenous people are all expressed.

I'm really looking forward to reading the earlier posts in this thread more thoroughly. I'm currently working my way through the "Healed Planet" thread, which is quiet something - I'm not even 10 pages in and with all the links it feels more like a summer course. A good one!

wynderer

11th May 2012, 00:02

i can see i'm going to have to spend a day reading thru this thread -- i didn't know that there were so many dreamers & visionaries here

i was privileged to get to know a free energy researcher who died too young , & suspiciously imo -- he was of a very high spiritual consciousness -- free energy seems to be where matter & spirit intersect/meet [totally un-scientific intuition, possibly all wrong]

since first reading some of Wade's posts, i have been thinking, 'Here's one who will lead many up & away in the Shift' -- & now i have found a whole thread of those who are creating the new Earth -- w/compassion for others so strong-- some mighty good writers here also

thank you all

Wade Frazier

15th May 2012, 04:19

Hi Wynderer:

I’ll tell you what; people like me would rather not be leading that charge. We just want to do what we can to heal the Earth and get humanity over the hump. People like Dennis can lead the charge. It takes a special kind of person to do that, and it is not me. I carried his spears for years, and am just trying to help provide a missing piece to the efforts that I have seen. It may become something more than that, but I really just want to get enough people thinking in the directions that I think will be helpful. If enough can do that, we may be getting somewhere. Yes, this thread is one of the best on the Internet today, and the more that can put their positive visions out there, the better the chance to build the nugget of awareness that has been missing from all previous efforts that I know of. It really is an issue of awareness, that heart-centered sentience that I continually harp about.

Best,

Wade

Robert J. Niewiadomski

24th May 2012, 20:24

OUR FUTURE EARTH

We live a simple life. No one is bossing other people around. No one is
in need of putting oneself above the rest. We live as a One Great
Humankind Family. Age, gender, skin color, hair color, eyes color,
experience, knowledge and every other apparent difference one can
"imagine": all does not matter. Everyone deserves same amount of respect
and Love. No more no less. Every "unit" of life is equally important.

It is not an "...ism" or a "...cracy". It is not an Eternal Bliss neither
it is tramping around aimlessly. We have no government or tangled web of
statutes or laws. We don't need no external stimuli to live that way. It
comes from within of us. It is internally driven. It is just respect for
each other's free will and whole responsibility for one's actions.
Generously soaked in a Light of Our Loving Parent Creator. It took us
quite a lot of time to finally "get that" and get here. But it was worth
of it.

And there was no need for so called "free energy" devices to get "here".
We just consequently, spontaneously, consciously and intentionally, no
matter what, started to choose to let more Light enter into our lives and
in a same way choose to avoid darkness. It is also called service to
others vs. service to self. It is also to be conscious creator of ones
reality vs. to be a victim of unconsciously created reality. We had
enough of going nowhere by walking in circles between Light and darkness.
Speaking of "free energy" devices. They just started to be produced one
day instead of our old "contraptions" of the previous generations. Minus
need for fuel delivered by "hand" and all that ado accompanying that
delivery. Plus complete life friendliness and portability. After all they
are "powered" directly by the same ubiquitous unlimited unconditional
energy Life is powered across the Whole Of Creation. Love.

New generation of contraptions allowed us to live more effortlessly and
allowed us to focus even more on the world around us. It was natural
consequence after entering on the Path of Love. We live in the State of
Ease now. Our natural state of mind is being in "The Zone". Everybody has
enough of resources and means to fulfill their urge to create. Everyone
is self sufficient and self aware. Everyone is free to learn any skills
needed for any creation project. With respect for all Life and free will
of others. No need to hurry anymore. Everybody feels "at home" where ever
it happens to be. We can now handle consciously ANY situation
effortlessly with Love. With appreciation, forgiveness, compassion,
humility, understanding and valor.

Mothers are encouraged to give birth naturally and they are given every
possible help to grow their intuition and complete knowledge of how to be
a self aware and loving mother for their children. Long is gone the fear
to give the birth by oneself without the external help of the midwifes,
"doctors" and the machines that go ping (or "whoop whoop whoop"). Mothers
are the only beings qualified for that feat. Confident of own
capabilities, without unnecessary external intervention and intimidation
they can now develop so deep natural bond with their newborns, that they
EXACTLY KNOW what that young beings need. No need for diapers or for
babies to cry for food or anything else. Mothers just KNOW now "what is
the matter" every time. No need for guess work. But it is nothing new
under the Sun. It was just long forgotten by most of us to be
rediscovered again.

Fathers are not afraid to be fathers. They too know what children need.
No more guess work for them too. Parents can spend as much time with
their children as they want. No more dropping at a day
care/kindergarten/school that "cares" for our children while we work hard
to earn money that pay for that "great privilege" that strangers can take
"care" of our own children while we work to get money for those
strangers. That insanity is gone. Along with the money. And we are not
"strangers" anymore.

We now have complete manuals for ourselves embedded deep into our hearts
and minds and society. Children can happily satisfy their natural
appetite for life and exploring and learning of the world around them.
And everything is so organized to cater for youngsters needs. After all
our whole Planet (and beyond) is a place of learning (That it is the
meaning of life). There is no reason to scare children and teach them to
be afraid of The World and other people. Fear is gone. And all
accompanying it illnesses of the psyche and body. Unhindered by lower
vibrations many of us developed such a oneness with our surrounding
"space- time" they need no "technology" to manipulate matter/energy and
create or heal. And more of us "ascends" to that level of spiritual
consciousness every day.

For those still feeling uneasy about "ascension" and its consequences,
there are plenty of opportunities to live an adventurous, satisfying and
comfortable life. We no longer need for our dwelling places to be located
on the surface of the Planet. With the aid of "free energy" and
antigravity anyone can have whatever dwelling they want. And everybody
can build it by themselves, naturally. We live on "flying islands"
complete with own microclimate, lakes, rivers, streams and lush forests
and gardens, full of fruits, grains, vegetables and other plant based
food. We don't eat animals. They are our friends and can dwell on our
islands with us if they wish too. Some of us choose to build old
fashioned houses, some choose to build more futuristic structures. But
majority of us choose to live as close to the plants and animals as
possible without the urge to create any kind of structures. The islands
can be moved to any place above the Earth and beyond. In near no time.
Our "ascended" members don't need that islands anymore of course. Islands
are equipped in all necessary amenities. Some have old fashioned
bathrooms, some have natural ponds to take the bath in. All typical
bathroom substances and appliances are plant based. We even grow special
kind of tropical pitcher plants (with their permission of course) that
function as toilets. Half of the digestion is done for them by our
bodies. And they grow fruits tailored to specific user's digestive tract.
It is quite a thrill and fun to use their service. But naturally not
everybody feels comfortable with that idea. Some plants grow big and
beautiful flowers for us with petals that can be used as garments. No
need for laundry. We tend to not burden ourselves with too much gadgets.

The Earth has been cleaned up. Every trace of human civilization erased.
It is back to Her pristine state. We can speak with Her. And we know
exactly what we are allowed to do to keep the harmony and balance of the
Nature. We are allowed to take to our flying islands some life forms if
they agree or ask us to do so. We are allowed to hike and camp too. And
we leave no trace behind. Life is great down here.

Everyone is an artist. We like to embed artworks into our surroundings.
Plants and animals like it too and actively participate. We organize lots
of happenings, share and create art together. Our art is intimately
braided with all our possible activities. It is quite a treat for all the
senses. Everyone is a scientist also. With the mind and heart open to any
possibility not entrenched in any dogma. We share our knowledge and
experience with each other. Freely. On a local and global scale. We have
great global communication network across the Planet. Accessible to all and
anywhere. We still use various types of computers to share and visualize
information but many of us are able to access that network directly with
their mind alone. They are more than happy to teach how to do that anyone
who ask them to.

See you here soon :)

Beren

24th May 2012, 20:31

So many beautiful expressions here and true visions.

I cannot add more to the beauty but will add a pinch:

Future Earth...ah the very name came from our distant past, yet so near in our minds.
We ever return to it to oversee how we crossed that final stage of old into new.

Now, well now it`s just Earth. The very Earth that we deeply Love as our home for our bodies and souls while in bodies.
Jewel in Universe with diversity unmatched.

A place of Gods and our garden of joy.
When I say Gods, I mean on us. For we became Gods.
We cast out fear as main force motivator and embraced Love as main force motivator- should I add liberator.

We realized that we ARE and BEing when we are Love.

Hence everything we do stems from love and expressions of the same are virtually limitless.

Should I say more?
Nay ,friend -who ever you are ,welcome to Earth. My Earth, Your Earth, God`s Earth.
Welcome to your home.

CdnSirian

25th May 2012, 00:54

Robert -- spectacular!! A beautiful feeling post. Amen!

I have always believed that man was never cast out of the Garden of Eden -- it is Earth and we're still here! But the spiritual and mental detour that we have taken - in the duality or however one can express it -- is almost over. As Beren said, we are gods, and now many are ready (and have been!) to treat the planet as the Goddess that She is.

Ilie Pandia

25th May 2012, 14:18

Beautiful post Robert!! :)

I had a similar vision with living in symbiosis with the plan life, but I saw a plant-bed.

When you would sleep in this bed the plant would wrap you and cleanse you, for what is toxic for your is nourishment for the plant. The wrap would be gentle and soft, allowing you to move should you want to. The plant would then secrete a scent that would relax your body, allowing you to go into deep and rejuvenating sleep. And finally it would help balance your energies and heal your body while you're sleeping. In return your energy field and your "dream energy" would support the plant.

Journeyon

25th May 2012, 16:01

Wow Robert! Thank you for your vision. I can feel our future Earth, I am ready!

Robert J. Niewiadomski

25th May 2012, 17:10

Ilie, a plant-bed you describe is great :)

CdnSirian

26th May 2012, 04:49

Eek -- plant bed described above is in a novel of a co-author's and mine. If we get it published I'll send you a copy!

ksehra

26th May 2012, 05:55

Wowzers All...this is the most inspiring thread ever! And, really this is what it's all about when we awaken to our intrinsic, self-sovereign sourced capacities. Collectively we are graduating into a consensual awareness of our infinite potentiality and interconnectivity through which we may allow for our conscious imput into the Whole of Creation...We are it...the time is now!

Ernie Nemeth

29th May 2012, 22:11

One month later.

Wires and electronic parts litter my office floor. Drawings and calculations filling reams of paper are scattered about on all the horizontal surfaces. Music is playing, candles are burning down to the nub. Coffee cups sit discarded on top of the papers. The ashtray is overflowing with old butts. The garbage container has long ago relented and a pile of refuse around it is threatening to burry it whole.

Little wheels turn throughout the room. Magnets propel them. Magnets with asymmetrical fields. Magnets newly created by the industry, cheaply and abundantly - and what a surprise that had been. All are only rough prototypes, though.

It is impossible to tell at first glance what the activity implies, or its purpose. The most prominent item used seems to be duct tape - everything is covered with it. Upon closer scrutiny the magnets become evident. Stacks of them are arranged in tidy piles along one wall. They are very shiny and come in various sizes and shapes. Closer examination reveals that the contraptions in the room are testing different configurations and applications.

In the middle of the room, on a small makeshift bench, is a stationary contraption with coils of copper wire wound around a bunch of curiously shaped wedge magnets that each resemble a brake pad in shape. There seems to be six stacks of magnets evenly dispersed around a core of laminated steel, and fitted around these assemblies are the coils of wire. The whole unit is about one foot in diameter. There is a continual low-level hum emanating from it but there is no visible moving parts, unlike all the crude little models scattered about the room. Two heavy leads from the machine end in a normal plug that right now lies beneath a normal wall socket in the room. A strange contraption indeed.

I check the reading on the meter a final time and walk down the hall to the circuit panel. I yell a warning then turn the mains off, plus other unnecessary circuits. I walk back down the hall and into the office-turned-into-workroom. I take the plug leading to the machine and plug it into the wall socket. A quick visual verification and, satisfied, I turn the machine on. The light in the center of the room comes on, fluctuates a bit then brightens and holds. Perfect.

My part done, I decide to go deliver the good news. Cell phone systems have been shut down and only rumors supply answers to the question of why. Most are still waiting for new land lines or using computers and texting. With WiFi also officially declared a health hazard most phones, palms, pads and lap tops are not used much anymore for communication. Others just ignore the health warnings. Still others have figured out almost magical work-a-rounds that dramatically reduce exposure.

I gather a few of my latest notes, plus my camera - a picture is worth a thousand words. I say I'm heading out, put on my shoes and leave. I don't have far to go because my partner in this venture lives in the next building.

Outside I stop on the landing and look up, as I always do, and look around. It's nice to give nature a moment of my time, to appreciate this day, and offer my gratitude. A few folks are milling about on this rather warm spring day and I acknowledge them with a wave.

I spot the pile of electronics at the edge of our little complex, and similar piles in front of the buildings across the street. These make-shift repositories were evidence of the city-wide initiative, to aid in the creation of these contraptions and reduce waste in general. As was the noticeable reduction in the number of cars on the road, not totally just noticeably. Another part of the initiative involved rigging these independently constructed power sources together using the existing grid. The plan called for the shut down of all coal and oil based plants within the next two quarters, six months! My eagle-eye looks over the nearby piles but there does not seem to be anything new from this distance.

I walk across the cobbled pathway and admire the red brick four-story walk-up (with convenient shoe box size elevator!). My building and this one were identical and they had a charming appeal amidst the towering buildings that encroached from every direction. I use my key (the machine for the laundry card is in this building so we all have a key) and climb the stairs to the third floor, walk down the hall. More electronics are heaped in a haphazard pile and almost hide the front door to my buddy's place. I turn the knob and go in.

Being single, preferring to be single, the Easy Rector (so-called because of his most famous phrase, “it can be easily rectified”) had a lot more room for experiments and he took full advantage of that luxury. Here was the heart of our endeavor (It was really all Rector with me and a few others helping with the heavy lifting).

As I step in I have to push against the door. Looking behind it I see the experiment from the kitchen has spilled over into the entryway and partially barred the front door.

“Hey Richard? You here?” I call as I sweep the path of the door clear with a nudge. No answer so I step awkwardly into the apartment and walk down the hall, past heaps of old computers and disk drives, to the living room. In one corner, barely discernable for the clutter, is a desk that even from here looks totally clean and orderly. That’s the Rector, a mess everywhere, but his desk and computer all nice and tidy and efficient. I fought my way past earlier efforts of magnets and wire and duct tape towards the desk. All sorts of cables lay like coiled snakes on the floor. I feel like a prince fighting his way through the thorns and bramble to awaken the sleeping princess with a kiss…

That is an apt description of how the whole world feels right now, I mused to myself, we are about to awaken and we have fought so hard to get here, in our dreams. But now with the worst abusers out of the way and an active hunt for others that may have slipped the net, the world sits precariously on the edge of disaster - or renaissance. The banking and financial system is hanging by a thread, mostly on the momentum of people’s lagging faith in it. There is no food shortage yet but some foods are noticeably missing or in short supply in areas. And the jobs are drying up everywhere.

Money is hard to come by but people have been uncharacteristically ingenious in their solutions - and in their willingness to support their neighbors. People have neighborhood cookouts regularly, everyone brings what they can. There is a general feeling that we either pull together or we …

I reach his desk and put my papers down in a neat pile to one side with my camera as paper weight (he‘ll notice that and know what it means). On his blotter is a drawing of a little battery held in the palm of a hand. Beside this is an expanded and cut away version, all sketched by The Rector’s skilled hand. Each of the sections of the battery had exploded views showing the electronic circuitry, magnetics and other interesting features.

Below the entire drawing, in large letters, heavily bolded and then underlined, with stars on either side of the writing to further highlight and proclaim:

“**It Works!**”

“Holy Toledo!” I exclaim, just then remembering I had left the machine on at my place, probably drawing close to maximum amps on that one breaker - and no freezer or fridge power available until I switched back to the utilities.

Ernie Nemeth

8th June 2012, 13:35

Two weeks later.

The front door of my apartment crashes inward without any warning and a group of heavily armed men burst in. They look like shock troops, fully armored and helmetted. My dinner plate slips from my hands and cracks on the floor, as I am tackled to the ground. My girl is only treated slightly better. I am handcuffed and pulled to my feet.

They propel me without explanation out of the apartment into the hall. The neighbors are milling about in a crowd, held back by a half dozen similarly attired crack troops with guns drawn. My heart is pounding and sweat greases my skin.

The troops around me try to navigate down the hall towards the main lobby but the milling crowd gives ground only reluctantly. One man in the crowd speaks.
"Why are you detaining him?"

"Official business sir, please make way." comes the reply.

"You can't do that. He has done nothing wrong." Says another in the crowd.

"Stand back or you will be arrested for obstructing an official inquiry."

"What are you gonna do, arrest all of us?" asks yet a third member of the crowd.
"If we have to."

The troops try to force a wedge in the small crowd but they resist.
"Hope you brought a lot of handcuffs." replies one of the crowd.

"Make way! We are authorized to use deadly force if you do not comply."

"No!" yells the crowd almost in unison. "We will not allow you to disappear another citizen," says a voice from within the crowd.
"Then we will open fire! Make way now!" threatens the leader of the team.

Proctor had gone into hiding a few days ago. I did not think I was in danger of similar treatment. I understood now I was wrong. I should have gone with him I realized, too late. The federal government had issued a warning last week that they would not allow subversive tactics to the country's economy. No homegrown power substitutes were to be tolerated in any homes or buildings as the utility companies needed time to adjust to the new paradigm. The government had passed a law placing a one year moratorium on all such disruptive technologies. No one was to build any device or design or attempt to design any type of new technologies that challenged the old order. All such citizens were to be rounded up and detained. Many city leaders were already arrested for encouraging such technological innovation, and many of the leading innovators as well. But the last few days had seen a grass roots movement of the people resisting these round-ups, protecting those being arrested. The cost of electricity from the utilities was creeping upwards and more and more homes were without power because, without jobs, most homeowners could no longer pay their bills. The streets were dark at night for the same reason. Billboards were turned off, buildings were dark silhouettes against the night skies. Even pumping stations were turned off for eight hours every night to save on electricity.
There had been clashes between ordinary citizens and the authorities as they tried to haul away their neighbors. Many had been injured on both sides, some fatally.

"You are not taking him. We will not let you. You'll have to kill us all." were the some of the statements made as the milling crowd closed in on the troops.
"Be warned. We will open fire if you do not make way!" came the empty threat. It was an empty threat because most of the troops had yet to raise their riffles, still pointed at the floor. Some were already shouldering their weapons, removing their helmets, joining the crowd. It was the same all over the city and throughout the country. The troops were deserting their posts, changing sides. And this group seemed on the verge of doing the same.

The crowd moves forward and surrounds me. The troops have no choice but to relinquish me to them. One reaches behind me and undoes the handcuffs. The crowd embraces me, opens a space for me, lets me escape out the front door.

The leader of the troops orders pictures to be taken of the crowd.
"Be warned, all those here are in violation of the law. You are aiding and abetting an alleged criminal and we will come back for you and hold you liable for your actions."

"You can't arrest everybody in the country." says a voice from the crowd.
"We will come back with more men and you will all answer for your crimes."

"Fine, so long as you leave now." says another voice.
"Yeah. We're not paying your prices for essential services when we can get the same for free." adds another anonymous voice.
"That's right! Now go!"

"You have been warned." came the empty threat.

I heard no more as I was lead away to safety by my neighbors.

CdnSirian

9th June 2012, 17:22

How exciting! I can't wait to buy the full novel!

Melinda

10th June 2012, 16:17

Wow. I finally got a chance to read through this thread again and get clicking on the thanks button :)
What a beautiful tapestry has been woven through these pages. Truly the word thread applies here as it spins and loops on its silky, shining, interdimensional journey. 'Memories' of a future world, made of love and collaboration; of deep forests laden with fruit that is brimming with life and rich conversations with trees who are elders. A reality where the glistening velvet of the night invites us with planets who are ascending, souls freely gliding, and monumental stars whose songs reach through their portals into other realms. Oceans, cleansed and glowing with the renewed spirit of countless creatures, divers who are listening and whales who are traveling sages. Homes built with kindness in their living architecture. The honouring of children, whose innate wisdom makes the nurturing upliftment a two-way channel. A world where the word 'trust' may even become obsolete amongst loving people. Billions of sentient hearts restored to the strength of their natural vibration. What a world this is.
I am transported by all these visions and my heart is again lit brightly, seeing that many of the dreams, technologies and advanced abilities already exist in the here and the now, in the physical world. The seeds are in existence, catching on the wind, the breath of mother earth, and spreading the foundations of our loving destiny.
The souls who are so far filling these pages may be only a few, but our kindred souls are many, and the song is being sung so that eventually the whole world will be softly embraced by its powerfully gentle light.
Thank you everyone.

TelosianEmbrace

19th June 2012, 06:17

She is so beautiful.

One moment looking out from my gravopod is worth the lifetime of suffering I endured to get here. At present I am floating a few hundred metres over what was the Sahara Desert. All I can see is green! Towering, majestic, stately trees dominate the landscape, and they are draped by creepers, crowded by epiphytes and bustling with life, from the smallest of insects to the largest of the primates. I reach out with my mind to touch, to sweep over the jungle, and I pick up the basic tone sung by all the lifeforms, which is the sheer euphoria of existence. Down there is a richness of life matched only by a handful of planets in the known multiverse. These planets are linked by a sacred, ever evolving geometry, by wormholes both large and small, and have certain reincarnational lifestreams in common, in a millennia long dance of spiritual evolution and transcendence. The interaction of this system of life globes brings about a burgeoning interplay of lifethemes, and the ideas made manifest here are enacted upon and recreated on other, more barren planets, for their mutual growth. Once again, these secondary globes are connected by the evolving sacred geometry, and the 'secrets' of this geometry can only be grasped and understood in an instant by only the most highly evolved of group minds.

I know so much more about my beloved mother Earth than I ever could have before the Shift. It is like before I was seeing her through dark sunglasses and a rain streaked window at night time, and now I see her basking in the light of her Sol and her true awakening. If my commentary is to veer onto the sensual, I apologize, yet the orgasmic state can be reached simply by breathing in and focussing on the fragrant air, so full of vitality and a multitude of subtle nuances that make any and all culinary achievements of the past no more than a banal distraction. She is glorious beyond belief and, indeed, beyond the grasp of understanding of any who read this. She must first be experienced, felt... can you sense that? She is so tingly and alive and responsive! How could we have ever forgotten her? How could we have ever made the choices that took us away from the effulgence of her Being?

One of the things I did not know about her was the electro-gravomagnetic weather that washed throughout her atmosphere. My gravopod is keyed in to these currents, and floats on the ebbs and surges of an unseen force. I like it this way. I can fall asleep floating aimlessly a few metres over the vast ocean, and awaken shooting skyward high above one of the new mountain ranges. I'm perfectly safe, though. The gravopod is surrounded by a field, and indeed she is sentient and aware of my every thought and need. And I like it this way. The controls and rigidity of a pre transition Earth are washing away with every unforeseen direction change, every difference in acceleration or deceleration. Yet there is, behind the seeming randomness, a definite pattern that I am yet to fathom, for which I am immensely grateful. The mysteries of life are unending, and go on long after the last 3D book has been read, the last mpeg viewed, the last internet text read.

I could share more of what has been happening in other parts of the Earth and in other parts of the universe, but the fact of the matter now is that our truths, our way of life, spring so much more from inside of us than being dictated by other, external forces. Two souls could go apart for aeons, and then cross paths again in some life on some distant planet, and have instant ease and recognition. We do, of course, have our organisations and meetings, but that is mainly to deal with difficulties from other 3D planets or to plot a future for the multiverse that is line with the good of all. Did I say the good of all? Such a phrase would be laughed at or derided on pre transition Earth, but from where I stand the resonances within the spoken words are so pleasing as to go unquestioned by any listener.

I step outside onto the balcony that rings my gravopod, and shout out to the Earth in sheer exuberance "For The Good of All!!!" and the cries and vocalisations of the jungle creatures rush up in a glorious cacophony of response.

Robert J. Niewiadomski

19th June 2012, 07:13

Thank you TelosianEmbrace :) I miss our future Earth so much... Hope we all return to her soon :)

Ernie Nemeth

21st July 2012, 18:16

Three weeks later.

The milling crowd pushes forward and draws together. The talking increases in volume while the crowd surges forward, children scream. Slowly the talking subsides, the children are mollified. The underground parking garage serves nicely as a meeting place in these troublesome times, I muse. Proctor on his makeshift podium of three old wooden pallets faces a two-pronged audience - one facing downward from the up ramp and another facing upward on the down ramp. Each member of the audience finds their place and the crowd slowly stops moving.

"Welcome neighbors and countrymen. Welcome to all of good heart. These are trying times and I appreciate the trouble and risk each of you have undertaken in being here tonight. The presentation will not take long, so don't fret about your young ones or the prolonged exposure to threat that comes with attendance."

Proctor looks about the crowd, nodding here and there, bowing his head curtly once or twice, smiling. The silence echoes in the cement slab and pillar construction about us.

"Necessity is the mother of invention, they say. And we are in dire need at the moment." began Proctor, breaking the spell.

"Fully 50% of the population is still functioning as if nothing is happening. They go to work and believe whatever it is that allows them to persevere." A murmur rises from the crowd. "Another 15% try desperately to stay in the game. They cut back, do without, conserve or whatever works to make ends meet.

“The system assimilates this majority and manipulates their proclivities and thereby their opinions and beliefs. In other words they are brain washed. Because to hang on to what they have - their good job, their pensions, their comfy lifestyles - they must garner the approval of their peers. And so, the policing of the activities of its members fall to the members themselves.”

“So far we have talked about the privileged of society that compose about 65% of the population and are clearly the majority. The rest, 35%, make up the other camp. Without grouping this category into smaller sub-groupings we can describe this camp as the have nots. This may not mean that they go hungry but it does mean that they are harassed or feel threatened by the current regime. Their lifestyles are drastically constrained as they struggle to survive. They have no means to lift themselves out of their plight. They feel they have no voice and are not heard. They feel unfairly treated, even swindled out of their hard earned money.”

“And now there is talk of dissenters being rounded up in the middle of the night and disappearing. There are more and more empty apartments, well, empty of their occupants not of their contents. Add to that the rumor of the robot bugs tagging people with RFIDs - radio frequency identification devices - and you have the fundamentals to argue for ongoing high tech surveillance by our governments.

“The nomads were forced into their lifestyles by the high price of housing and food. Now they sweep across the cities, picking off its remains - and its weak - before moving on, safe in their numbers. And squatters are back, swooping in on homes while their owners are away and claiming squatter’s rights. But prices for commodities just keeps rising and jobs keep disappearing, further pressuring both these groups to escalate their activities.

“We see more portable Geiger counters now than people at the turn of the millennia had cell phones. That should have set the alarms ringing. Or perhaps the explosion in the number of shanty towns that sprung up around the major cities of the west should have lead us to contemplate our coming fate.

“In light of these conditions,” continued Proctor, again taking a swipe at his hair, “I wish to just lightly touch upon the coming devices that will either enslave or redeem all mankind and largely affect all earthly creatures as well.”

“The simplest of the devices are already secretly in use by our militaries and basically all fall under the umbrella of the propagation and manipulation of gravitational fields. These are popularly called anti-grav devices. Frictionless bearings is another current application that relies primarily but not exclusively on anti-grav technology.

“Further along these lines are the force fields. Walls of invisible protection against even the most violent attacks. They can be used in many interesting ways to do many things impossible by today’s standards. One application would be superconductor technology. Another would be in ceramics and synthetic compounds. Others could be fusion energy generation. Also, of course, force fields open up the entire solar system to human exploration.

“From force fields it is only a small jump to materialization devices. They could custom make any material contraption or substance. Even organic material could be synthesized and that will lead to teleportation modules and food synthesis technologies.

“From there the door opens wide in every conceivable direction. PSI-controlled and augmenting devices could further free our creative inclinations. Dimensional viewers could lead to time travel and beyond.

“But we must remember that these new devices are also available to our enemies. They render the benefit of any of these things as virtually useless. So we must be clever. We must be secretive.

“And it is with all this in mind that I present to you this device that is easy to make, is passive (thus undetectable), and it completely turns the tables on the use of the other technologies. It is a cloaking device and as a cloaking device it hides the signature of whatever is within its area of effect.

“I call it the N-Field Generator. What it does is it opens a tiny pocket universe, the null field, devoid of substance and effect but overlapping in space and time. It cloaks any bleed through of energies both ways between the universes. The space encompassed is a function of the power available and that is already built into this unit’s design. So not only does it provide cover, it provides energy as well.

“Right now we only have a limited supply of the N-Field Generator but we will offer detailed instructions on how to build one. It is not hard and the total cost is a few hundred dollars. Even that can be cut in half by the creative scavenger.

“Now, remember too that we are a team of individuals. Use these few devices wisely and most judiciously. Identify which are most at risk and let them its first use. Be kind, be brave, stand together against injustice. These tools are more than we need if used to their utmost potential. Come on up and take these to those most in need.

“And use the instructions. Work together and build lots of replicas. They will all be needed to successfully circumvent our enemies’ plan. We can effect change but only by being that change. We must change so others can bear witness to our success and see that change is not to be feared. We must enter the unknown so it can be known.

The crowd thickens around the podium as helpers bring forward the two dozen or so functioning devices. Then Proctor’s eyes lock onto mine. Proctor grabs one of the helpers and speaks a few words in his ear. The man nods and grabs one of the devices and makes his way down to my perch on top of a guardrail some ways down the down ramp.

He hands me a square box one foot on a side and about ten pounds in weight.

One cubic foot of high tech wonders!

“We’d better disperse now. The next meeting will take place in a few weeks. You will all get notice by the usual channels. Safe journeys and thank you for coming. Remember, we are the future!” with a final flourish of hair, Proctor jumps from the podium and is lead away.

And that’s how I got my own N-Field Generator!

TelosianEmbrace

8th September 2012, 09:30

Sunday, May 12th, 2013, 2.54PM, Red Hill football oval, Red Hill, Mornington Peninsula, Victoria, Australia.

They came today. For many, it was their first view of the craft. There were three, shining like liquid mercury, hovering in the sky. We were all waiting. I was sensing the crowd, the surges of emotion, the anticipation. And I was shaking my head. This was not how they wanted us to behave. We were not calm, peaceful. We were an unruly mob, jockeying for position near the railings. There were shouts and pushing and general shows of anxiety. There were no police, as this was not a recognised function. Rather, it was televised through word of mouth via increasing social gatherings brought about through the necessity of banding together to discuss the escalating social chaos and uncertainty. The powers of the past that people had so relied on- the governments and city councils and such, were fading fast in relevance and reach. The birthing process of this new society was laboured and there were those that were clamourously voicing their opinions of doom and mistrust. Yet the new thread of social consciousness was unmistakable to all but a few. Tremendous hope and perseverance battled against the old dogma and tyranny. Yet the field of battle was not global or national. It occurred primarily at the grass roots level, on the streets, in the shops and the cafes, the gyms and the libraries. People were talking. Views were expressed and debated. Finally, it took all this turmoil for the people to start to talk, to indeed believe, that they had the opportunity to steer their own course, to decide for themselves the reality in which they wished to live.

Sunday, May 19th.

Once again we gathered at the oval. There were far more of us now. Word had, indeed, got out that the craft had appeared. The unruly elements were tempered by families and older people. One very noticeable change was the presence of a group of 'officials', volunteers who chose to don safety vests and stand at the fenceline. Their presence was more symbolic than any physical deterrent. A good percentage of them were middle aged women, visionaries of this future time who calmed the crowd more with the gentle prayers and manner. Yet this was a society that had been entrained and controlled by symbols, and the effect of a few simple safety vests marked the gathering with a much needed sense of regulation. And the crafts came again, on cue, at exactly 2PM. Their approach was different, too. They didn't just drop from the sky to hover over the oval, but instead approached slowly and purposely from different directions, flying low over the crowd so that all could get a good view of their sleek and gently pulsating exterior. Gathering over the centre of the oval now, they rose and fell constantly. This drew the attention of the crowd, and kept them from any manifestation of group anxiety. Indeed, the show was entrancing, for with the rising and falling came changes in the colour and quantity of light emitted by each craft. It was a beautiful display, beyond anything any of had ever seen, and it allowed the sense of awe and occasion to seep into even the most hardened amongst us. The craft became silver once more, and fell quickly almost to the ground. Suddenly, we could all see inside! The windows became clear and the interior lighting was purposely created to most easily reveal the occupants to us. A group of very beautiful blonde haired and exquisitely contoured people were waving at us, calmly, with gentle smiles upon their faces. The crowd were stunned, and before any of us could respond, the craft became silver once more, and shot off straight up. It was obvious to me, and certainly many others, that our behaviour had a direct bearing on how much of an interaction we would have.

Sunday, May 26th.

Today was a complete riot and a blowout. The local powers that were had managed to mount a massive disciplinary operation, with police from all over the Peninsula. The popularity of this event, and it's threat to the established, though waning, power base, had finally goaded them into a direct show of force. Many saw the milling crowds, the police sirens and uniforms, and stayed away. There were those vocal supporters that stayed. They shouted at the police, angry that this opportunity for another sighting was passing them by. The police responded with force and arrests. Police tyres were let down. A squad of police in riot gear were brought in. I had to watch from a distance. By the allotted time of 2PM, most of the crowd had dispersed and the police were in ascendance. No craft came that day.

General Events

There was turbulence within the society on many fronts. News reports were changing, more honestly reporting on events and our common future. The supporters of the old systems were more and more marginalised. Many were still shouting, but no longer from council halls or on TV, or talk back programs. Now they were shouting from the sidewalks. And few were listening. Hope and anxiety were constant partners in the minds of all. Police were talking with the progressive groups, setting up an understanding and chains of communication, that would no longer see a repeat of the farce that occurred on the 26th. Messages came in that the craft would not appear on June 2nd, though I still went up there and kept a vigil all day. There were only a handful of us, and the conversations amongst us were enlightening and invigorating. The world as we knew it was changing before our eyes on a daily basis, yet the mood generally remained positive, buoyant. Some would call it euphoria as the old systems died and new ideas, new ways of thinking and acting, made their debut. The skies remained clear of craft all day.

Sunday, June 16th, Red Hill football oval.

Today we made contact. This day will go down in history. Everything went to plan, like a well oiled machine. The police were manning the fences, there were food stalls and designated parking and parking attendants.. everything was well planned and we were well prepared, showing a united front to the visitors. They came today, descended in their glowing craft. They landed, and after a few moments, the hatches opened and they gracefully stepped out, waving and bowing, faces of serenity and calm that radiated peace and goodwill. The crowd was awed, the police were well drilled. First to make contact was Esme, the leader of the local UFO group, and a gifted psychic whose messages brought us all together on that first Sunday. It was so sweet how she fumbled with the hands of the Firstcomer, a handsome, tall blonde man with features chiselled in bronze. We were all willing her forward, living through her as she mumbled her first words to him. He held her hand, and with grace and a quiet dignity, bowed before her. His voice, deep and resonant, reassured her, in perfect English. After the exchange, Esme, still holding his hand, turned towards the police superintendant, tears streaming down her face. He gave an order, the force stepped aside, and we the people, gradually began to tentatively step towards the craft.

I am speechless. Can one experience beauty as a feeling? Tenderness, grace, a welling up of all that is good. What happend? I am back at my car, key poised by the lock, and reflecting upon what just transpired. I shook hands with her! Eyora, from the Pleiades. I shook her hand, and looked into her deep blue eyes, and all the questions I had for her, for them, faded into insignificance. The most important moment of my life until now had come and passed and I was left euphoric. I turned back towards the oval and the now dispersing crowd, attempting to regain a field of reference. My glowing heart formed a counterpoint to the once again mundane scenery. The intangible had become tangible. My invisible dream had walked before me, and shook my hand.

CdnSirian

8th September 2012, 16:54

I am speechless too! Thanks TE. :)

Melinda

26th December 2012, 22:22

I remember the day when I took to the sky. That beautiful day when mother and I flew together for the very first time. I remember it as clearly as our previous lives or as the unfurling of today’s morning lilies by the house, pale and true, pouring themselves into the northern air. We had wandered together, just her and I, past the neighbours’ vegetable yards, down the woodland paths, beneath the oaks outstretching, and across the silken trails of the heathers. It was a perfect summer’s day and the weather had warmed the soles of our feet. We sat down by the clear sparkling of the water drenched with the colour of the wide blue skies. Mother began to feel it, the water of the river, its crystal waves lapping at the cells of her skin from a distance. Then I could feel it too. The sun was streaming through the trees, in through my eye into the core of our bodies. The ground was alive with the gentlest hum, tuning our bodies to the greens of its deep rhythm. As mother looked into my eyes I could feel nothing but the purest ringing of her heart; her heart was filled with the two of us, with the stars of our births and the spinning of our divine mother earth. Everything was so deeply alive, the birds, the grasses, all the insects and the trees; a part of us and of a world worth living for. Its radiance, its perfection, began to swell in our hearts like a reign of harmonies; a symphony of bliss, swimming in our molecules, unveiling a wider connection to the cosmos. It was vast and it was delicate, with its wish to flow through us. We let it and we knew. We began to feel lighter and lighter, more and more unified with the pulse of everything around us. Then, we imagined it, we saw ourselves lifted, and rose into the air. Just two feathers gliding on invisible winds - ones that stirred inside of us, rather than along the edges of the trees or their witnessing leaves. A light was formed between the two of us that became stronger as we flew. We set it free to fill the garden, felt it seep into the fabric of the air, pulsing in the ether, waiting, with love, to strum the hidden strings of someone else’s dream. I remember that moment. I will remember it always.

I love my mother and father, and in their love am free. I was born through their love, and theirs is born again frequently as I breathe myself, further and more fully, into their lives. Now I fly with my own daughter, the way that I was shown that day. Many centuries ago there was a world, a world that we learned from, where these things were thought impossible. So think we did, almost daily, of how these things were not ours, but theirs (whoever they may be), or simply a sweet but childhood breeze of myths. But now we no longer consign these things to the domain of some other, a terrain unfit or unfathomable for us. And we are not afraid of the shadows, because we know they are a part of us; a fleeting flowing part of our earliest dream. As we learned to walk. As we became familiar with the power and language of our thoughts. Now we are neither chained to nor mesmerised by mirrors or the worlds beyond them. We do not clash or burn or strain, because we do not choose to remember ourselves as pain, or as ash or an endless yearning.

We owe a debt to our ancestors. They learned this for us, and perhaps, you could say, we learned it as them. So we pay them daily, by living the dream they reached for as they called our names. By embracing each moment in our hearts with a smile. It is our deep, deep gratitude that we live; it makes circles in our breath and sings in our veins. Debt, as a word, used to be a weight. But it has been transformed, reborn into a channel of our deep respect for life. We pay it daily and with thanks, by honouring the gifts we carry; by creating heaven for one another the way our ancestors dreamed; the life made possible by the road they laid through wearing out their bones. But the reason it is, the reason it became, is because in all the tears and the blame and the vales of hope, enough of them, silently, took the dream into their hearts, and the fuel that made it come to pass was lit like a flame.

http://i1267.photobucket.com/albums/jj550/DoodlemakerUK/AFutureGarden.jpg

May 2013 be blessed - a year for more dreamers to sew the loving seeds of their visions.

Wade Frazier

26th December 2012, 23:53

I knew that you had that in you, Melinda. All I can say is "More!" :)

TelosianEmbrace

2nd January 2013, 05:30

That was beautiful, Melinda. I must admit, I read it out aloud to myself because it flowed so smoothly and felt so good to vocalise. I'll echo Wade here, and ask for more, if you have any.

If there is anyone else who feels shy in sharing their dreams and visions of a future Earth, then don't be. You're amongst friends and companions along the Way.

Ernie Nemeth

20th January 2013, 04:13

One week later.

The one thing a null-field generator can’t nullify is it’s own field. Well, it can but then it would have to be in the generated field and disappear into the void it creates forever and without a trace. So I flip the switch and a slight tingling along my spine is the only evidence the generator is working; it has no moving parts, and emits no noise, hum, hiss, pop or whir - nothing.

The best evidence I get is the materialization of six fully armed soldiers in my room with rifles aimed at my chest. There’s no refuting this thing works, I think after thinking, wtf! They just stand there threateningly and I stand there frozen in both terror and disbelief.

Less than thirty second response time! I must have been being surveilled all along. Or the device must have been. That sounds right. Somehow this device is constantly monitored and response teams are constantly prepared to respond. The cost of such an operation can only be justified in one of two ways: someone (or some group) has a very whole lot to loose if this technology gets out to justify this high state of preparedness for a single such incident or the above group (or someone) is besieged by many such devices thus rendering the cost of such ultra security economically viable. Either way, someone or some vested interest has a mighty whole lot to loose.

My musing is interrupted by another sudden appearance of a man in my room, bringing the total to seven. This man is not armed but it is immediately obvious he is in charge. The other six step one step back without lowering their weapons and the boss steps forward, empty hands palms up and slightly raised.

Innocent, my tucuss, I think before deciding what I would do next. The man approaches, smiling serenely. Okay, like I’m going to trust you, I think.

There is a dial of sorts on the machine that has been locked in place by a thumbscrew knob, sort of like a dial in a dial. Hold one dial stationary and turn the other one way it locks the knob in place. I am already standing by the machine so my fingertips are mere inches from the dial. I barely need to move and one finger is wedged under one dial keeping it steady while the rest of my fingers grip the thumbscrew. I turn it the other way, releasing the knob.

The smile turns to a frown and then downright fear. The boss stops his approach, back pedaling awkwardly. Leaving no room for dignity, he hastily retreats to the safety of his ranks. He gives a hand signal to open fire, I presume.

I do not wait to find out. I turn the dial, repositioning the field that was purposely aligned askew so as not to include the generator, to include the generator. I think they opened fire on me but I’m not sure. Suddenly I have much more pressing issues to attend to and cannot delve into the last instant in my room and whether I heard gunfire or not, before blinking out of existence.

The thing with a null field is that it creates essentially null space. Now, null space is rather odd in its proclivity to having nothing in it except that which is contained in its field the moment it was turned on. Usually this would include a room full of air, in a stationary field. But the moment the field begins to move it erases itself as it moves along, erasing whatever the original field contained by degrees on the dial. Turn the knob ninety degrees and the field will contain nothing, including no air.

I cranked that dial in my burning haste to escape imminent and irreversible lead poisoning. The next moment the field enveloped me.

Now I am gasping in spasms and convulsions trying to breath the non-existent air. All around me is complete and utter darkness and/or silence. I cling to the machine as if to a lifeline. I try to calm myself but my adrenaline drenched body wants air badly. I hold on another five seconds before flipping the on/off switch.

Another oddity of a null field vector is its peculiar relationship to traditional four-dimensional space/time. That is to say it hasn’t any, relationship, that is. A static field is fine as its vector remains locked to the 4D vector at the moment of its inception. Its vector is the vector of its source, the 4D field. But move the null field and the vector relationship is shattered.

The frigid air whooshes into my depleted lungs and feels like small hypodermic daggers deep inside my airways. The rapidly passing air makes me look towards its source that is also rapidly approaching. I realize I’m free-falling at about one thousand feet above a craggy mountaintop without a parachute!

I flip the switch back on then move the field by turning the dial to hopefully create a better trajectory back into my world. I turn it off again.

This time there’s mountains all around me and I am about to slam into the side of one of them.

I flip the switch again, fiddle with the dial a bit, wait, then turn it off. No mountains this time but lots of water, all around me. I flip the switch again. Wait. Then turn off the machine. This time I come into the world at a better angle and luckily only skim off the surface of the ocean at high speed.

I bounce and tumble like sneakers in the dryer, until I finally came to rest in ankle deep water with the machine on my chest still intact. I get up sputtering and coughing, not yet able to fully comprehend the gravity of my recent ride through null space and what could have been the outcome nor yet cognizant of the very real need to express my relief that it is over.

I shuffle up the pristine beach until I encounter a native. And native she was, in a grass skirt and nothing covering her above the waist.

“Is there a telephone around here?” I ask her.

She just smiles at me innocently. Suddenly the sky turns, my knees buckle and I taste sand in my mouth. Ah rest, I think, great idea. My last thought is how a coconut cut in half and a little string could so ease my embarrassment for her.

Ilie Pandia

20th January 2013, 04:58

Hi Ernie,

You machine needs more work it seems :p

Ernie Nemeth

1st February 2013, 17:55

An hour later...

A cool breeze is blowing and the midday sun is sparkling off the rippling water of the small bay. Thankfully, only a few native children frolic in ankle-deep water. There is a subtle shade of quiet that permeates the atmosphere of this place hard to define in words. It has an overall peaceful and calming effect, I decide.

I slowly stand, testing my body for any evidence of injury. Nothing serious - a few aches and pains. I’ve got some sand in my shorts that are chaffing parts unmentionable and there’s grit in my spit.

The box is a bit worse for wear but looks serviceable, although in all honesty I have no real evidence that indicates whether it would still work or not, short of turning it on and testing it. I’m not very eager to do that right away.

I walk along the higher portion of the beach until I find a path leading inland. The trees are tropical species with dense fern cover underneath. Animals scurry unseen under cover of the copious foliage. Colorful birds flitter about and grace the branches of the trees here and there.

Where is everybody, I wonder. I work my way up a rise in the path and around a bend. I spot an outcrop of rock adjoined by an offshoot of the path that rises out of the treetops. I follow the path as it switches back and forth up the side of the outcrop. The panoramic view from the top is well worth the climb.

From the lookout I can now see that I am on a small but lush island in a chain of islands that dot the ocean to the horizon. There is a hint of a larger landmass just beyond but I cannot be certain.

In the middle of the island is a collection of huts of various sizes. I decide to head that way.

Just then a voice speaks, “Naw, you won’t find what you are looking for there.”

“Who said that?” I ask while turning about, seeking the source of the voice.

“For now, you’ll just have to go with the sound of my voice. It’s for the best.”

“The best what? Where are you?”

“The best way to acclimate you without undue stress or turmoil. I am somewhere else but there from afar, if that makes any sense to you.”

“What do you want, then?”

“I only want to talk to you, that’s all. You can decide what else I can do for you after that, okay?”

“Alright.” What else am I going to say?

“We brought you here by a great stroke of luck. They were almost locked onto you when we managed to alter your trajectory enough to land you here. We beat them by milliseconds!”

“You brought me here?” I ask dubiously. After all, I was the one fiddling with the controls of the null field generator during the ride.

“Do you know how close you came to being lost forever? Your archaic machine lacks any fail-safes at all. It can only create the field but has no control over location, position or velocity. On your own, just randomly dialing in vectors as you did, your chances of reorienting the null field with your correct dimension and time/space coordinates were virtually zero. It was only because we - and they, were tracking you that you are still alive and close enough to your own time to make a single jump back.”

“This is not my own dimension?”

“No. It is a parallel time track used mostly for the staging and testing of various realities. It is like a virtual reality where various alternate scenarios can be played out without the usual risk of devastation to life in the real worlds. It is like a playground for the gods. Or a more apt way of putting it would be to say that this is where entities practice and learn to be gods.”

“But that is not what I wish to convey to you, although it is a part of it. You and your world are having a bad time of it right now. Knowledge has been purposely withheld. Truth is interwoven with falsehood rendering your understandings insignificant and virtually useless. You grasp at anything with even a shred of truth to it. And this divides you and makes you ineffective. Even your foundation, the very thing that gives you life, is suspect at best. Nothing can be proven beyond doubt and so doubt is your unnatural but accustomed state. This is untenable if you wish to be free.”

“So what do you intend to do about it?” I ask, feeling a bit on the defensive.

“In your world right now attention is focused on the awareness of the terrible stranglehold an evil elite has on all your institutions. You are all being made aware of forces you cannot hope to overcome without horrible cost. And instead of galvanizing your resolve it has frozen you to the spot.”

“Not sure I’m following you here. First you say we live in doubt, which means most of us doubt what you have just stated. So we are not galvanized or frozen - we are unconvinced.”

“Unconvinced, you say! Ha! Who amongst you would agree that the death of twenty thousand children from malnutrition every day is unconvincingly atrocious? Who can justify the bombing of a school or a hospital as acceptable collateral damage? Who can claim the bilking of millions to the tune of billions nets three years in jail but growing twenty marijuana plants in your basement nets you eighty-five years is fair? How can 51% of only 60% of eligible voters be considered a majority vote and a landslide victory?

No, you are all convinced. But you pick and choose your convictions, just as if you were shopping for some knickknack of no significance for no real purpose.

What you do do is uphold your paltry sum of convictions and deny the rest - which is the vast majority. You build a little box, get inside it, fasten on a secure lid and insist that is the real world, with nothing at all laying beyond and outside of that box.”

“True. I would venture to say. But even so, what is your point?”

“That there is a side to this entire scenario left unnoticed for the most part. Wanna know what that is?”

“Sure. What?” I ask, curious.

“That there is another side to the equation. It is the evil side that claims all power. It is the evil side that propagandizes their control of the world. It is the evil side that enslaves and wrests influence from the unwary. It is this evil side that propagates doom and gloom both real and imagined.

Yet if they were unopposed they would not have to claim or convince they would just be all-powerful and in control. So, there must be another side in opposition to this evil because the elite on your world do not in fact have all power and are not in complete control. That is only a ruse that they use to great effect.

There is the side of good and it is as real as and an equal to the other more famous side. This side saved you today from certain death, of one form or another. This side balances the equation. There are good men and women in every corner of your world dutifully upholding the tenets of righteousness. Do not be unconvinced about this, my friend. The time of truth is soon upon us. For now is the time of unveiling, and the lifting of the veil yields the truth.

And there is a price, it cannot be averted for you fixed its value. The price will be paid and the value realized. That is the lifting of the final veil.

Then there will be truth.”

“If there is good why do they not make themselves known?” I ask in frustration.

“There is good, rest assured. But they do not act as the other side does. They do not plan and connive and secretly scheme. They act with spontaneous and synchronistic focus, and fully from the heart. There is no ego consideration and the only vested interest is what is right and just and fair. The true good does not organize for knowing what is right is to be organized - and integrated. There is maximal power in integration.

The good do not advertise. They are known by those who know. Doubt is for the other side, the harbinger of fear. The good love. For to love is to be free. And to be free is to be sovereign. That consideration is where the power of right derives. And the power of right or righteousness, is justice. Thus righteousness is the natural condition of the free.”

This is a strange conversation, talking to a disembodied voice as I am. I decide to test it.
“Okay, I get it. We are not free and so we are in doubt. We have forgotten how to be sovereign or what that even means. And we overlook righteousness. So we are part of the problem. The war is over the hearts and minds of the people, and we are loosing.

Right now all I want to know is, can you help get me back to my neck of the woods or not?”

“Certainly. Give us a moment...Okay. Just turn your machine on and we’ll do the rest from here.”

“Thanks. Am I ever going to be able to meet you in person?” I ask as my finger hovers above the machine’s ON button.

“Probably sooner than you think, hehe.” ?

“What’s that supposed to mean?”

“You’ll find out soon enough. Now go ahead, flip the switch.”

“Okay, here goes!” I say as I turn on the machine, the NFG - null-field generator.

This second ride through null space is far less stressful. I feel a slight tingling along my scalp and bingo, the ride is over.

Ernie Nemeth

8th February 2013, 18:13

Twenty one months later.

The sirens are getting louder now.

Soon the tanks and armored troop carriers would come into view. They were not there for me but I know it is best to not be seen just the same. One of those nasty Foreign Economic Development Areas was experiencing a bit of ideological envy of their neighbors beyond the razor wire. The dissidents fanning the flames of discontent were about to learn how long their freedom of speech would be tolerated when it interfered with the corporate bottom line. Still, I wish I had anticipated that when I chose this site for my base. I thought the presence of authority would keep prying eyes at bay. I hadn’t thought of this scenario, though. I duck my head as the column rounds the bend in the road. The flashing lights and the shrieking siren precede the convoy on top of a jeep.

The tanks rumble by, squeaking, throwing up dust and clumps of asphalt.

Not that there is that much to see and not like it looks suspicious in the least. A shack, really just a jumble of hardwood pallets and some corrugated tin sheeting, an area covered by a plastic tarp, some homesteading nick-knacks, a bit of rope, a plastic barrel, a fire pit - another pit a ways off. Nothing to see here folks, on your way then.

Money was getting tighter for states and provinces, not just their nations. Cities were forced to severely cut back services to the point that when the infrastructure broke down it was often neglected or simply never repaired again. But when bodies began being left in the streets and crimes were not investigated, depending on your affluence of course, people realized it was not safe to stay any more. A few of the most daring ventured forth at that point.

Where to go but back to the land, beyond the suburbs to the open fields and untouched forests, to farm and to forage and hunt. The locals didn’t take to that much and soon squabbles turned to murder and worse. The army was brought in to keep the peace citing various emergency power act sections, all very legal-like. Soon their powers extended and peace was no longer their primary concern it seemed. Until now they daily cruise the streets of their own cities causing fear, massive damage and inciting escalating acts of defiance. That’s when the people scurried out of the cities like rats from a sinking ship.

But the land, they found, was already taken, the forests combed over and the game all long gone. Many perished. Some managed to stake squatters rights and hold on to their claims. Some continued further afield into the areas not considered prime. Many more perished. The rest turned back, back to the cities and the only lives they had ever known.

Still, the vast majority did not leave the cities and more than half of those perished in those awful eighteen months. Many of those who found a way to survive came together and pooled their resources and talents. Some of those created incredible innovations in technology. The government then as now, keeps a persistent watch on all illegal high-tech devices and slams the lid down hard whenever one is discovered in the public domain. We are not allowed the use of the very technologies that can save the planet and the huddling masses. Just recently a new law was passed with a penalty of ten years in jail for the possession of any device deemed exotic by the administration.

My rambling mind finally winds down as the tanks and their cloud of doom pass.

Back to business, I decide. I turn on my laptop and load the system program.

The null field is annoying in two very crucial ways. One is it’s tendency to drift out of vector lock and the other is the question of just what it is, this null field. The two points seem to be related in some fashion.

The pulsed aspect ratio of the field’s frequency versus its time graph clearly indicates anomalous vectors. These vectors attract or repel, at random it seems, the main field vector causing it to drift out of lock step with its source vector. Although annoying, this first factor has some interesting applications like tunneling, stable floating platforms, propulsion and of course energy generation. The whole idea of the pulsed null field generator is that it constantly and very rapidly turns the field on and off, thereby repeatedly reacquiring the original source vector and correcting the accumulated drift. Unfortunately that switching is detectable for various reasons.

I didn’t have a pulsed field generator so accumulated drift was a big problem until I understood the dynamic sufficiently. The drift is caused by other vectors that are created by the main field itself. Like magnetic fields induced by flowing currents of electricity the null field induced the production of additional fields too. In my studies over the last year I found these induced fields came in twos and the main null field sat in a sort of loose pocket between these two. The drifting was a result of the looseness of this pocket. I learned how to tighten it. Not only that but I learned how to adjust that tightness to accomplish certain goals like levitation and propulsion - oh, and electrical generation, of course.

But my current trouble concerns the second annoying aspect of the null field - just what is it? For instance, why does the null field generate two counter fields at all? Wouldn’t it be more logical if the two counter fields produce the main field and what the generator did was create the conditions for the manifestation of those counter fields? That would make the null field a secondary effect. The counter fields are not in this four dimensional reality but must orient themselves to it so that the null field can then bridge the dimensional gap. And since it acts like the counter magnetic fields of electrical current why should it not be that same thing but displaying another aspect of itself. The recent prevalence of the electrical universe theory is not lost on me. This seems to be another instance of its proof as the theory of choice and testament to its comprehensive scope.

Still, that does not explain its properties. The null field is fundamentally a two dimensional construct sweeping out a three dimensional volume, like the surface of a sphere. The sphere is the volume of the null field but the null field is the membrane that separates that space from normal everyday space. This membrane is also referred to in regards to other seemingly unrelated topics too numerous to mention here but the cleaving angles of crystals, certain radio-active decay types, a number of electronic phenomena like electron tunneling and super-conductivity, and various isolated areas where the connection is less certain or obvious like catalysts, energy conversion, electrolysis, fusion and even the experiences of astral travel and the attainment of enlightenment are a few examples.

The idea of the membrane evokes the possibility of force fields and that is my goal.

Today I test a new configuration that my simulations have shown holds a great deal of promise. The details of the experiment are quite sophisticated. It is a combination of pulsed field technology and null field vector orientation accomplished in real time at astonishingly high frequencies and with a precision only a super fast computer can handle . Of course this is my fifth attempt and each of the others were equally promising at the time and in their own right.

I enter my ramshackle shack and push aside my cot. Under it is a rug and under that is a trap door. I lift it up and it reveals a set of wooden steps leading into the gloom below. The stairs lead down ten feet to a floor as smooth as glass, just like the walls and ceiling. I walk along this corridor about thirty feet to another set of stairs, which I descend. Twenty feet deeper down and beyond a short corridor is an artificial chamber perfectly circular except for the floor perhaps forty feet in diameter. It is also composed of fused rock with very smooth floor, walls and ceiling. All of this underground facility was excavated using the null field generator in tunneling mode.

In the middle of the otherwise empty chamber was my makeshift lab. Electronics of all sorts lay strewn about on tables and wires of every color and thickness ran between them like the roots of some exotic tree.

I walk over to the control console and am about to begin the experiment when a being walks out from behind a wall of electronics. He looks human, but not quite right.

“Is this an alien?”, I ask myself.

“Told you we would meet soon enough.” He began, coming up to me with hand outstretched in welcome (from a rather spindly arm with an elbow that bent the wrong way!).

TelosianEmbrace

10th March 2013, 07:43

Through my window I could see over the stepped flower beds to the babbling brook and the small, green and rolling hills beyond. To my left were other dwellings, pleasantly nestled against the cliff face, each picturesque and homogenous with the greater vista. I could make out the common paved area, made of a pearlescent substance that drew the eye with its ever-changing visage. Upon this the local citizens walked, going about their day to day lives. They were always laughing and smiling with each other, voicing hearty greetings to others passing by. Everyone knew everyone else by name, and everyone seemed perfectly happy. There were a handful of children, though most looked an incredibly healthy and radiant 30 years of age. On a rare occasion I would spot an Elder. The Elders had the same look of a thirty year old, but there was an added depth to their skin, a translucence, if you will. And a face, that though happy, hinted at witnessing and experiencing events and ages of a vast antiquity, long since passed. I have been here in Mailegna, an underground city of the realm of Agharta, for three days.

The times of travail are passing from memory, and though I cringe at the remembrance, I feel I should share with you what has transpired on the Earth plane. February 2014 and it was all business as usual. The banksters were staving off the collapse of the EU, and Obama had announced a Trans-American Union made up of Mexico, the greater USA, and Canada. There was much turmoil, and we in Australia and other parts of the globe looked on in dismay, sensing the global power shifting on a daily basis. But what was happening to the Earth left these changes in the shade, for out of the Pacific was arising a new continent. Many called her the New Lemuria, and the doubters of so much had fallen silent and grown in anxiety. Each week the continent rose and rose below the waves, and islands like the Solomons became the higher ground of a greater and barren landscape. The currents of the oceans were changing, moving towards a still distant equilibrium. All over the planet, the sea rose, slowly, constantly, and irrevocably.

I lived a few hundred metres from the bay, and was one of the first to undergo forced relocation. Day after day more houses would go under. Arterial roads and infrastructure, electrical, sewerage, and more, were quickly compromised. The news expanded to a two hourly nightly bulletin focused solely on the rapidly crumbling paradigm of our modern society, so large, yet so frail. This was happening all over the world, and low lying coastal cities were inundated within the first two weeks. We watched the news from our relocation centre- a school in the Dandenong Ranges. Countries in Europe like Belgium, the Netherlands and Luxembourg and cities in the TAU like Miami and New Orleans went underwater first. But to highlight one area or group of areas was foolish- the short story was that all coastal cities and lands were rapidly falling beneath the waves. Each country had to look after its own- there was little or no international help offered.

I remember looking down from a restaurant lookout in the Dandenongs at what was left of Melbourne. Just a handful of the tallest spires remained above the waterline. All that I'd come to know as real and permanent was there, beneath the water. The thriving nightlife, the vast metropolis of money and power, lying broken beneath me. I felt the chaos of these times, and the underlying and unmistakeable shift of mass consciousness towards some new and unimaginable state. I fared a whole lot better in these changes than most. I had moved many times, had little money, and often had to think at the very level of survival. Most people were lamenting the loss of houses and objects that were quickly losing relevance in the new era of struggle and transformation. And so I persisted, and adapted. It wasn't long before a group of us turned from the husk of civilisation past and made our way into the mountains, on foot and with what provisions we could find and carry. Many were lost. The rising water took surprisingly few lives- it was the chaos and unpreparedness, both physical and mental, that took its toll on the population in many different, and sometimes odd, ways. To wallow in the old was to die, and to stay still in the jungle, was to die. And so our small band moved away, and into the forests and mountains of the Great Dividing Range.

The group dynamics of our party changed rapidly. For the first few days a doctor had taken the leadership role, but his pull faded as he found himself struggling to keep up with us. For common survival skills Bruce and I were called upon, but for the most important role- goal setting- we turned more and more to the quietly spoken middle aged psychic woman who was physically faring a lot better than some of the younger ones. What was our goal? What was our purpose? As the days passed and we slipped into some sort of a routine, the goal of our trek became clear. It wasn't just the physical world that had changed, but with the passing of our once mighty civilisation, the Earth had become lighter, and we were all more in tune with levels of awareness once denied us. Each of us, to some level, heard telepathic communications from an advanced group of beings, and these consoled us and motivated us. We would stay up for hours each night discussing the clarity and content of the messages each of us received during the day. Another ability we gained was being able to perceive the territory around us, as though we were flying above it. Anny was the first to mention this, and over the next few days each of us gained this ability. With this, we were able to sense the energy level of nearby areas, and this gave us the heart to believe that we would be able to find some sort of portal, some sort of gateway, to the Aghartan realm.

As our supplies ran out, we turned more and more to hunting and foraging. Many experimental grasses, herbs and berries were spat out at once, but some became our staples. It was a traumatic time in that we never knew when we would encounter others, and what their motivation would be. So we kept off the roads as much as we could, and out of the cleared farmlands. A window was perceived as opening to us in the distance, and each of us had a vision of a cliff face by a river, and a doorway in the rock. More and more we would pray together and meditate together at night, to clarify our visions. We lost a handful of people, some old, and one or two of the younger ones. It just happened, and there was nothing we could do about it. Some very difficult decisions were made about life and death, and those moments were burned into my memory. I do not wish to repeat them here. I run over them over and over in my mind, wondering how they could have turned out differently.

The last few days before gaining the portal were the hardest. The most profound dilemma was our faith in the shared vision, vacillating between bright hope and forlorn despair. Would we make it? Would there truly be a way through? Or would we find just a cliff face by a flowing river.

I am here now, as are most of the others, though some have been taken in at more distant Aghartan cities. My free will choice, which has been honoured by the Elders, is simply to remain within this conscious, alive and invigorating dwelling for as long as I need, until I feel ready to step out. My meals are provided for me, luscious, vegetarian, and radiantly healthy! I sleep deeply every night, and wake with vivid and uplifting visions of myself, and of my future. Then I come and sit by the window, and all day, simply watch the world go by, watch time pass in the most beautiful of ways. Everything outside of that window is new to me, and I am soaking it up like a parched man drinking life giving water. And yes, I am getting younger, healthier, and more aware as the days pleasantly drift by. I am beginning to ask questions of myself and my existence here, and know that one day my curiosity will take me outside that door. But not yet. For here, we all have plenty of time.

Joseph McAree

30th March 2013, 20:20

PART 1
A future Earth

The Teacher
The teacher informs the classroom of children, we have a very special visit from Elder Anthony son of Mary, he is one of the five elders who look after the welfare of our Dome City here in the Bathgate Dome, and he carries great responsibility for the safety and welfare of our city. Every year at the start of the New Year he will come and visit us as we begin our journey of learning for the new year and he will talk to us and pass on his wisdom. Can you please put your learning pads away and turn your desks over and give him your undivided attention and best behaviour for he is wise man he will be 150 years old this year and many of you will need his council in years to come.

The Elder
Dear children of our future I give you all my love and blessing, I am here today to talk to you about your future and how you should prepare yourself, I only ask that you open your minds and learn from your very wise teacher, please do not underestimate the skills she can teach you over the next 10 years of your young life for this is an extremely crucial time of learning. Many things are going to surprise you but I assure you this will prepare you for the journey that you will choose with your own free will when the time is right. When you are at age of sixteen you will be permitted to make your own choice in life at that stage in your life you can choose to leave this protective city and the responsibilities of your family, whether you choose to stay and continue your learning with us or you choose to leave will be a decision only you can make when that time comes. When and if you choose to leave and join other dome cities or even leave to help build new dome cities, or pursue other interest, this will be the choice we have to prepare you for and that is the reason you are here.

Life in our Dome cities is a far cry from the life of our ancestors in the way they lived.
The Dome cities we have all weather climate control atmosphere, it is only possible due to the free energy devices that power this city and allow us to grow the food we need and the supply of fresh water, so if the population works together we can continue to improve and develop our city. The availability of fresh drinking water food and shelter for all, is a far cry of how things used to be for own ancestors. You will learn of the faults they had and the mistakes they made but do not despair as it was meant to be, it was part of our journey in the development of human beings in this planet. The mistakes we made will be unfamiliar to you at this stage of your young lives but your teacher will enlighten you on how it came to be that we live in dome cites.

So now we live in a life of abundance within the dome but many of our fellow human beings are not as fortunate as ourselves they continue to survive in nature itself, some have chosen this way of life but some do not, we will reach out to those and help our fellow man if they so wish. We will offer them food and shelter of a City Dome if they so desire. The choice will be theirs and theirs alone, for we will always respect the free will of others to live their life the way they want to.

Today we have just over 30,000 people living under this dome we work with the law of service to others so we have to work together everyone has to play a part in the work we have to do to keep the city maintained, to look after the sick and elderly. Many work in the great food court, many in the food gardens and even the laundry and many times we are often required to help out in other domes,. We continue to build new dome cities as we move further inland. In the past enormous cities have been built on coastal area or the river edges but this was found to be destroying the beaches and contaminating the sea and the fresh water. The dome cities are being built across the world in desserts that would have been impossible for our ancestors to have survived in as well some of the coldest and harshest landscapes on the planet. Most domes are connected by underground tunnel and some of you may have already had journeys on the mono rail connecting us to the nearest four connecting sister cities, or have walked to the nearby cities, we share what we have, as they do with us.

If you were able fly over the top the dome the outer glass panels are such that they become individual pictures screens so what we do is disguise the dome and create picture that blends in with the local environment around us almost making un invisible The agreement with our fellow earthlings in our new way of life was to return nature to its former glory and to return the land savaged by industrialisation, roads, railways, all of this is being removed and recycled to build the humble dwelling we all live in within the dome.

We have learned from the mistakes we have made in the past and we will probably make mistakes in the future but now we have the will to take action to resolve the problems that we create, we will endeavour to improve things for you, you our young children of planet earth, our future, as well as for the animals and plants. The forest are being replenishes with a little help from us and you will be taught how to grow plant, herbs, vegetables as part of lessons in the future.

It is important to understand that every living thing in this planet has consciousness if I explain this as everything has feelings, say for example if you seen someone cutting down a tree and you had the ability to hear the tree talking to you, so the tree is crying as it is being cut down, you would hear it cry with pain, just the same as if you had been pushed to the ground, you would feel the anguish of falling and hurting yourself and you would maybe cry for a short time, the tree cannot get back up and dust itself down it may have been growing there for over a hundred years doing what it does best creating fresh air for us to breath, so tell me why would we want to cut a tree down that is keeping us alive, I will leave that question for you to ponder.

I will finish of this little chat and tell you that I believe that there is a creator that loves us and is responsible for putting us here on this earth, he has given us all the things we need on this planet along with the all the other planets and stars in this wonderful and beautiful and diverse universe. The earth and everything on it was created by him and everything on earth has this consciousness I spoke about I ask you to respect the planet and everything on it.

Someday we will have the ability to talk to each other through our minds without moving our lips and with this same skill we will be able to talk to plants and animals the same way, this will be when we have reached a very imported part of our evolution. I thank you for listening to me and now we will meditate for the next ten minutes to reflect on all the things I said today, let us sit in a circle and hold hands and send the love energy to everyone in the room that they live a long and happy life.
PART 2

Ernie Nemeth

1st April 2013, 02:17

Four weeks later.

It is one of those large recreational vehicles. I outfitted this one with a few options the manufacturer never dreamed of and after a series of test runs felt safe to commission it for regular use. I found it and retrieved it off the old bridge in the nearby city. It was in pristine condition, abandoned by its owner in one of the innumerable pileups during the urban diaspora. The cities could not afford the cleanup and by now very few drove cars anyway. They were simply too expensive to drive and maintain for the average person. Vehicles could be found abandoned all over the place.

I drove it downtown, slowly, purposefully, against the pressing crowds on main street at lunch time. Not that there is any law against it but the ostentatious depravity of it is screaming bloody murder. The hustle of the urban routine is still evident here, I reminisce but so are the changes. There is the usual well-kempt types of official importance scurrying about but there is also the less well coifed amongst them selling their dilapidated wares, mostly to their own kind. Gone are the bumper to bumper vehicular traffic clogging the arteries of the city. The streets are full of litter now and used mainly as walkways, except for the occasional taxi or limo that toots its way along behind the parting crowd. There are no working stop lights or walk signals but there are innumerable cameras mounted on just about any vertical structure, panning, looking, spying. Armed soldiers in teams of two stand here and there, watching the crowd dispassionately. There are few open stores selling anything but lunch to the crowd. Most look as though they have missed too many lunches in the recent past. Too many look as though they live on these streets permanently. There is a quiet desperation just behind the facade of the roiling masses and their lunch-time regime. It is in the look of too many sleepless and tormented eyes.

And here I am occasionally honking my horn to move a straggler out of the way of my giant tires as they crunch along the grubby roadway. At just the right moment I flip the switch and the large RV levitates off the ground. It lifts to twenty feet above the crowd’s head and then slowly floats along at a leisurely pace.

At the next intersection just ahead stands a tank and a squad of soldiers. The army’s presence was not unusual or necessarily threatening but a floating RV would most definitely be investigated, then confiscated and no doubt the driver detained for further questioning. That was the plan anyway and I was about to learn how it all works out in the end.

I steer the beast towards the tank as it swivels its turret in my direction. The soldiers raise their weapons and one of them shouts into a bullhorn, “Stop! Or we will open fire! Stop your vehicle!”

By now the crowd has thickened around the RV and many are gawking at it in open amazement. Just for show, I adjust my altitude and the giant trailer jumps fifty feet straight up in a flash. I can see my audience cheering in enthusiasm. I turn the RV in a slow circle while the onlookers below point upward and wave in support.

A bright flash of light momentarily blinds me and a little shudder runs through the body of the vehicle. At first I can not understand what happened. But after two more flashes and shudders momentarily blanking my senses I realize they have finally decided to use force. My RV has not budged I notice, nor does it seem to be damaged. It floats lazily in place, as solid as if on the ground. I could see the smoke curling up out of the tank’s barrel. I quickly maneuver the RV downward and the people underneath scamper out of the way. The wheels touch down. A mighty cheer goes up from the crowd. It seems they understand the significance of the moment, at least I hope they do.

The soldier with the megaphone begins, “Turn off your vehicle and step out. You have ten seconds to comply!”

I sit there looking out my windshield at them, not about to comply.

The tank opens fire again, lobbing a couple of twenty-pound high explosive shells at me to no avail. A few of the onlookers are hit and the crowd carries them away to safety. The rest draw back out of harm’s way.

The bullhorn continues, “This is your last warning! We are authorized to use lethal force! Step out of your vehicle now!”

Just then a helicopter whirls into view between two adjacent skyscrapers. It lands a bit behind the tank and two men dressed in black suits get out. They walk over to the soldiers with badges extended, obviously taking over the scene. One pulls out a fancy looking rifle-like weapon and points it at my ride. The other reveals even a stranger-looking gadget that looks like a cross between a blender and a cross-bow, which he also points at the RV.

With only the word of an alien who is little more than an acquaintance really, having only worked with him a few weeks, to go on, I cling to my dwindling faith that the force field will hold. I cannot suppress a sudden need to cling tightly to the armrests though, and brace securely for the impact I hope does not happen.

Their weapons fire simultaneously, one is a beam of coruscating effervescent blue, the other emits a spiraling swatch of power in a rainbow hue. The beams contacted the skin of the RV and sparkled with electricity. I watch the display with apprehension but the dial is not even close to the danger zone. After a moment the men in black cease fire.

Now it’s my turn. I reluctantly turn on my weapons system. I select the target then toggle my microphone. My exterior speakers amplify my voice, “You, in the tank, get out now! I will open fire on the count of ten, if you are not out by then you will die. I warn you, this is like no weapon you have ever encountered before. I am merely defending myself and my property. I am responding to your threat with equal force. Be warned. I aim to destroy that tank!”

“Ten.” I begin.

As my plan is about to culminate in either tragedy or triumph I find myself lost in revelry.

Rootu, my alien friend, helped me with the math and theory of the zero-point field. Without his input it would have taken me years, decades, to unravel the workings of the field - maybe never. His contribution saved me time but without my initial decision to do this work, he would not even have shown up. He told me so. And he told me that this is how it goes on every planet going through similar growing pains. A few of the bravest, the most brazen, test their convictions against the establishment at great risk to their own lives. If successful, others follow. If not, then that society disintegrates via its own folly to become world-wide dictatorships or it leads to annihilation. He had a lot of influence on my course of action, leading to this present moment. But it was still my choice. There was no coercion.

The main difficulty in deciphering the field, and the one conundrum I am not sure I would have solved on my own, is the two variants it comes in. Like magnetism and electricity, which are the very same phenomena only oriented differently, the zero point field contains two components, one time dependant, the other space dependant. In the old science, magnetism is the time dependant component, electricity is space dependant. Levitation, propulsion and energy production are time dependant, force fields are space related. That was the key understanding. With this fundamental knowledge it was rather easy to construct the proper components for a working force field.

Another difficult area was the navigation system. A force field is all well and good, but if more than defense is the goal then you have to have a way of establishing the null-field vector co-ordinates and deriving the co-ordinates for the destination. Until now, I had been physically restricted to line-of-sight maneuvers. Over-the-horizon travel was out of the question.

Again Rootu came to the rescue. He showed me how to use off-the-shelf navigational software and alter it to my needs. Navigation in today’s world relies on three components, namely the three directions nominally designated as the x,y,z co-ordinates. Rootu showed me how to use four sets of this software to simulate the one remaining missing component - t, the time component.

I suspected early on that with a little tweaking, this nav system could be used to travel through time. Rootu extracted this one promise from me, to not investigate that area of this advanced science as there were too many disastrous effects possible with even the slightest accident. I agreed although I often wonder how time travel, if done right, could be used to go back in time and stop this corporate/military take-over before it could get started. There are many ways time travel could be implemented to reverse this state of affairs we’ve come to but there were an equal number of catastrophic scenarios imminent with the slightest mistake. In time travel, timing is everything - and it is hard to uncover the best time to travel to in order to affect the correct change.

With Rootu’s help I was able to construct a force field generator/receiver set and install it on my RV. Two weeks later we were testing it under the protective umbrella of Rootu’s own, much larger, null-field generator. The navigation system was a snap with his help, too. And most of the testing could be accomplished in simulations using Rootu’s super-fast, super-compact, portable computers.

Rootu did not stay with me during this time. He would, instead, arrive every morning and leave every night. I only managed to talk him into staying one night. We spent that night watching a fire I built and sharing stories about our adventures. We ended up sleeping outside under the stars. It was a great night. Rootu is not human but he is about the most genuine being I have ever met. He has an amazing mind, a refined sense of humor and his convictions are his life. He does not understand guile or sarcasm, these methods of behavior are not in his repertoire. He told me once that the reason he does not stay is because he can be sourced by equipment that can sense his alien biology from great distances. He did have cloaking technologies, and that night he employed a set of clothing designed to dampen his distinctiveness. Also, he claimed he had to report to his superiors every day - and his communications gear were too bulky to transport.

Rootu left for good the day I set off for the city. He said we might meet again but that he had other missions pressing upon his time. Soon he would have to go back to his home planet to recover. It seems that every race of planetary beings have a certain “signature”, a resonant standing wave of energies and probabilities that must be realigned from time to time by the home planet’s sun. Artificial fields that simulate the unique frequency of any home sun could be fashioned to extend the unhealthy exposure to alien world’s but sooner or later deleterious effects accumulate and adversely affect the body and mind. The only solution is to return to the home planet for some R&R. Rootu was long over due, he claimed, although I saw no signs of physical or mental deterioration.

By the time my count reaches three, I come out of my revelry. The thought that I would have to kill those in the tank grips my bowels and I break out in a cold sweat. I am determined to see this through but I do not want the guilt of murder on my conscience.

“Three!”

The hatch on the top of the tank swivels open.

“Two!”

Three men disgorge from the opening and scurry out of the way.

“One!” I feel a twinge of embarrassment as my voice cracks and that word seems to reveal my relief that murder is not on the menu after all.

I toggle the firing mechanism. The tank simply vanishes in a shimmering haze of refracted light - gone to a newly created pocket universe that no one will ever find.

My work done, my goal accomplished, I set the nav to take me home and flip the switch.

Ilie Pandia

1st April 2013, 14:37

Hopefully it will not come down to a show of force or "kill or be killed" scenario :)

Ernie Nemeth

1st April 2013, 18:00

Hi Ilie, would I let you down? Of course not, my friend. Still, you gotta crack some eggs to make an omelet. Remember the first few entries? They were a dream about the future, yes? Well then, there must be a happy ending, no? But since you are "telling it like it is" let me do the same.

This story is exploring one rather likely scenario of how FE for the masses could come about. It is trying to answer the question, "how do we get from here to there?". Notice no one is singing? And, notice how it is one person who swings the tide of public opinion by risking his own skin for his convictions? It's called "trailblazing" and it is the only way advances have ever been accomplished. It is also the only way it will be done in the future.

The story is almost over now, maybe two or three more entries should do it. This is not the story it was intended to be, but my hand was called and I had to lay it all on the line. So it is what it is, and not what it could have been. I've been forced to do this thinking on my own because Wade did not want "to go there". He has an agenda and he is playing his hand close to his chest. So be it.

I can also guarantee you that there are already individuals with "the goods" and they have not been discovered by "Gozilla". Godzilla is not God, and some things slip under his radar. If these individuals had moral integrity they would already have demonstrated their devices in such a way that it would be impossible to ignore - or to stop. I am intending to show how such a person (with moral integrity) would go about the business of disclosure. Sometimes words are not enough, or songs - sometimes you just got to go in there and get your hands dirty.

This is one of those times.

Ilie Pandia

1st April 2013, 18:13

Hi Ernie,

I think I get your point... There is only one bit I'd change in your story (or I would do different if I were the main character). After the force field did withstand the hit I would do one of the two things:

- pulse to disable the projectile (and energy weapons) on site
- zip outta there!

With my current "mind" and understanding of things I cannot imagine myself killing anyone or consider it... (But I have not been pushed to my limit so I don't really know how I would react until faced with the decision).

But the show of force would have been enough to say: "you're obsolete guys... time to pack and go else where!"... no? Why the death threat?

Ernie Nemeth

1st April 2013, 18:48

Death threat? If someone restricts your movements by threatening your safety and then fires on you without provocation then it is within your rights to protect yourself with the same level of threat. No one needed to die, and no did, thank God. But remember they were quite alright with killing the main character.

Why is it alright for them but not alright for us to use force?

Beyond all of that, the point wasn't who can kill who but that they could not kill him no matter what they tried. That is the whole point of these exotic technologies: it places everybody on a level playing field - a real level playing field, not like the one they preach to us we have in this society.

Bottom line: when FE arrives no one will be in a position to dictate anything to anybody else because there will be no threat that can be enforced. Today, in our world, we have the authorities who have guns to back up their decrees. In the new world, guns, bombs and "shock and awe campaigns" will be rendered obsolete.

As an aside, I bet you that you are capable of killing, if presented with the right situation. What if your loved ones were under threat and you could only save their lives by dispatching the bad guy. Would even a single thought of not doing it enter your mind? Maybe I'm wrong, maybe hesitation might prove to be disasterous and there would be no time to do anything after the moment is gone. I don't know.

In the story, the guy has chosen to display this technology in such a way that it cannot be denied, ignored or misconstrued as a fake. That required a certain chain of events to transpire in a certain order, with one move dictating the next. He was already decided upon his course of action before he arrived at the city center. There was no turning back if he wanted to show all the capabilities of his technology. He already knew he might have to kill to make his point. He got lucky - which again is something that just happens when one is aligned with the highest good.

Hope that explains it enough. It took me six weeks to figure out this last entry, a lot of thought went into it. But, I am only one man and I often overlook details as I am a generalist who focusses on the biggest picture. The details some one else must look out for. So thanks for the input, dude.

Joseph McAree

3rd April 2013, 11:33

Ernie,

I think is the very nature of human beings, is fight or flight but sometimes if you or your family are threatened that you hit back with equal force, Yes I know I have violence in me I have to admit that but I have been able to control it thank goodness. I was raised in a very tough area in Glasgow, you have to stand up for yourself or your life and that of your family would be hellish. There are times when you need to show your teeth and if you have given fair warning well they are given their chance.

Great stories you keep doing it your way as I am sure you will,, I wish I had your writing skills, I really love the diversity of the Avalon Forum members, I am going on holiday in a couple of weeks and I leave the mobile and the computer at home. I try not to watch any television for the two weeks. I look forward to going away but I also look forward to my return and catching up with the family and the forum

kindest regards

Ernie Nemeth

9th April 2013, 15:20

One month later.

Data core analysis complete. System parameters reset. Searching...

Corruption in memory location A1600D67 through DC5672FF, memory core FDAC4599. Source unknown. Attempting reconfiguration. Please stand by.

Normalization failed. Extracting corrupted files. Files removed. Reconfiguring...

Cannot reconfigure...reloading data components...this may take some time...

“What the hell is going on?”

“No idea, sir.”

“How long before the system stabilizes?”

“The techs say it might take days.”

“How did this happen?”

“No one knows for sure, sir. When the surge hit it blew out our safeguards. We had never anticipated such a magnitude of power in an attack. But our safety systems were never designed to protect against anything except conventional strikes. Even a nuclear strike would not have affected the system. These exotic technologies were not expected. We all thought they were well in hand. No one thought the citizenry could develop such weaponry without being detected by our sensors.”

“What happens now?”

“Well, that depends on the enemy’s intentions, sir.”

“How so?”

“If this is a concerted attack they could very well destroy us - if they act quickly enough. We have no means to co-ordinate a response without our AI interface. As you know, we rely on Deep Thought to crunch the numbers for us. Without it we cannot decipher the tera-quads of data in real time. We would in effect be reacting on limited input.”

“What can we do, then?”

“Wait - and hope for the best.”

“****.”

“Yes sir.”

I look over the edge of my floating platform to the city far below me. So far no one has responded to my invitation. Nothing but inertia and habit keeps them from joining me now but I know that can be just as debilitating as a direct threat.

They do not have much time left before repairs are completed and the clampdown begins. Once that happens, woe-is-be to us all.

After two weeks of demonstrating the viability of this new technology in a dozen cities throughout the world I had gone into hiding to complete the design of this floating flagship. It is nothing more than some steel, plastic, wood and iron cobbled together with spot welds and wire and rope. The force fields and anti-grav pods do the rest. It floats here now, above what once was called Los Angeles taunting the authorities and hopefully stirring the populace into action. They had tried a few times to attack this structure but my defenses proved too much for them. Rootu had done his job to great effect.

I had heard rumors of other citizens who had constructed similar machines to my modified RV in various cities throughout the world but so far I had not seen anyone else with the goods. Instead of trying to search for them I decided upon this approach. I decided to let them find me - so far to no avail.

There had been some casualties on both sides and I would have to live with that. I could only hope it would be worth the sacrifice in the end. Those in power were not about to give up without a fight and the bravest of the citizens risked their lives for a future none of us could yet even barely imagine.

There was a group of us now. I had provided sanctuary to a few from every city I visited. They provided me with intelligence on their particular resistance cells and these we contacted, shared this technology and informed them of our plan to build the first ever floating city. I could only hope the information had spread far and wide. Now I counted on the resilience of the human spirit and the resourcefulness of a citizenry pushed to the brink of tolerance.

Gazing downward I see a speck that might be anything - a bird, a plane, a trick of the light. The speck grows in dimension as it gains altitude. At first I think it might be yet another rocket or some other weapon designed to bring me down. As it closes the gap its shape becomes more discernable and I realize that this is not an attack after all. Instead, it becomes evident that it is a modified vehicle. As it comes ever closer more details sharpen and I see it is just a small compact car with a bunch of wires and gadgets haphazardly jumbled about its exterior.

The little car rises up until it is level with the platform. Through the windscreen I can see that the car is jammed with people, all wide-eyed and cheering! They wave to me and I wave back. I raise one finger to indicate they must wait a moment.

I enter my RV and dial in a command to lower the shields protecting the platform. I jump back down, out of the RV, onto the platform and raise a thumbs-up signal to indicate it is safe to land. The hodgepodge of cables and components flash in a scintillating rainbow of light around the small car as the operator directs the vehicle towards the awaiting platform. It lands and disgorges its occupants.

The leader and driver of the car approaches with a giant smile on his face. Six others follow him all grinning like mad-men. Of all the people I expect to see, I did not expect him.

“Quite the contraption you’ve built here, my friend,” he says, smiling and extending his hand in greeting.

“Holy smokes, Proctor! How’s it going?” I shake his hand with unrestrained relish

Ernie Nemeth

17th April 2013, 01:52

Three minutes later.

“Amazing how any material can become so stabile with these grav pods supporting them. It might as well be constructed of some exotic diamond filament or other such extremely strong material.” Proctor kicks at a wooden pallet underneath his feet. The skyscrapers of Los Angeles far below can be seen between the planks.

Long past my normal naivety, I eye the strangers behind him, trying to gauge their intent. One immediately strikes me as suspect. There is nothing physical that gives him away, it is more a sudden tingling along my spine that warns me. I keep one eye glued to him, unobtrusively of course.

“Yes. The anti-gravitational field links all the molecules of the different materials together in a sympathetic resonance of sorts. I’m not sure how it works exactly.” I reply, edging towards the suspect character.

“Well, it is an area of study that we can work out when there is time. But not now.” Proctor walks along the structure, stomping here, stooping there, to scrutinize the latticework of the various components of the platform. The platform is about one hundred feet long and fifty wide.

“I’m just glad we were successful with that little surprise for our overlords. They didn’t think we could disrupt their high-tech surveillance system, but they were mistaken.” Proctor chuckles, then the smile vanishes as he gets serious.

“We were very lucky. We expected a few loses but no one was hurt - on either side. Some one up there must be looking out after us...”

“More than just one someone,” I answer cryptically.

I see Proctor look at me quizzically. He knows me well. He follows my stare towards the group behind him that up until now had remained silent.

“Where are my manners? These are my companions, fellow compatriots in the local resistance.” He introduces me to the first five, two women and three men. I shake hands and exchange a few pleasantries with each.

“And this one here is the newest addition to our ranks. Paul, say hello to our benefactor and designer of this floating proto-city.” Proctor turns to me and says, “He made our attack possible and had a lot to do with its success.”

“Hi,” I say and extend my hand.

“We’d better cut this introduction short. You need to reactivate the force field before they try and blow us out of the air.” Proctor interjects as the interloper grasps my hand.

Before any of us can react this spy swings me around by the hand, trips me up and pushes me off the platform.

The wind whistles in my ears and my heart races wildly as I hurtle to my doom.

I have a moment to think “I knew it!” before more pressing concerns crowd out such trivialities.

The stories were true, I think, as my life history plays out in front of my eyes. It has been a good life, I can hold my head up high as I go to meet my maker. I close my eyes and try to calm myself. I do not want my last moments to be overwhelmed by fear. I try to pray, but the words won’t come. Here we go, I think...

Of all the things I could think about in these last moments, I am surprised I turn to the idea of the force field generator. There is something nagging at me, some aspect of it that I had never considered. I try to focus in on it. Why would I think of that now?

How does the energy get swallowed up by the field? Where does it go - another pocket universe, another dimension? Or does the energy get transmuted in some way? The force field does not create a null field. That is a separate phenomena, or is it?

When else could I have this spark of insight - and why now unless it is somehow relevant? But how could it be relevant? Time seems to slow down to allow me time to consider. Or perhaps my thoughts just speed up, I don’t know.

If the force field does not allow the energy in then what could it be doing with it? Could it dissipate the energy, spread it out over a vast distance so that only a few ergs of power manifest in any given volume of space? It was true that there were some anomalous readings evident immediately after the field swallows an incoming attack. It almost seemed as though there was a blip of energy all around, raising the potential of the ambient. Could that be it? Could the energy be dispersed over a large area? But if so, that implied there was a way to circumvent its effect by not allowing the field access to surrounding space. Holy smokes! If that was true then we had only been lucky our enemy had not thought of that. Enclose the field in a null field just as the effect begins and the energy would not be able to disperse. It would cook in its own juices and fry the circuitry as a secondary effect.

Still, why think of that now? Why can’t I just focus on making peace with my God considering I’m about to meet Him face to Face? What am I missing here?

The Electric Universe Theory proposes that two counter fields interact to create an environment conducive to these exotic effects. They either force another dimension to line up with our own or they unpack those otherwise hidden effects.

Something in my mind hinted at a third possibility, a possibility that actually had relevance to my immediate predicament - the Holographic Model. Could it be the key?

The Holographic Model basically implies that there is an implicate order to the explicit, and vice versa! It relies on the idea of non-locality. That is, it assumes that all of reality is one thing, whatever that thing is, and that it is an unfolding of the enfolded that occurs when any phenomena manifests. Could it be that the manipulation of the electric dipole can unfold effects from the vacuum? And if it were so, then couldn’t I also unfold a desired effect just by sheer will? After all, if the Holographic Model is correct then my mind is a holographic generator capable of manifesting the unmanifest, the implicit. Interesting...

I dare not open my eyes for fear of realizing I am out of time. I force myself back into revelry. I recall what I know of this holographic theory.

The placebo effect was part of it. In some unexplained way the human mind could eradicate disease if it was convinced the placebo was in fact a new and marvelous drug. Another aspect were those afflicted by multiple personality disorder who displayed the most unnerving ability to manifest entirely different physiological responses depending upon which personality was in control. Some displayed improved eyesight, different allergies, even remission of incurable diseases like diabetes. Stigmatists were another group that showed how the wounds of the crucifixion could appear at will upon the hands and feet of the faithful. Still others could control their circulatory systems to such an extent that they could run darning needles through their bodies without bleeding and remove them without wounds to mark where the foreign objects had entered their bodies.

Bohm and other scientists (like Tesla) had pioneered this type of work in the field of physics but that work had been hijacked by the cabal that now runs the world. Since then, it had been proven beyond doubt that non-locality is an aspect of sub-atomic physics. Objects separated by large distances could respond to each other faster than the speed of light, an impossibility in terms of Einsteinian reality. That is how non-locality became the alternate explanation, since nothing can travel faster than the speed of light it had to be assumed that at least some objects are spread out over space (for lack of a better descriptor) and are therefore “non-local” in essence. We only see a portion of this essence and call it a particle but the unseen wave portion extends outward through space and perhaps even through time. The ramifications of these experiments were down-played by our rulers...

Many mystics also talk of ideas that resemble this holographic/morphologic field in more personal terms. They describe subjective states where all sorts of impossible experiences can occur. They explain these as a connection to higher realms in which their soul or essence can travel through space and time, bilocate, access otherwise hidden knowledge, hover and even fly, alter physiology, reverse degenerative diseases and other esoterica. Almost nothing is impossible, they would claim, to the human experience if enough energy and time is focused upon it. The mystical experience of these extra-human abilities is often preceded by some sort of extraordinary physical occurrence.

Even normal humans, with no training can and do experience these strange altered states where suddenly they can express startling super-human abilities. Perhaps the most common is the stories of people who, due to some life-threatening circumstance, can exhibit super-human strength, lifting thousands of pounds to extricate a loved one pinned under a car or over-coming extreme stresses that would otherwise have surely killed them.

Carlos Castaneda, while documenting the mystic Don Juan and studying under the shaman’s tutelage, jumped off of a cliff and survived - although his normal mind explained it away and blanked it out of his awareness. Others that had been there that day later confirmed that he had indeed gone over the cliff and plummeted out of sight.

I remember my sporadic dreams of flying, the most recent of which had occurred just a few days ago. In that dream I suddenly remembered I knew how to fly! The rest of the dream was about relearning that skill, awkwardly at first but with gathering facility until I could streak through the sky with the greatest of ease!

Something tells me to open my eyes. I reluctantly obey. I see I am only a few hundred feet from the ground. Below me is a street. There are some people walking below and I see I am about to land on top of an abandoned city bus. My heart jumps into my throat at the prospect.

Another part of me realizes that I actually do or did know how to fly! Maybe because of the extra-ordinary situation, maybe because of divine intervention, maybe because some alien decided to help, I don’t know, all I know is that I could will myself to halt my drastic downward trajectory right now, right here - if I wanted to.

I wanted to! Of course I wanted to!

And I suddenly remember exactly how to summon the ability to fly! Just like that...

And just like that I halt my plummet to my death!

I find myself hovering inches above the top of the bus!

I land on the top of the bus, scramble down off of it and, on hands and knees, while marveling at my incredible luck, I disgorge the contents of my stomach.

Someone comes over and places a hand on my back in sympathy asking me if I’m alright. I cannot answer. Instead, I pass out.

Wade Frazier

9th May 2013, 20:50

Hi:

OK, here is the one that started it all, with these future Earths (https://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?32399-A-Future-Earth&p=330389&viewfull=1#post330389). I summarized it here (http://www.ahealedplanet.net/visions.htm#roads), and below I will produce a more detailed summary. It is chapter 9 of Michael Roads’s Into a Timeless Realm (https://www.michaelroads.com/michael-roads-books/). The book is his account of an all-night out-of-body experience that he had, which initiated his mystical awakening. That event happened before the events in his earlier books, but his mystical awakening was so strange that he did not write about it until his fourth book. I know people who have visited similar realities, and mystical books frequently have accounts like this. I do not regard Roads’s account below as fiction, but potential futures for some of us. What we do today will determine what our future is.

Here goes…

As Roads neared the end of his all-night out-of-body experience, he was led by a friend from other lifetimes and dimensions into a multidimensional spacecraft on a planet in our galaxy. He was told to meet his mentor, called “the Shepherd,” and entered a hall like an art gallery, but instead of paintings, they were windows into realities, and he could peer into them.

One seemed like Earth to him, but an Earth that he was unfamiliar with. He saw a city of golden domes that absorbed sunlight, and a purple mist slowly moved across the city. The domes changed from transparent to a golden color, and people in colorful garb walked the streets. Nobody hurried, and flowering trees lined the streets. Roads was struck by some with silver-colored leaves. A voice asked if he liked the view, and Roads turned to see the Shepherd.

Roads asked if that beautiful scene was of Earth, and the Shepherd replied that it was Earth when she had reached her potential. Roads stated that it seemed to be a future Earth, and the Shepherd replied that it was not the future, but that moment, and that what Roads thought of as the past and future were really aspects of a multidimensional present.

Roads recalled an earlier scene of watching what seemed to be a primitive humanity, and asked if that was also the present, and the Shepherd replied that it was an instance of nature’s evolution into human consciousness. The Shepherd explained that the chasm between animal and human consciousness was vast, and said that animal consciousness had to be greatly expanded in order to handle the human experience of free will and imagination, which are tools of creation.

Roads asked if when pet dogs and cats finish their animal lessons, they go through that process before becoming human, and the Shepherd affirmed it. But the Shepherd also stated that animals today have greater awareness than in the past, and that nothing is preordained, as free will is an absolute.

The Shepherd then presented the challenging idea that when people change in the moment, they also change their pasts and futures. One timeframe of now can impact other frames, whether in the “past” or “future.” As happened many times in that all-night experience, what the Shepherd said overwhelmed Roads’s mind.

Earlier in the book, Roads said that the time that he experienced in his metaphysical experiences was spherical, not linear, and future and past seemed to lose their meaning.

Roads asked where that beautiful city fit into the scheme of creation, and it sure was not part of the world that he lived in. The Shepherd asked if Roads would like it to, and asked Roads if he had a “harmonic resonance” with it. Roads replied that of course he did, and everybody would resonate with a reality like that. The Shepherd replied that not everybody would fit into that reality. Some would only want to strip-mine that reality and harvest all of the trees, while others would want to impose themselves on that reality, convinced that they could do it better. Few humans would ask nature to co-create with it, but that city was the result of the cooperation of humanity with nature. The Shepherd emphasized that Roads was witnessing something real when he viewed that reality. It did not exist only in his imagination.

Roads asked if he could choose that reality as his future, and the Shepherd replied that he could choose it, if he belonged (harmonized) with it, but Roads could also choose something very different.

As Roads struggled to understand the implications, the Shepherd tried explaining it in a different way. The Shepherd said that all people had their individualized realities, based on their beliefs and conditioning, and each person will believe that his or her reality is the only existing reality. That situation creates a duality of shared and personal reality, although all people only experience their own.

That utterly confused Roads, and he made one of his many exclamations of how it did not make any sense, and the Shepherd replied that of course it made no sense, just as human behavior rarely makes any sense, and Roads had to ruefully agree.

The Shepherd replied that some people would learn to experience an expanded reality within their daily reality, but that they would be derided for their expanded awareness, as that was how consensus reality worked.

The Shepherd showed Roads another window into a future Earth, and Roads sensed a reality without the peace and beauty of that city. In that reality were shocking contrasts of wealth and poverty, and the land was green but seemed strangely twisted. The Shepherd took Roads into that reality. Roads was reluctant, after reliving lifetimes of battle, but the Shepherd assured Roads that he would only be an observer, and that the Shepherd would safely guide their visit. The Shepherd said that Roads was never truly alone, but the sense of being alone allowed him to draw more deeply on his abilities.

Then they descended into that reality, as unseen ghosts. Roads asked if other beings dropped in like they did into realities, and the Shepherd replied that they did, and that not all of them had the wellbeing of those realities’ denizens in mind. Roads uneasily asked what the Shepherd meant, and he replied to wait and see.

When Roads looked at where they had landed, it was a farm, but like no farm that he had ever seen. Roads asked whether visiting a farm was intended to play into his proclivities, and the Shepherd said that while Roads was not a people person, he was a nature person, whether domestic or wild.

The Shepherd asked what Roads thought of what was obviously a dairy farm. Roads received the impression that they were in England, but no England that he ever knew. They entered a large building on the farm, and while the Shepherd did not react to the scene, Roads was dismayed and disgusted.

In that building the milk cows lived, if they could be called cows. Each “cow” was a legless, eyeless, earless “unit” that sat in a container and was hooked up to feeding tubes, while one big udder was continually milked.

Roads was revolted, disbelieving, and the Shepherd replied that in that reality, Roads was witnessing that reality’s highest achievement in dairy farming. Roads challenged the Shepherd, dismayed that such a reality could be allowed to exist, and the Shepherd replied that that reality was chosen by the members of that reality, but even in that reality, some resisted such practices.

As they discussed that reality, two men walked toward one cow unit whose production had fallen, and after discussing it for a moment, one placed a small, pen-like instrument to the cow unit’s head, and it immediately died. The container of the dead cow unit smoothly swung out and deposited the carcass into a trolley, while another trolley delivered a slightly smaller cow unit into the container. The entire operation lasted perhaps ten minutes, and the new cow unit was ready for production.

Roads and the Shepherd followed the trolley of the dead cow unit to another building, in which the carcass was dumped into a vat in which it immediately dissolved in a broth of bacteria and enzymes. In clear vats in that room, new cow units were being made. The dissolved cow unit became food for the developing cow units.

Roads was nauseated, and the Shepherd asked Roads if he wanted to visit a hospital in that reality. Roads fiercely declined the invitation, and said that he would never live in such a reality. Roads asked if genetic engineering was involved, and the Shepherd confirmed his suspicion, but said that not all genetic engineering turned out like those cow units, as in that reality, there was no respect for life or spirit. In other realities, genetic engineering was performed with the highest respect for life.

Roads then asked if all of those realities co-existed, with each like the slice of a loaf of bread, and the Shepherd agreed with the analogy.

Roads asked if people could move from slice-to-slice, and the Shepherd said that they did, by changing their focus and acting from it, which took them into the larger reality. People do it all the time, but that the more dramatic shift that Roads was thinking of required a being to die in one reality and be born into another. The Shepherd said that dying and being reborn presented opportunities to shift one’s awareness, but it could result in a continuation of the same awareness. It was all the result of choice.

The Shepherd noted that change was risky, so that most humans avoid the risk of losing their connection with consensus reality. Roads then asked why he was there, in that amazing all-night experience, and the Shepherd replied that it was about love, which is the universe’s agent of change and creativity. Love is humanity’s natural state, but people are required to choose it, and the Shepherd then gestured to that cow unit reality to show what not choosing love could look like.

Roads was shaken by that cow unit reality, and the Shepherd encouraged him to use his spiritual senses to view that world. As Roads focused that sense on the cow units, he was horrified by a deep feeling of discord and misery, and he dreaded what the ultimate effect would be on the people in that reality that consumed such milk.

The Shepherd was solemn, and said that the choices that resulted in that reality were poor ones. Pain and misery were harsh teachers, but effective ones. Even in that reality, the lessons would eventually be learned.

The Shepherd led Roads away from the despair of the cow unit building, and they walked toward a lush green field, which was being harvested by a car-sized machine that glided over it like a vacuum cleaner. Roads walked into the field and looked closely at the vegetation, which was visibly growing as he looked at it. The plants neatly separated as the machine sucked them up, so they did not even need to be cut. Roads focused on the plants, and received the same sense of “discord” that came from the cows. Then Roads realized that none of the nature spirits that he was familiar with were in that reality. The cows and vegetation were on their own, with no help from nature spirits. Roads saw that the misery of the cows and vegetation became food for the humans in that reality, and perpetuated a vicious circle.

Roads refused to see what a hospital in that reality looked like, but the Shepherd coaxed him into visiting a city, and they were immediately transported to one. It took Roads some time to understand what he was seeing. He seemed to be on street level. But there were streets above and below him. At the bottom, which they soon visited, were that city’s poorest, and wealth, measured in “credits,” was all that mattered in that reality. The city towered miles into the air, and Roads did not understand how it could support itself, and the Shepherd replied that technology marched onward, and in that reality, they invented an amalgam of plastic and steel that was incredibly strong and virtually indestructible, and the city’s structure was built of that. There were no practical limits on how massive or tall their buildings could be.

As Roads took in the city streets, which made Blade Runner’s Los Angeles seem idyllic, he was amazed that such technological prowess could create such a hellish environment. The Shepherd replied that when ethics are sacrificed to greed, that reality was one outcome.

Roads noticed that everybody in that level was young, and asked where old people lived. The Shepherd replied that at that level, few lived to be old. Anybody who is old, ill, or injured received a free pill that gave them a painless death. Medical treatment was reserved to those with enough “credits.”

Roads saw the people of that level whizzing by on something like a powered skateboard, which could be large enough to hold several passengers, and nobody looked happy. While that air was cold, the people wore translucent clothing that kept them warm. When they finally reached the lowest level, it was in perpetual twilight, and a miasma hung in the air. It was horrifying, Roads was incredulous, and asked what the time relationship of this hellish reality was to his own. The Shepherd replied that it was about 300 years into the future, but only one possible future. In the one that they were experiencing, it was the working out of greed and apathy, and that while humans had such thoughts, they would find physical expression in realities like that one.

The Shepherd said that war had been abolished in that reality, as everybody was everybody else’s foe, as they all battled each day for survival. Roads noted that that reality seemed similar to another cruel reality that he had earlier visited, and with a gigantic pre-race of humanity, and the Shepherd confirmed that they had the same elements, and that that pre-race still existed, as all times exist at once in the eternal “Now.”

The Shepherd then said that human life is a manifestation of consciousness, and that love was the key. Those who chose love experienced it, while those who didn’t lived in a reality determined by their socialization. The Shepherd said that the process was endless and timeless.

The Shepherd wanted to show Roads some more of the city, and they rose up six levels before Roads saw wealth, and he was stunned. Lush parks, the sky filled with birds, and distant mountains. The Shepherd then had Roads look with his spirit eyes, and he could sense nothing of nature. It was all a holographic illusion, which Roads might have suspected, as he knew that he was only on a high rise.

Roads walked over to perfect roses, touched their lush blossoms and even inhaled their fragrance, but his spirit senses told him that there was nothing there, and he wondered how that could be. The Shepherd replied that it was a technological marvel, and that only those with an understanding of the technologies could discern the real from the illusory, and that most denizens of that city level thought that what they experienced was real life, not an illusion.

Roads could not understand what people were saying, as it was only partly English, with other languages in their speech, but Roads could understand what people were thinking. On the lower levels, few people were drugged, but on that level, everybody was. They all wore seductive, nearly transparent clothing, and all had rigid smiles that tried to hide their inner emptiness. There were many healthy elderly on that level and children abounded, running around naked in the permanently warm environment, with each group supervised by an adult.

Roads said that the people in the hellish lower levels were more in touch with reality than the people at that holographic level, and the Shepherd asked him what reality was. Roads said that at least their existence was better than those below. A man walked by, more corpulent than the others, and the Shepherd said that he was a manager in that reality, sucking those people dry, similar to how the cow units were milked.

Roads was puzzled by the Shepherd’s statement, and said that the people at that level were surely better off than those below. The Shepherd replied that the lower levels were that reality’s only positive aspect, as those from the lower levels would precipitate change in their rebelliousness, shamed by that reality’s callous indifference to the suffering of others. The Shepherd then invited Roads to see where the anger of the lower levels was directed, and they quickly ascended to the city’s highest levels.

Roads goggled at the highest level, with opulent mansions and castles that seemed to be built from rainbows, which replaced the buildings on the lower levels. Roads thought that it was the most elaborate holographic illusion yet, but the Shepherd said that it was mostly real, with synthetically created soil and other tricks. The true elites of that reality lived there, at the city’s top level.

Two children and a woman walked by. The children seemed sexless, but they all had vibrant health that actually produced a glow around them. Roads wondered if they were celestial beings, but the Shepherd replied that it was just the result of involved genetic interventions. For those with enough credits, they could buy long lives in an exalted physical state. Roads mentioned that the expense must be tremendous to sustain such lifestyles, and the Shepherd replied that those beings were paying a price that they could not even imagine, and asked Roads what that reality’s theme was. Roads replied that it was a world of suffering. The Shepherd pointed to a social gathering in one of the mansions, and revealed the purpose of their visit.

As a couple dozen people milled together, among them were a few short, gray-skinned human-like beings. They were about five-feet tall and had obscured features, but the people took them for normal humans, unable to see past their holographic disguises. Roads then had a devastating realization: those gray beings orchestrated all of the suffering in that reality, and fed off of the negative emotional energy. Everybody in that reality was a loser! The entire reality seemed fabricated by those gray beings, to provide them a feast of negative emotional energy, but the Shepherd said that the parasitic gray beings did not create that reality, but were only taking advantage of what the people of that reality had created. The gray beings were losers, too, as they were locked into a hellish baseness of awareness. In a sense, the gray beings and humans in that reality had found each other, as their mentalities created it, which was a rule of creation. If people were greedy and apathetic, their reality would eventually reflect it.

The Shepherd said that the purpose of visiting that reality was for Roads to bring his experiences back to his reality on Earth, as some people on Earth planned to move past consensus reality toward their human destiny, which was set in motion long ago. The Shepherd said that that even that hellish reality had a touch of love in it, and it was one of innumerable consensus realities. Roads pondered that reality, and the irony that beings of love and light had created it.

They floated away from that reality, through other ones, and were soon back in the hall where they started. Roads asked if what they just experience was real or a dream. The Shepherd again asked Roads what reality was.

As Roads replied, he obtained greater insight, and said that reality was the experience of the eternal now and an expression of consciousness that could manifest in infinite ways, that events will be seen differently, depending on the frame of reference, and every being had its own, so each being was creating its own reality. For those open to greater awareness, they could enter a limitless reality.

The Shepherd replied that the hard part was living up to that insight, and Roads thought he was doing OK. The Shepherd agreed, but noted that when Roads returned to his body on Earth, which was simultaneously writing about the experience he was having, he would only recall about 10% of that night’s experiences, and only because he could not deny what he wrote. Even then, Roads would battle against what he wrote, as he was still reined in by consensus reality. Roads asked what part of him would win, and the Shepherd said that it was up to Roads to decide, whether self-denial or self-acceptance prevailed.

The Shepherd said that Roads’s struggle was also humanity’s, and that the 90% that he would forget would be because he chose to. If he crossed the threshold to self-realization, he would remember the purpose of his incarnation. The Shepherd said that crossing that threshold was traumatizing to the part of him that was stuck in consensus reality, and that the probability was that he would remain stuck in consensus reality.

Roads then had a moment of inspiration, and said that if he did not awaken in ten years, he would instead die. The Shepherd cautioned against such a rash decision, but he saw Roads's sincerity, and observed that his statement set a powerful process in motion that would indeed see him awake or dead in ten years, so he needed to become very purposeful in his thinking. As they walked to another panel, Roads realized how he had just set in motion the trajectory that would see him awake or dead in ten years, but he had no fear, and was not about to back out. He would see it through, no matter where it led him. He suspected that he had encountered those gray beings before, but could not remember when that was.

That ends the first part of Roads’s visit to two “future” Earths. I will put up the second part within the next few days. I could write for a few days on the themes that the preceding account touches, as could many Avalon readers. That is one way that Earth will go, from this point on our timeline, and there are people alive today that will pursue that path, on their own path back to the creator. What a dark valley to navigate, but probably all humans have explored some shady vales like it in their lifetimes, oh the joy.

More soon.

Best,

Wade

Wade Frazier

11th May 2013, 18:26

Here is the second half of chapter 9 (https://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?32399-A-Future-Earth&p=672115&viewfull=1#post672115):

Roads asked the Shepherd who those gray humanoids were, and the reply was that they were beings of physical reality who devolved into their state, and travel the universe to promote vices in beings who can be influenced by them. They also serve to catalyze change in their victims, so also play their divine role in the cosmos, as they spur beings to grow and release their fears, although in a highly painful way.

Roads asked where they came from, and the Shepherd said that ideas of where beings are “from” in physical reality can be misleading, as no beings really call physical reality home, but just one stop on the journey.

The Shepherd took Roads to another screen in that hallway, and asked if this reality was more acceptable. It was the glowing city that Roads saw earlier. There were domes that changed color, and buildings of geometric shapes, and Roads felt serenity positively emanate from that city. Roads expressed his appreciation, and the Shepherd said that it was in the same timeframe as that hellish world, but in a different reality. It was so different from the other reality that they could not coexist in the same frame. Roads likened it to oil and water, and the Shepherd agreed.

The Shepherd said that the difference was in the consciousness of the inhabitants, and that Roads’s earthly life held the center, which was not the same in different countries, religions, and cultures, and that the mismatches between them were the proximate reasons for most wars, which was unnecessary, as humans have far more in common than differences. In Roads’s world the two extremes, of those who pursue love and those who pursue self-centeredness and cruelty, can no longer fit in the consensus reality of Roads’s world and end up creating new realities.

Roads said that they had just visited the reality of the sinners, and the one they were about to visit was the reality of the saints, and the Shepherd laughed and said that every being is made of light and love, and that neither were good or evil, which are concepts based on judgment. The Shepherd advised discernment instead, and Roads asked what the difference was. The Shepherd provided an example of Roads’s being invited to an orgy, and Roads could have called it wicked or just decided to prefer to not be involved, which decided his own path but did not judge the paths of others. Roads replied that what if he had accepted the invitation, to which the Shepherd laughed and said that then he maybe did not judge nor discern, but no choice is right or wrong: it is only about making choices and learning from them.

Roads asked if they could visit that heavenly looking city, and the Shepherd said that they would visit it in the same way that they just visited the hellish reality. The Shepherd asked Roads to deeply look into that city, and Roads felt like he was floating upward, with a peaceful, joyous feeling, but the city seemed to be below them. Roads asked how that could be, and the Shepherd responded that there was not direction like that, but that they would move through that reality.

Going to that city was vastly different from visiting the previous reality, as they seemed to lazily float along, and the Shepherd lost his definition and became a glowing human-shaped form. The Shepherd replied that they were traveling just as in the hellish reality, but Roads’s perceptions were sharpened, which led to a more aware experience. The Shepherd said that as humans changed, their perceptions of reality did.

Roads had been blocking out most of the experience of the hellish reality, but his block eventually failed, and that blocking out pain was a human trait. The love of that reality they were traveling in had opened up Roads’s perceptions.

Roads lost his feelings of sadness for humanity as he bathed in the joy and love, and realized that only then could he really feel the misery of that other reality. Roads asked why he felt that way, without even interacting with any beings in that heavenly reality yet. The Shepherd telepathically replied that the human energy field was extremely powerful, and could be felt across creation. The people in the hellish reality closed off their awareness to their energetic creation, but what Roads was experiencing in that new reality was like food for his soul.

Roads asked if he looked like the Shepherd did to him, which was astoundingly beautiful, and the Shepherd replied that Roads was appearing more as himself, which was the ultimate beauty.

Roads became aware that while that city was lovingly built, a city that he visited earlier was literally alive, and was an expression of consciousness. The city seemed to have streets, but did not have any traffic, or vehicles of any sort, but plenty of people. Roads was struck by the trees that lined the street that he visited. They were like spruces, but had silvery needles that glistened. Roads would have assumed that they were fake, but the life energy coming from them was very strong. Even in his state, he still had a sense of touch, and he touched the needles, that were soft, like flesh, and they rhythmically moved. Roads expressed his amazement, and the Shepherd replied that it was the result of genetic engineering, but done with the consent of the lifeform. The scientists of that reality developed a computerized way of making genetic suggestions and recording the responses of the plants, and the more skilled could directly communicate with a plant’s consciousness. The Shepherd stated that those trees approved of and enjoyed their ability to move. Roads asked if sea anemone DNA was involved, and the Shepherd replied that it obviously did, and that sea anemones had also learned to “branch out” into tree-like expressions. They both laughed at the Shepherd’s pun, and Roads realized that the atmosphere even made the Shepherd a little giddy.

Roads then realized that the Shepherd had purposefully arranged the two visits in that order, so that Roads could appreciate the contrast. Roads then asked if there was a path from that miserable to that heavenly one in one lifetime, and the Shepherd said that it could not be done. Only dying in that reality and being reborn in that one would work, and even then it would take an almost unimaginable leap in consciousness to achieve. Roads said that hope is eternal, and the Shepherd replied that love is eternal. Roads asked about the difference, and the Shepherd replied that hope can be static and awaits rescue, while love is creative, dynamic, and empowers the self.

The Shepherd told Roads that everything that he needed was within himself, and that all humans have access to their wisdom and divine potential. Roads likened it to a man in a desert, seeking water, but a canteen is on his back and he does not realize it. The Shepherd agreed, but said that he cannot lose the canteen, and the water will never run out or get fouled. Roads saw himself as that desperate man in the desert, but the Shepherd replied that that reality was no desert.

Roads then heard laughter, and turned to see some teenagers, who were laughing at Roads and the Shepherd. They curiously looked at Roads, but they obviously knew the Shepherd, and loved and respected him. Roads expressed his amazement that they could see him and the Shepherd, as the Shepherd laughingly greeted the teenagers. The Shepherd said that they could see him just how Roads did, and the difference was that Roads was able to because of the Shepherd’s assistance, while those teenagers used their native ability. Roads replied that they were invisible before, and the Shepherd said that those people in the hellish reality were blinded by fear, while the people in that reality had abilities bestowed by love.

All of the teenagers had golden-tan skin and little clothing, which was surprisingly similar to the clothing of the hellish reality, and translucent and continually changing color. The teenagers seemed almost nude, but it seemed natural, not seductive, as the clothing in the other reality was. Those teenagers were paragons of health and enthusiasm, and they glowed with a highly intelligent awareness.

The teenagers gestured for Roads and the Shepherd to follow them. Roads asked if they could communicate with them, and noted that they obviously knew the Shepherd, who replied that he communicated with them the same way that he communicated with Roads, and that those teenagers were his friends.

The teenagers stepped onto what looked like a rainbow, running down the middle of the street. As they stepped on, they lifted a few inches off the ground. Others on that rainbow, moving much faster, passed them, and those teenagers again beckoned Roads and the Shepherd to follow them. The Shepherd suggested that Roads try it, and he floated onto the rainbow. He was instantly held by a force that took him where he wanted to go, as fast or slowly as he wanted to go. He thought of joining the teenagers, and he was instantly transported to them, but with no feeling of moving.

They left the rainbow “train” in a park, with colorful trees and shrubs carefully arranged. Instead of grass was some fern-like plant that smelled of lemon and never needed mowing. In the park was a domed building that the teenagers entered, and Roads followed them. The park had a focused tranquility that was deliberately engineered, and all parts of the city had similar energy fields.

The teenagers got into what seemed to be beds on a carousel. The beds were transparent and molded themselves to each occupant. A woman supervised the teenagers as they got into their beds, and acknowledged Roads and the Shepherd with a smile; she also knew the Shepherd and revered him. When the few hundred teenagers were settled in their beds, the woman made some gestures and a crystal light, high in the dome, lit up, shining different lights onto different sections of the carousel. The teenagers all seemed asleep, as the carousel then began to slowly turn. Roads observed more closely, and the teenagers wore something like helmets that covered their faces. Roads had no idea what he was witnessing, until the Shepherd said that he was seeing a school in session.

Those students were in a kind of meditative state, and the light’s colors stimulated different parts of the lesson. The students experienced something like virtual reality, but at a much higher level than what was conceived when Roads lived on Earth. All of the students’ senses were involved, while the students were psychically stimulated via electrical impulses, and they could even see and hear through their skin when in that “classroom.”

The Shepherd said that the students were not passively learning, but actively experiencing their lessons, choosing what they experienced in the lessons. Their class was three hours a day, and they learned about a hundred times faster than people on Roads’s Earth did. Roads was once again disbelieving of what the Shepherd said, but the Shepherd replied that by age six, a child in that reality knew almost all there was to know about the human body and how to maintain perfect health.

Then Roads understood how those teenagers could see him and looked so healthy. They all had that golden skin and had a great variety of hair and eye colors, and all were thin and tall.

Roads goggled at it all, and asked if the adults were all like that, too. The Shepherd replied:

“Michael, remember this is a time/frame of a future reality. Do not compare these people to your present humanity. You are living in a time when the great potential of many brilliant individuals is suppressed. Your people are stricken with disease, war, famine, and suffering on a level that rivals anything in your historical past. All your true geniuses who develop the means for holistic health and a global abundance of food are persecuted, ridiculed, restrained, and controlled by rampant corporate greed and consensus reality. However, as always, the greater the suppression, the greater the resulting explosion.”

Roads did not quite understand, and the Shepherd replied that the times Roads lived in were cataclysmic, with great and rapid change, which would determine humanity’s future. Some in Roads’s world would incarnate into that hellish world, some into that heavenly one, but most will likely incarnate into something like the world that Roads lived in. Roads asked how that was decided, and the Shepherd replied that how people live their lives and the level of consciousness they maintained and expressed, based on love, not “intelligence,” would determine their future incarnations.

Roads said that he knew where the elite manipulators were going, and the Shepherd asked if he really did. The Shepherd replied that from the most negative to positive realities was just the human exploration of fear and denial or love and acceptance. Nobody is innocent or guilty, there is nobody to blame, as everybody is on their divine journeys of choice, and each will experience what his/her thoughts and feelings create.

Roads felt chastened, and apologized for becoming judgmental. The Shepherd replied that in that reality, there was no sickness, no disease, and no hospitals. Any sign of discord was detected in a person’s aura and treated before it physically manifested. The Shepherd said that Roads was witnessing humanity’s potential. The Shepherd embraced Roads in a hug that was overwhelming in its love.

The Shepherd said that it was time to see what it was like outside of the city, and when he released Roads, they were in a forest, but like nothing that Roads had ever seen before. The trees dwarfed anything from Roads’s Earth, he did not recognize them, and the forest had a tangible feeling of a perfect union of humanity and nature.

The Shepherd suggested that Michael make contact with a tree. Roads “walked” over to an inviting branch on a tree, seemingly made for humans to sit on. When he did, he instantly became relaxed, his mind quieted, and he suddenly found himself seeing the forest from above. The forest he was in was vast, and he could see sunshine on some parts, while in others parts it rained. Birds, bees, and butterflies abounded, and Roads saw small animals in the forest, which he did not recognize.

Roads’s awareness moved across the treetops, and it felt like the trees themselves were passing him along, as though they tended his consciousness. As he had that thought, he was instantly in thought communication with the trees. The trees told him to relax, flow with life, quest and see without asking questions and looking, by following his heart. As Roads digested their message, he became aware of innumerable nature spirits, from the largest to smallest, and Roads realized that the people of that reality partnered with nature and its spirits.

As Roads came back to his “body” on that tree-chair, he was deeply appreciative and thanked the tree for that experience. Roads said that in his world, that forest would have quickly been ruined, with logging and other destructive acts of “progress.” Roads asked the Shepherd if that forest was “used” in some way by the people of that reality.

The Shepherd smilingly led Roads to the same rainbow vehicle that he used in the city. It meandered through the forest, from ground level to treetop, and nothing was disturbed by its presence, as it seemed to not exist to the birds, other animals, and even flowers grew in it and branches swept through it. Roads got onto the rainbow with the Shepherd, and they were transported through the forest at the pace of a fast walk, up, down, and through the forest.

Roads was in a trance, dazzled by the forest experience, and remarked that that rainbow seemed to be the only transportation that that reality required. The Shepherd replied that the “rainbow express” was only one way to travel, and it linked wilderness with cities, economic areas, and other points of interest on Earth. But the people had other ways to travel, too.

They left the rainbow at the forest’s edge, and Road asked about visiting a farm in that reality. The Shepherd replied that that was exactly where they were heading, and that it would be immensely different from his cow unit experience.

They quickly “walked” toward some domes, as a large, clear “bubble” quickly passed silently above their heads. Roads was amazed to see somebody in that bubble. The bubble accelerated, swiftly approached the domes, and landed close to Roads and the Shepherd. The person simply stepped through the side of the bubble, like walking through a thin skin of water. Roads could not see any controls in the bubble. The Shepherd said that it was a personal transporter, and that at age seven, each person was issued one of them. Each was attuned to its owner’s thoughts, but could also be used by anybody after a few seconds of calibration.

During his visit to that reality, Roads regularly made inane comments of “impossible,” which tried the Shepherd’s patience. Roads asked if the bubbles were alive, and the Shepherd said that it was simply technology, harnessed electromagnetic energy that was tuned to its owner’s energy field. The Shepherd kept emphasizing that Roads needed to stop comparing his reality to this one, which was the peak of intelligence and loving expression, and that they were just getting a taste of that reality, similar to that hellish reality.

Roads deeply felt his inadequacy, overwhelmed by the experience, asked why he was even there and how he could possibly share it, when he would forget almost all of it. Why was he chosen for this seemingly impossible task?

The Shepherd looked at Roads with great sympathy, and replied that while Roads saw himself as inadequate for the task, the Shepherd saw Roads as a light being that was more than adequate, and asked Roads which one of them was right, who had the greater awareness of the situation.

Road just stared at the Shepherd, completely overwhelmed by his experience. The Shepherd gently said that Roads chose this experience for himself. Nobody chose it for him. Roads chose to awaken in his incarnation, and his “job” was to share it with humanity, no matter how many people would accept or even be aware of his message, or those who would reject it. Roads would remember and publish his experience of that night’s odyssey.

The Shepherd advised Roads to relax and trust in himself, as the forest spirit told him. The Shepherd said that Roads and all humans were adequate for their experiences, and that focusing on their potential was a powerful catalyst to achieving it, and begins with accepting who and what they are.

As Roads “listened” to the Shepherd’s telepathic thoughts, he felt that each word was a message of love, he felt the love overcome his feelings of inadequacy, and he embraced the Shepherd in a wordless hug. In a few moments, Roads was composed again, and they floated over to the domed building, which looked small and flimsy.

The Shepherd said that far from flimsy, the strongest tornado from Roads’s world could not even dent one of them. The passenger from that bubble seemed to not have noticed Roads and the Shepherd, and left the area, leaving Roads and the Shepherd alone. Roads walked into one dome and saw that it was empty, stating so to the Shepherd, who laughingly replied that the domes were not buildings or dwellings, but were collapsed force fields that could expand to cover vast expanses that protected the crops. The people in that world could control the weather if they wished, but instead partnered with nature and Earth. The domes allowed for crop protection without harming anything else in that world.

The Shepherd said that the domes were like greenhouses, used only in winter or during storms, and that the domes provided temperature and moisture control for the crops, as well as other conditions conducive to the crops’ health.

Roads asked where the farmers lived, and the Shepherd replied that farmers rarely lived on their farms, but that land belonged to humans and nature, so was not “owned” like on Roads’s world. Farming families lived in villages and used their bubbles to travel back and forth to the farms. In that reality, animals were not used to provide meat, milk, leather, wool, and the like. There were not even any pets in that reality, but humans and animals could choose to partner for the mutual experience, usually for the life of the animal, although short-term bonding also happened.

Roads was filled with questions about that reality, but the Shepherd stopped him, stating that his visit was just intended to provide a taste of that reality, which was both simpler and more complex than he could comprehend. That reality had no warfare, crime, or greed. It was a reality of true abundance, in which everything that was needed was easily provided, and people lived in the present, spiritually attuned, expanding their awareness, increasing their intelligence and wisdom, by social interaction as well as with nature and its spirits, as well as with other beings.

Roads asked if “other beings” meant extraterrestrials, and the Shepherd agreed. Roads asked if the gray beings in the hellish reality were banned from such a reality, and the Shepherd laughingly replied that they could not be in such a reality, as the love in that reality would drive them away.

Roads asked if any being that he previously met that night came there, and the Shepherd repeated that his answers were merely information, that knowing came from experience, and that information could become a distraction from knowing. The Shepherd said that they had time for one more activity – visiting a crop – before Roads would no longer be able to keep having his experience that night. The Shepherd stated that Roads was reaching his limits, but that he had done quite well. Roads felt kind of dizzy, and realized that his physical body was reaching its limits, which ironically cut his “time” short in a timeless reality.

Without being aware of moving, Roads was suddenly in a field of grain, a house-sized bubble was gliding over the field, and the grain floated from the plants into the bubble. Roads made one of his many “impossible” exclamations, and the Shepherd replied that a superconductive field of energy made it possible, and he advised Roads to attune to the grain. When Roads did, a powerful sense of fulfillment and completion accompanied the grain as it was harvested. He sensed the symbiosis of the plants and humans, even though no person was present. As that bubble became full, it instantly left and another empty bubble took its place, without one kernel of the grain falling to the ground.

The Shepherd said that the people in that reality were masters of making and using force fields. While the staple of that global civilization was grain, the fruits and vegetables ran into thousands of varieties. Roads once again goggled, barely able to comprehend it, particularly when compared to his earthly existence. It all seemed like magic.

Roads suddenly felt fatigued and expected the Shepherd to take him back to his craft, but the Shepherd seemed to be waiting for something else. Just then, a bubble with three people in it swiftly passed over the field to hover near Roads and the Shepherd. Two were golden-skinned humans, while the third was a thin, blue-skinned, hairless humanoid. Roads locked eyes with the blue-skinned being, and Roads felt an inner recognition and a powerful love from the being that was so intense that Roads ached from it. There was an unspoken promise from the blue being, which Roads was unable to articulate, and as Roads looked on longingly, he was instantly back on the Shepherd’s craft. Roads recognized that the Shepherd had orchestrated that encounter with the blue being, and he thanked the Shepherd from the bottom of his being and, at last, Roads had no questions.

That ends chapter 9 of his Into a Timeless Realm.

I first encountered Roads’s work about the time I was getting the crap kicked out of me in Ventura (http://ahealedplanet.net/advent.htm#mr). His Into a Timeless Realm was his fourth book, but that out-of-body experience that lasted all night happened before the experiences chronicled in his earlier books. He was afraid that his initial experience was too bizarre for readers to connect with, and I think he was right. When I have recommended his work, I usually suggest starting with his first books and working up to Into a Timeless Realm. I met Roads in about 1994/1995, when Into a Timeless Realm was published. He is gregarious and humble in person, which is a fitting demeanor for somebody who had his odyssey.

In the nearly twenty years since I read that account of two future Earths, it has been one of the stars that I steer by. For me, it was a reaffirmation that my FE journey is not chasing phantoms. Around the same time that I was being introduced to the idea of those future Earths (I have been familiar with the parallel reality concept since the mid-1970s, with Seth’s work (http://ahealedplanet.net/spirit.htm#seth), but Roads’s first-person account is the only one of its kind that I am familiar with), my friend told me about the little show that he received (http://www.ahealedplanet.net/camelot.htm#underground), but that was also years after hearing about Sparky Sweet’s FE device (http://www.ahealedplanet.net/brianmem.htm#sweet) and slowly becoming familiar with the FE milieu. I got my experience in the milieu before really knowing much about it. I am not sure I would recommend that path to anybody, but it can be an insanely-steep learning curve. :)

In the coming days, I will make some observations about those two future worlds, and the energy/love/consciousness connection. A lot of it is obvious to even the casual reader, but with my background, it became a gold mine of information. It really did not give me many new ideas, but it essentially reaffirmed the path I have been on for nearly the past forty years.

Time for chores.

Best,

Wade

Ilie Pandia

11th May 2013, 20:55

The first time I read this book and now again reading it here, it brings tears to my eyes... I am so grateful Michael chose to write this and make it public. Even though I cannot recall it I do hope that somehow I was able to visit similar reality frames.

eaglespirit

12th May 2013, 00:34

“Michael, it was you who chose to enter this mystical realm. You were not chosen by others. Nothing has been imposed. You made this choice to assist in your Awakening. If you remain in the human dream, asleep, and everything that you experience is forgotten and lost, that is not wrong or bad. It is all within human consciousness, as is all the experience of all people. However, you have chosen to Awaken in this incarnation, and this mystical adventure is an initiation, a beginning. And it is more, fore this experience of a timeless realm is not yours alone. I repeat, in consciousness, it is shared with all Humanity, no matter how unaware other people may be of this. Nor does it matter by how many it is rejected; All is One.

I somehow knew this from my wonderful experiences on that Native American Hill of Spirit in 2007, Wade.
We ARE going to get there from here : )

sandy

12th May 2013, 01:51

I love Micheal Road's visions and most of all his humaness as he traverses wonderful worlds and not so wonderful worlds in his books. Often I find myself laughing out loud at how naive and challenging to his own discoveries and selves!!!!

Melinda

12th May 2013, 02:44

At first, after the planes, came the pods - gliding through the air without thirst for finite fuel and without noise. But then - came the light spheres.

Freed from the burdens of survival, we were able to travel lighter in our hearts. We were able to reach one another at speeds and in ways that were previously unknown. Our bodies began to lighten, steadied by deeds and sounds of truth in a sentient dream we’d learned to share; lifted by a sun which sang through our skin, informing our thoughts with her golden stream, spinning and rising from within.

Our hands were filled with a gladness that blessed the earth. We walked freely with her wild things - our love in the open without fear; our minds purified, our intentions clear.

It is not hard to grow the technology that enhances your world, when your deepest wish is for harmony with it. So as our bodies levitated, we discovered ways to amplify our experience. We developed the frequencies that were keys to the light spheres. And with them, at will, we could immerse ourselves in environments and invite the living world within. Creatures of the water and those that swept along the skies would enter. We would feel no cold, no lack of air, and they would feel an amplification of the love within our sphere. Only ones that were drawn by a resonance would come to us; leaving either unchanged, or with their hearts uplifted and spirit touched by forms of light that we exchanged.

No harm was done. No harm is ever done. There is only love. Love is the imprint, the seed of our thoughts. And that truth is the seed of all of our invention.

http://i1267.photobucket.com/albums/jj550/DoodlemakerUK/FutureWorldLightSpheres_zps4bcb97f2.jpg (http://s1267.photobucket.com/user/DoodlemakerUK/media/FutureWorldLightSpheres_zps4bcb97f2.jpg.html)

One day there will be rainbows in our blood

Music by Tim Hecker, from Harmony in Ultraviolet
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=jfU-D9x_dbQ

Wade Frazier

12th May 2013, 15:57

Hi:

Here are some observations on those two contrasting worlds. One is that both were technologically advanced. Technology alone has never been the answer, and in the West, warfare has been the greatest stimulant for technological advance, and the military has long been one of the greatest tools in suppressing FE and related technology. Most of Greer’s Disclosure Project witnesses were military personnel and were hampered by their “national security” oaths.

As Bucky said, when we can use our technology for livingry rather than weaponry, then it will be easy to turn the corner:

http://www.ahealedplanet.net/roots.htm#livingry

That said, our tools made us, and our future will be a technological one. The key is if we use them in the service of love or fear. Do we use it to produce abundance, or use it to artificially-enforce scarcity? For me, that was the mind-boggling contrast between those worlds. The hellish world took the steeply-hierarchical economic/social/political systems of today’s world another ten steps further, where the poor literally lived at the bottom, and the “winners” at the top. The scarcity was enforced so completely that when people became ill or infirm on the lower levels, death was their preferred and even encouraged option. Life expectancy at the bottom was probably less than thirty years old, while those at the top, with their endless credits, lived to be hundreds of years old. So, that contrast is far greater than today, and for the long-lived to be in such close proximity to the short-lived is not something found in today’s world, not nearly to that level, with the closest thing probably being reservation Indians, who live about thirty-year-shorter lives than the nearby whites.

http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?10672-WADE-FRAZIER-A-Healed-Planet&p=659481&highlight=reservation#post659481

The contrast in the treatment of animals and nature was incredible. When people treat each other how they did in that hellish world, animals and nature are going to be far down the list of what is expendable. There are people at agribusiness firms today who are unabashedly trying to genetically engineer legless cows and featherless chickens:

http://www.ahealedplanet.net/dennis.htm#genetic

and they may incarnate into that future hellish world, where they can witness their dreams come to fruition. Only then might they begin to rethink their greed-based enthusiasm.

But for all of the seeming technological advancement of the hellish world, it was as primitive as a medieval pigsty when compared to that heavenly world. It was hard to tell if the hellish world had FE, but if it did, it was only available for those with sufficient credits. Those on the lower levels did not receive its benefits. That situation is similar to today’s world, where the good stuff is squirreled away in Godzilla’s Golden Hoard:

http://www.ahealedplanet.net/camelot.htm#underground

and is sequestered solely for reasons of power. If people had access to FE, the steep hierarchies would collapse, in both our world and that hellish one. That said, even the lower levels of that hellish world had access to enough energy to where they were not cold, so they still had it better than many people on today’s Earth, on that score. From where the farm was (it seemed like England to Roads), it seems that that city may have been a version of London, so the warmth was significant, although that may have been partly due to global warming. Whatever the case was, it made Blade Runner’s Los Angeles seem heavenly by contrast.

But where I really want to focus, and I am sure that virtually all readers of this thread also do, is that heavenly world. First and foremost, they chose love. In Roads’s banter with the Shepherd, it became clear that choosing love, or failing to, was the key decision in life, with all else flowing from it. Also, the Shepherd said that choosing love is what led to true sentience, and for those who did not choose it, they were prey to their conditioning:

“If you choose love, then love is your reality. If you do not choose love, then your conditioning will determine your reality.”

This is a restatement of Michael’s concept, that achieving essence contact is done through love, and when an ensouled personality can do that, it can then shed its “false personality,” which is created by its conditioning. But the chief feature is what primarily prevents essence contact:

http://www.ahealedplanet.net/spirit.htm#overleaves

and very few Earthlings extinguish their chief feature in a lifetime, and if they do not achieve it by the time their midlife crisis ends, they likely will not do so in a lifetime, which means that it is probably too late for me in this lifetime, to overcome my impatience, but I am OK with that. In the Michael framework, that heavenly world was comprised of Old Souls, or in Walsch’s Conversations with God terminology, Highly Evolved Beings.

What those two future worlds do not depict is one where humanity exterminates itself. That is a very looming possibility, but there would not be much to visit on a world like that. :)

But that heavenly world used FE in a big way, and that might not be obvious to the casual observer. The energy needed to run that rainbow expressway would be prodigious, far beyond today’s energy generation capability. The energy used in those “bubbles” was also vast, so much so that I have a hard time even imagining it. As was evident when those bubbles harvested that grain, they could move at something like spaceship speed, but without creating a sonic boom. I can sympathize with Roads’s continual straight-man exclamations of “impossible!” that either amused the Shepherd or tried his patience. That actually is a key aspect of the free energy conundrum. I have been living with the idea of free energy since 1986, and I know that I can barely imagine what all the changes would be if it was wisely and lovingly implemented.

What was also evident is that the FE-based world was completely safe, even though Roads’s mind was constantly boggled as he wondered about how they did it. Arthur C. Clarke once said that any civilization that was sufficiently advanced technologically from another would appear to work by magic to those from the more primitive society. When my friend told me about what he was shown in that underground setting, he also expressed a wonder at what he saw, as if he was watching some kind of magic act.

This highlights one of the key aspects of not only detecting Godzilla’s minions in action, but how to discern the “good guys” from the “bad guys.” The “good guys” are never going to use their technology for weaponry, ego-gratification with elite goods, or use technology in an unsafe or exploitative manner. The “bad guys” will use technology in the opposite way. One is in the service of love, and the other in the service of fear.

Also, while there may have been some Level 19s in that world:

http://www.ahealedplanet.net/paradigm.htm#level19

Roads did not meet any, and that is why the advice that I regularly hear, “Hey, let’s all become a bunch of Level 19s and float off together,” is very New Agey in its naïveté and impracticality. Our evolutionary path is not going to be one of total denial of FE and abundance, to instant transcendence of all physical needs. We live in physical reality for a reason, and mastering being here is part of the path. Our future, if there is much of one for our species, is along a path of technological advancement, as it has been ever since our ancestors learned how to maintain a fire:

http://www.ahealedplanet.net/upcoming.htm#cooking

and that is not going to change. It does not mean that we worship technology or think that it has magic answers, but the way that we use our tools defines us. Dolphins and whales don’t have that issue, but all ensouled species that can manipulate their environments do. That is the blessing and challenge of being human.

Also, encountering accounts like Roads’s only reaffirmed my strategy of traveling the lamb’s path to FE. It was always the lamb’s path for me, even long before I met Dennis. I saw the so-called warriors quickly fall by the wayside, while the lambs persisted. Only warriors who operate from the positive pole of their soul role’s orientation:

http://www.ahealedplanet.net/camelot.htm#warriors

are going to be any help in making FE happen, and they will necessarily have grown past the delusions rife with Young Souls that lead to advocating coercion, violence, and “getting” the bad guys. Those who advocate such measures will be the weak links, if not outright provocateurs, and I will do my best so that people in thrall to those delusions do not become part of the choir that I have in mind. I have heard the provocateurs sing their seductive tunes:

http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?10672-WADE-FRAZIER-A-Healed-Planet&p=400493&highlight=applause#post400493

and those who are in it for money, fame, and the like are like lambs to the slaughter when encountering the provocateurs and free-lance predators.

The ET connection in both worlds was “interesting,” and the multi-dimensional aspect of the ETs was evident in both worlds. We are far from alone in the universe, although Godzilla does his best to keep that fact covered up, or portray the ETs as a bunch of “bad guys,” if they are ever acknowledged at all.

What was particularly fascinating to me was how sentient nature became in that heavenly world. I really wonder about the love connection in that regard. That was one of the most intriguing mysteries that I have thought about over the years. The evolutionary path of the entire planet changed with love. There may have been no predation in that world, and any grazing was done in a very different way than in today’s world. I’ll bet that most animals ate fruit, which is a symbiosis with the plants.

And that world was only three hundred years into our future. I wonder what it would look like in ten thousand years. Perhaps then most may have become Level 19s, and could materialize and “ascend” at will.

Time for chores.

Best,

Wade

Ilie Pandia

12th May 2013, 18:32

What was particularly fascinating to me was how sentient nature became in that heavenly world. I really wonder about the love connection in that regard. That was one of the most intriguing mysteries that I have thought about over the years.

I've read that slightly differently as the nature was already sentient and waiting "for contact" for whomever had eyes to see or heart to feel. Even in our world today, Roads (and others) claim to be in touch and contact with nature and I can only guess what their perception of nature is.

I sometimes have flashes of what seems to be a childhood memory, when I feel absolutely safe and I am very very happy. And always, I am alone in nature :).

Exploring the "hellish" world in Road's book reminded me of Huxley's "Brave New World", where everybody was drugged happy all the time and conditioned from early on to blindly accept their "status". At the time of reading I thought: well, that's not so bad, if I am 'high' all the time then I'll probably not be suffering... This was right after finishing the Orwellian "1984" nightmare so drugged into happiness seemed a much better way to live than tortured by fear. Now that I think of it, the Orwellian people stand a much more chance of breaking free, since they know they are oppressed, while the 'drugged happy' may stay stuck at that level forever.

Looking a the "hellish" world, I don't think they had Free Energy. "Credits" would make no sense then... Unless, like in our reality, the FE devices were kept under tight control with only very few knowing about it, so they could justify their caste system.

Wade Frazier

12th May 2013, 19:53

Hi Ilie:

That is a big subject, maybe the biggest on Earth, as to what the human role is on Earth, and what our potential is. If predation came to an end on that future Earth, it is legitimate to wonder what the human role was. These big brains of ours have some importance, and we can do what other animals cannot. How much of that world came about because humans became a truly sentient species? I think it would be a mistake to underplay that human element in how that world was transformed. Would Earth have reached its “potential glory,” as the Shepherd put it, without the human presence? A lot of mystical material states that it would not have happened without human involvement. Is that human egocentrism speaking, or is there some mysterious part of the human potential that is necessary for being achieved for Earth to reach her potential?

Those trees with anemone needles were not possible without human help, to name one inconsequential example. If predation became a thing of the past, what do you think the human role in that change might have been? Is that an “improvement” on nature? Again, these are big questions, and I don’t pretend to have all the answers, but I think that rising human sentience had a big part to play in the creation of that world. Is it our potential, our mission, even, to manifest a sentient love on this planet? I am not sure, but I think the answer to that mystery also at least partly holds the answer of our purpose here.

I’ll agree with you and Roads, and the Shepherd admitted it, that the force of change in that hellish reality will come from the people living at the bottom of that city. That could well be an allegory for our world today, in that the USA will do anything but lead us out of the mire, and will more likely keep everybody held back, as we sit atop the food chain (well below Godzilla, however :) )

Time for chores.

Best,

Wade

Wade Frazier

13th May 2013, 17:29

Hi:

A few more observations on that heavenly world. I have stated plenty that with FE, there would no longer be a need for cities. Yet, in that future world, we saw a city. Why would that be? There are a few reasons that come to mind. The most obvious is easy social interaction between people. But in the rise of the city to today, that social interaction, at best, allowed for easier dissemination of information and ideas, and the ability of people to come together in industrial organization. As we saw with the industrialization of England and the USA:

http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?10672-WADE-FRAZIER-A-Healed-Planet&p=651980&highlight=belfast#post651980

http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?10672-WADE-FRAZIER-A-Healed-Planet&p=660018&viewfull=1#post660018

the existing cities had almost nothing to do with early industrialization, mainly because the energy came from the watermills, and they had to be located in the countryside where the exploitable streams were. So, the first industrial cities formed around industry, because that is where the energy was. The energy can be anywhere in an FE world, and with people able to travel the world in those bubbles in what is likely minutes at most, there is little practical reason why people would choose to live close to “work.” But that city was surely like no other on Earth today. There was no traffic, it was filled with nature, and the purpose of those buildings is somewhat of a mystery to me. They were probably gathering places of some sort, such as a “theater” or "stadium.” But there would certainly never have been competitive games or sports played. Perhaps choirs and orchestras performed there, although, once again, I doubt that they had much resemblance to today’s versions of them. Maybe some were for institutions, such as one for spiritual connection, one for energy management, and so on. We saw that the school was on grounds uniquely created for it. We saw that the farm had a nearby village that the “farmers” lived at, but it was surely a far cry from any rural hamlet that we have ever seen. I am sure that in that world, there are little “settlements” in the midst of the wildernesses, or on their fringes. If I get to live there in a future lifetime, I am sure that I would spend some time in one of those settlements, which might be a version of a “cottage” way far from all “civilization,” where a person could play “ranger” for a time. But what was also not shown in that world was surely a global communication system where anybody could connect with anybody, instantly, and perhaps with mind-to-mind communication, and some may have dispensed with technology altogether for communication, like those geneticists who no longer needed their equipment to detect the plant’s feelings.

Roads’s glimpse was tantalizing. In the near future, am going to write a post or two where I imagine days in the lives of some people on that world.

Time for chores.

Best,

Wade

Ilie Pandia

13th May 2013, 21:09

Hi Wade,

We only got a glimpse of that reality as seen/remembered by Michael Roads and we certainly did not see the whole picture :)

That city may have had 100 people for all we know :becky:. Also the farmers were custodians (not owners) of the Earth.

I can easily imagine myself getting together with friends, in a location more than others, in a Free Energy society, even though today, given the choice, I would never live in our "version of city life".

A few days ago I saw "Star Trek - Into the darkness". Their vision of the future was crammed cities, with pointy buildings, underground working places, incurable disease and so on... That was much closer to the "hellish vision" than what I think a society that made money obsolete, would be... I could not understand who would chose to work underground away from the Sun and nature...

Maybe the cities in Road's vision were no longer concentrating energy, but rather awareness, as Roads comments at one time how calm and yet very focused the energy seemed to be there.

Sunny-side-up

13th May 2013, 22:16

In a simple way:

The Earth in my future will mainly be given back to nature and is only a place for us to visit and wonder over.
You might if desired be one of Earths ground zero carers with volunteered tasks of putting Mother Earth back into her full living vibrant beauty .

Some lands being given back to those human tribes and cultures who would treat her righteously with Love and understanding, so that they themselves might be given the chance to put their cultures back into full growth again (If and where possible).

There will be some places of great spiritual practices. places to go and learn to be one with nature and learn/develop your spirit and meditate in true: health, peace and beauty.

I would Love Future Earth to be like that.

I would LOVE Future Earths Humanity living mainly in orbit around Mother Earth.
In vast satellite cites along the designs of Jacque Fresco's Venus Project, but in orbit
( Thank you WhiteFeather I had't known of it before your link )

I would Love Future Humanity and all their/our future branching off from a restored Mother Earth.
A future Humanity with Green, Clean, Loving lessons learnt and applied to the full.

Wade Frazier

14th May 2013, 13:38

Hi Ilie:

Yes, indeed, we only got a glimpse, and I feel like Roads did, with a hundred questions. Yes, nobody “owned” any land, and I would not be surprised if the only real possession in that world was a person’s body (and maybe a few personal effects, but nobody would be too attached to them).

Part of my speculation about the city is that why cities formed is a controversial topic in academic circles:

http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?10672-WADE-FRAZIER-A-Healed-Planet&p=649001&highlight=professions#post649001

We know that everywhere that agriculture began, cities were not far behind. The reasons for people moving to cities have been studied ever since Confucius and the Classic Greeks:

http://www.ahealedplanet.net/hooked.htm#theories

and the posited reasons are several. Paul Bairoch surveyed a number of them in his Cities and Economic Development:

http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?10672-WADE-FRAZIER-A-Healed-Planet&p=581232&highlight=professions#post581232

Cities are a uniquely human invention, an economic/social/political development, and I am keenly interested in why that heavenly world still had cities in some form. I speculate that it had little to do with the historical reasons for building them, and maybe it had few residents, as you speculate.

Yes, the Star Trek reboot is a far cry from TNG, more like a space opera than it is showing a humanity that overcame most of its problems and was exploring the stars under its Prime Directive.

Hi Sunny-side-up:

Nice vision. In the channeled material, there are accounts of ensouled species that indeed lived in orbiting cities and their home planet became a park for recreation. As I have written, the Project Venus founder regards FE as the enemy:

http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?10672-WADE-FRAZIER-A-Healed-Planet&p=634069&highlight=venus#post634069

which is common among today’s “visionaries,” I am sorry to say, addicted to scarcity like they are.

Best,

Wade

Limor Wolf

14th May 2013, 16:35

In the realms of pure Harmony which resides somewhere way high over the rainbow, and where the call to come and help planet "Terra" echoed decades ago ,are now gatherd and collected a large group of light energy beings to watch with great satisfaction and with overly joy on the most perfect transformation ever made on any of the third dimensional planets in the physical world section of the vast creation. The challenge was virtually inaccessible, or so it felt. From a dense swamp like point of location in the physical universe, where it was apparent that the light is getting dimmer and darker, untill the concern arose that the entire galaxy will shut down, a strong flux of light is now radiating and return some sparkle rays back to the sun.

It was anything but easy, the planet of 'free will' was one of the most complex experiments ever done by the planners of stars, galaxies, solar systems and paralle universes with all varieties of different forms of life stretched as far as the imagination can go.
Something else needed to be created that will challenge all creations done up till then. The starting point was kinda limited, but the recipe included all potential ingredients that could form the wonderful heaven like expensive paradise that is the true essence of the 'all there is' and which characterizes the higher realms existences. Intention was to translate the frequencies of pure and higher energies into the density of the physical.

Starting conditions included amnesia and some genetic manipulation without revealing the knowledge of the great creative and most important tool in all of the universes - free flowing energy. Take that from the beings and see how they manage... and let some other players from similiar created places with slightly better advancment intervene and by that let all physical beings grow together each in their own pace. The unknown situation of disharmony was investigated and researched thoroughly inside and out. But now, thanks to the resolute insistence of the creators of the game and their faith in the ability of the souls participating in the game to remember who they are and where they came from - the perfect reversal has occurred. It began with the revelation of free energy. It is the essence that every living soul, plants, inanimate ,spirits, cells, atoms, and much everything else in all realms is consisted of. However, In the 3D physical dense world of Terra it needed to be captured by devices, first. The process of understanding was slow and was tried and failed many times, but now the type of energy expressed in the form of consciousness has spread on this precious planet due to the reinforcement of the game with some of the creators rushing in to save their invention and experience it first hand and with some other technitians who came to assist with support.

In the pure world of harmony, far over the rainbow, the energy beings gathered and are ready to zoom in and see what has become of the beloved Terra. They themselves have no names, no physical forms and almost no individuality, they all consist of light and only a slight difference between the energy signatures that separates one form from the other, but they own a distinctive connectedness that originates from the knowledge of UNITY which is the essence of their beings.

Terra - old but new, is now a remarkable sight. Zooming in on it's location in the milky way galaxy, it's aura is a healthy radiating indigo blue, a rich color that is viewable from afar. Taking a closer look, the rugged plains and mountains can clearly be seen covered with rich coating of green vegetation. The most apparent change easily discernible to all the senses is the clean atmosphere srrounding the earth, the belt of metaphysical and physical 'dirt' has vanished, as if it was never there and instead there's a rich mixture of oxygen and CO2 due to the lush greenery and the accelerated photosynthesis process. The beings obviously look more healthy, this is evident in their body movement and their intense joy of life. There are many visitors at this time, coming with their crafts from all over, from the far out galaxies as well as from the neighboring planets such as Venus and Mars. Entry conditions to the earth's atmosphere are a certain level of consciousness and an expression of unity, and if you are qaulified to that, you are most welcome to stay and be an honored guest, so as not to upset the delicate balance and the free will of the residents who earned this via a lot of hardship. Telepathic communication can produce funny situations, especially if you are an energy being without a body, you may very well be ignored at times, no hard feelings please, it may take some time for the inhabitants to fully develope all their abilities. Their small family size crafts are often painted with the logo colors of the earth, a symbol of patriotism and a belonging to a one place. This too shall pass. In the meantime the rich biological diversity of the terrain very well makes up for any small inconvniences of this new 'free energy found and implamented' planet of rookies ;)

Re-education is the most important activity on the planet, it is up to every living soul to decide where they want to be in their growth, no pressure, but many exhibit excess enthusiasm and want to dedicate their free time to move forward, mentally, technologically and spiritually. Part of the process is having long meaningful conversations with the animals and with plant life, a big ceremony of appology was conducted and now a new way of cooperation is being formed. Trees have a rather interesting symbiosis with one another, they create intimacy through their roots, under ground, regardless of type, thickness, and the specification of every tree. It is now the inhabitant's pleasure to learn about being part of the versatile echo system. The full recovery of Terra was so successful that some new species are now developing due to the harmonious vibe of the planet, some new species of fish, insects and mammals are naturally being created. Crystal clear oceans, Azur blue in color allow a clear view down to the bottom of the sea, miles and miles in distance, because of the purity of the water and because of the enhanced vision of the residents resulted from their very fine diet.
The obvious affection between the fruit-bearing trees and shrubs and between humans produces rich fruit flavors with Intoxicating scent.

Elected officials invest their time, energy, and enjoyment in improving the living conditions of the entire population, whether they are walking on two, on four or crawling on their bellies, with the understanding that the development of one will encourage the development of the other. The new sciences are emerging at an alarming rate, and the use of levitation in construction is quite beneficial to form new lovely structures, also to disassemble whatever remained left from the old cities, as long as it's done with a group effort. A slight amusment is happening with the attempts to levitate the bodies and more often then none, men find themselves sitting in the lap of another man in a wrong calculation of the distance or in a too weak of an effort. humans of the new earth greet and treat eachother in a loving and respectful manner, it is true that small arguments may revolve around the need to rain at noon time as opposed to at around night time, but a satisfactory compromise is usually achieved where rain is rained down according to the region and while one is being watered for 30 minutes to nurture the lush green vegetation, the other is 'showered' with warm and embracing sun, therefore, everyone can chose their pick.

The energy beings from the realms of pure harmony, far over the rainbow, are observing with satisfaction what's been done on the renewable planet - the beloved Terra, 'The poor toddlers' they think,' they still have a way to go, but their path has finally been found. this segment of evolution has now ended. There are always new experiences and discoveries waiting around the corner. But for us it is off to the next mission ~

Ernie Nemeth

15th May 2013, 19:56

Three days later.

The stranger who gave me aid after my fall turned out to be a fount of information. So much so that I stayed for a few days to learn what I could. My host introduced me to many people and I had the unique opportunity to take the pulse of the city before Rector sent a pilot to pick me up. Luckily the spy had been subdued with only minimal injuries to himself and his captors but Rector had been very reluctant to let me expose myself to the possibility of more mischief. I was adamant that a short stay was necessary to gather intelligence. Rector grudgingly agreed.

During that time I was sought out by a curious group. They were interested in how I had survived my thousand foot plummet from the platform. They wished to know my exact thoughts and mind-set leading up to the moment I halted my rapid descent. The group consisted of several psychics and a few test subjects. The most adept student was a young women with long flowing auburn hair and a face too full of freckles. It seemed they were working out how to augment or aid a subject with self-levitation. In the process they had learned that stimulation was as important as simulation, or something like that. My interpretation of it was that the mind had to not only visualize the act of levitating but had to also entice the mental field into the proper state of excitation for levitation to happen.

I am thinking of them now as I lay in my bed in the RV, stretching. I do my thing and make some coffee. Looks like a beautiful day through the window. I decide to take my cup of java for a stroll.

I step out of the RV and squint into the glinting ball of light. The morning sun is still low in the clear blue sky. All this fresh clean air is unusual for the city, I think. The platform has a few new vehicles upon it and I inspect them from afar. One is what looks like just an old shopping cart with outrigging supporting some sort of homemade maglev device. It’s owner is wriggling around under the tarp. Another machine is what seems to have been a medium-sized waste container in its former life. Now it is draped with cables and batteries and whirling gadgets whose function I can not understand. The lid stands partly open and a man’s head and shoulders are discernable within. He catches my eye so I nod in his direction. He nods back. I walk over to the edge of the platform and take in the view.

It sure looks different in the city these days. Not really from external appearances: people go to work and cook dinners and take care of the kids. Everyone hurries about their lives with never enough time in their busy days. Still, beneath that facade there lurks a new demeanor of defiance. It is in the little things. Everyone has a gadget or another that is supposed to be illegal: a stove that cooks without connection to the grid; self-powered lights and other appliances that run on small power packs; communication devices that send undetectable signals through the earth; even skateboards with small maglevs in them. Almost everyone uses contraband software to circumvent the sanctioned sites regulated by government - even peer-to-peer sites are possible again. A few have devised little chair-like machines that can travel sizable distances through the air, cloaked by a null field. And beneath the city there are vast hollowed out spaces growing food under artificial suns. The city has many illegal markets distributing the yield all run clandestinely by the citizenry.

Of course not everyone defies the authorities but few would turn their neighbors in just the same. An unspoken code of conduct rules the acceptable conventions and those that do not comply often find life not so easy in the neighborhood. There is a goodly portion of the populace that continue to purchase the produce offered in the grocery stores and eat the processed goodies concocted by the corporations. They follow the rules and believe in the government’s beneficence. It should be noted that often they have the best jobs and they live in segregated communities in the biggest homes. Some of the most affluent still drive cars.

There is considerable talk about the incredible floating platform. It is pretty hard to miss from anywhere in the downtown area and word has spread rather quickly. The talk is centered around what it means and what should be done about it. Most are secretly preparing their get-away aboard their own homemade crafts. The officials forbid any contact with the platform and threaten anyone attempting to with forcible detainment, long years in jail and even death. But as life is becoming progressively repressed under financial hardship and government regulations and restrictions, the choice is almost a no-brainer. The government keeps trying to crack down on the burgeoning black market but their agents are often tempted into debauchery themselves. The items available are simply too tempting and in many cases necessary just to make ends meet under the tyrannical rule of the state. Most figure this as the best time to get a jump on the big corporations before they get into the game and begin mass producing the exotic devices themselves at exorbitant mark-ups like usual, which Joe Public wouldn’t be able to afford anyway.

The defiance runs deeper than the occasional techno-infringement or regulation breaking that almost everyone is guilty of and prone to, it has altered the underlying social customs too. People are tolerant, more yielding on their viewpoints and far quicker to give aid to total strangers. The daily interactions are generally much more benign and respectful, highlighting the expanded awareness of the other as needed, useful and worthy of respect. The populace has begun to galvanize into a cohesive whole under the banner of intolerant and inappropriate governmental control.

Fear is still there just below the surface I muse as I gaze downward while resting against the sturdy railing that now surrounds the perimeter of the platform. The fear is more a presence now; a daily weight to be carried around. People are used to it and each has adjusted to it as best they can. Fear gets relegated to the background like a mother who can carry on a conversation oblivious to her unruly and rambunctious children because she has to a large extent learned to ignore the commotion. Maybe the way people handled their fear was more like a foraging animal and how it will occasionally pop its head up and look around for threats before going back to grazing, constantly on alert for danger. In any case, the fear has become a living breathing thing in their lives and so, although they are alert at all times, they live with their fear, long ago made friends with it, and learned to put it on auto-pilot.

On top of that, though, rides a new hope for a new future and the harbinger of that new reality hovers a few thousand feet above the downtown core. Here I look down, I think, and a thousand faces look up at me with renewed vigor and determination. The fear would not stop the inevitable this time. Those people down there are not ignorant of the new technology available to mankind. They use some of it already, albeit secretly. This platform could not be denied. It had visited too many cities to be explained away as a hoax or some other mundane trickery. It is real and its uncontested reality bespoke of its obvious advantages. That gave the people hope and would soon motivate them to action. Until today only a handful had rose up in their homemade contraptions and joined the gathering.

As I watch, one rose up, then another and another. Within minutes there are dozens of vehicles closing in on the platform with still more rising upward.

The time had finally come, I silently cheer as the first of the maglev vehicles lands on the platform. It is a small SUV with wires and magnets arrayed all over its exterior.

As I peer downward, more and more vehicles launch themselves skyward from below. Lifting my gaze I see dozens of vehicles just lazily floating around the platform, its occupants laughing and waving at each other. Some of the most enthusiastic lean out their windows gesticulating madly and offering the thumbs-up signal of approval. I look around the platform, taking in the scene that I can only marvel at. Where scant moments ago there were only dozens of craft, hundreds could now be counted and as I watch more and more join them. An expanding cloud of clunkers now hover silently all around the platform, as well as above and below it. The sight is surreal.

I indulge in a moment of elation. So much work went into this effort. So many good men and women known and unknown devoted their lives for this moment to happen while living with the scorn and ridicule of their peers and often paid for it all with their lives and/or their livelihoods. So many people dreamed of a better world of peace and security, where freedom meant being truly free to pursue one’s dream and one’s passion. All that energy had finally broke through the barrier of resistance with this one act of unified will. It would now be the responsibility of all to enforce that will, peacefully but purposefully. Best of all we had the means to actually turn this thing around. It all depended upon the will of the people now, on their innate wisdom and on their ingrained sense of justice, duty and honor.

I stare into the thickening cloud of crafts of all description as I undergo a sudden radical transformation with only a few goose bumps to show any outward indication of change. It is a gestalt, a zeitgeist, a revolutionary idea, an aha/lightbulb moment. For just an instant, I see this cloud of contraptions around me blur into another, future scene, where a city of glowing lights floats majestically above the pristine landscape. The craft there are sleek bullets of silver and bubbles of iridescent gold.

And the people fly free of their machines in unencumbered flight! The practice is an outshoot of a new science called psychogenics: the science of mind over matter, where thought creates reality. I do not understand much of it but it does not matter. The sight is incredible to behold, superimposed as it is upon the actual scene in front of me.

For a moment I am one of those people flying about the floating city, inspecting its crystalline skyscrapers and gossamer diamond filament domes. Just as in my dreams of old, I hover on my back and watch the workers in the hydroponics pods tending to the jungles of vegetation. I fly with a flock of birds that circle the massive pyramid of solid gold in the heart of the city. I chase a child in a game of tag below the city amidst the tendrils of the cloud reclamation complex where living roots of the forests above augmented by ingenious technology dangled for hundreds of feet sucking up the moisture in the air and clouds...

I remember my dreams of long ago. I realize those were not dreams in the usual sense but a glimpse of the future, the future I was dedicated to bringing about on this planet. It was a glorious future, one worthy of bringing into being and of giving up one’s life for in the pursuit of it, if necessary.

Limits would be tested, that was only natural. And new limits would result. For there are always limits in the realm of human experience. Once the dust settles it will be a surprise to realize that all limits are now self imposed by a sense of social responsibility. The, “All for one and one for all” type of response will have become prevalent.

But the shock is not so much the glimpse of the future I am being graced with. Instead, it is the implications of it that rock my world. For this is no far out dream of some far off future but a future just around the corner. It is plainly obvious that with the technologies displayed today alone, our world could change very rapidly. That crystalline city could be scant years away!

And that meant the capability to fly unaided must be lying dormant inside of me right now! The dream wasn’t of some future me in another body but me in this body - my up-coming future.

It is this that rivets me, galvanizes me, causes an upheaval of plausibility in me, short circuits my brain, shatters my illusions, dashes me on unknown shores, reassembles my atoms, rewires my brain, reconstitutes my world and plops me unceremoniously in its midst, newly born.

As if on cue three stalwart adventurers dart past overhead. Did my mind trick me?

As if in answer the trio zip by in the other direction. Horns are beeping, people are yelling. I can’t make out what they are saying.

What? Those guys are flying! Holy Crow! Look at that!

The three in question suddenly zip into view and rapidly approach until they are a few feet in front of me - hovering in mid air! I now see it is two women and a man dressed in tight fitting cloths and sporting goggles and helmets.

“The degree of disbelief is far less restricting now.” Says one of the flying women, her freckles swarming as her facial contours adjust to her ear to ear smile while errant strands of flaming red tresses flap in the swirling air.

“Ariel! You’re flying? How do you do that?” I ask, afraid but titillated.

“Mostly ‘cause you can handle it now. By you I mean everyone assembled here today. The atmosphere in this group is absolutely buoyant!” She threw her arms wide. “Can’t you feel it?”

Well I can feel it, yes, I think to myself. I am already experiencing one of those rare, almost existential moments so the synchronicity of it all does not escape me.

I suddenly know what I am going to do. I can’t help a small smirk before the thought gives me vertigo. I collect myself as I bend down and put the empty cup on the platform. I straighten up. Fear grips my stomach hard as I straddle the railing and peer down. I guess I am just going to have to jump out of the nest, I say to myself. Unlike last time at least, this time I will be prepared.

Then a calmness hits me. I get a sudden picture in my mind of the overview of my recent gestalt as clear as day. A paradigm change results in new truths becoming self evident that before might have been ridiculed or might even have gone completely unnoticed There is an abyss between paradigms that must be traversed by faith before it can become substantive reality. It had to be proven by experience to become real.

I had to jump. I had to cross over the abyss. I had to do it now while the paradigms were aligned and fixed in my mind.

There is a sensation, unlike any other, when the electro-chemical signals containing the commands from the brain have surged into the spinal cord causing an unstoppable cascade of physiological events to occur that now carry the entire being forward into the unknown future without recourse. It is that moment when the muscles have flexed beyond a critical point, where the body has committed to the action and the result and its repercussions are cast to the fates. It is that point where the sentience has released control of a situation and awaits the outcome in full awareness they are unable to alter that outcome in any way. It is a scary moment only because we don’t usually let go of our will too often and so we are not aware of the source of the sensation. For the moment when we have committed the body to action and release our grip, if only briefly, of the constant monitoring of its safety and security, we are free. The sensation of freedom is singularly exhilarating and extremely joyous.

There is freedom in letting go.
I hold my gaze on the flying trio and leap into the bosom of the sky.

Melinda

26th May 2013, 16:47

Originally I added this to my light spheres post, but then it was pointed out that as an update it might not be seen...

Spherical Update 22nd of May 2013
(The hardware technologies – a shimmy back in time…)

Sky Water Diving

It is one of my favourite things to do. Whether with friends or adventuring alone. There is nothing quite like it. Especially after returning from an expedition into the inner earth. Sometimes we journey underground to check her core frequencies, or to document the ancient remains of a newly discovered city with one of the archaeological schools that explore her underworld. Though I love the work, and am inspired to do it - I miss the sun, and I long for the sky.

When I wish to go sky water diving I climb aboard the navigator section of my pod and activate the outer shell, setting the walls to transparent. Then I log in to the network to find suitable coordinates so as to avoid any pathway interference. Once that’s done, I lift the pod up, and up, higher and higher, watching the land and all the life below grow smaller and more plentiful in the view. As it rises through the clouds it begins to draw water from the air, until the level inside the pod is high and deep enough to dive into. The water is cleaned and rejuvenated to meet my body’s requirements. I set the pod to invisible + detectable. But if I enter a field where locals have requested physical visibility, the pod automatically switches back to visible as it passes through.

Sometimes I travel to where I have a view of my family’s homes down below, and dive into the water, waving at the children as they swim with the dolphins in the river beside the houses. The dolphins seem to find our sky water diving intriguing, and sometimes we’ll mimic one another’s movements – them looping through the air, and my spinning through the water, closer to the clouds.

Some days I’ll hover along the islands in the Orient seas, and watch their edges shift beneath the waves – or I’ll curl between the ancient cliffs of Arizonan canyons, open up the roof of the sphere and sing with the winds that shape the rocks. Other days I’ll linger over the steaming canopies of the tropics, deep in the emerald heart of the Amazon. If I wish to send thoughts to the animals among the trees, I find the water can enhance my ability. And floating through it inspires my imagination. As I close my eyes to the outer world I see forms and shapes and indescribable colours, that aren’t always so easily seen on the ground.

On one occasion, a birthday not long ago, my partner flew us to the Arctic, and we glided high above the endless miles of pristine snow; we spent an evening bathing in the warm water of the pod and gazing into the veils of the aurora borealis. As the lights began to dissipate, we increased the salt content of the water and floated on our backs, staring up into the sky. It is hard to define that glimpse of infinity - the sheer number of stars that fill the night, when there is no-one and no thing for miles around. It is breath-taking to see it from the weightless haven of a sky water pod.

There are times, like today, when skies are grey, when I fly in the pod and break through the weather, out and up into the boundless blue. I go there to meditate. Fly until the clouds beneath stretch to the horizon and blanket the world with an ocean of calm. I glide around the sphere, under the water, and sense the passing birds as they travel through the air. Then I swim towards the sun, soaking its rays, allowing it to seep into the pure body of water all around me, and in through my skin. There is nothing here, in these moments, but stillness in my world; the wisdom and the warmth of our great sun, the ringing in the atoms of my body and the waters.

It is a perfect bliss.

http://i1267.photobucket.com/albums/jj550/DoodlemakerUK/SkyWaterDivingSphereAndDiver_zps278d942f.jpg (http://s1267.photobucket.com/user/DoodlemakerUK/media/SkyWaterDivingSphereAndDiver_zps278d942f.jpg.html)

Ernie Nemeth

23rd June 2013, 14:12

Five years later.

I wake up slowly, allowing my dreams to wash across my mind in recap before turning to daily matters. I say a small prayer of thanks and then plan my day in my mind. I visualize me going about my day in harmony with the others I will meet and successfully accomplishing my tasks. Five minutes later, I get out of bed. I do my morning rituals and tend to some gardening in the hydroponics pod while awaiting my coffee to brew. I sit and utter a command and a section of the wall becomes a view screen with today’s news displayed upon it. I dictate a few quick messages that I send off to their recipients. I make some notes and save them to the appropriate files.

I step out of my living quarters and am greeted by an overcast sky pregnant with rain. Gusts of wind make it hard to walk a straight line but I manage the twenty paces in a halting, staggering motion to the end of the path. I touch the rugged bark of the old oak and sense the excited state of the tree in anticipation of the rains. Behind the tree beyond the path is a clearing. I enter the clearing. Before me is an ancient circle of large stones. As I walk within their perimeter thunder cracks and the clouds seem to gather ominously overhead. It would be a productive session with all this energy swirling about.

The others arrive almost simultaneously. Most in bubble boats, BBs for short. These were a combination of force fields and anti-grav units linked to a sphere of transparent glass made of carbon nano-fibres half a quarter inch thick but stronger than an inch of steel. The BBs could be programmed for any color but were default iridescent gold and transparent. A few circled their friends in their own contraptions. One looked like a very large cardboard box but was actually composed of biotech material in alternating layers for strength - light and flexible. Another flying machine was nothing more than a sleek silver shaped platform, it’s shimmering semi-circular force field drew a vault of protection around its occupant. Two flew in on their own, unaided by tech. One came on a hoverboard.

It turns out the world is not our own, that there are aliens from other suns and other times who lay claim to this planet. Their claims are ancient, far before man had the capacity to even make fire and live in caves. Some claimed ownership over humanity itself. And while the galactic courts argued over the fate of earth and its indigenous species sentient or otherwise, we humans decided to take matters into our own hands. But the task at first was daunting. The aliens were hard to root out. Some hid where we could not follow, others looked so much like us only a blood test could decide the truth. But as humans shed their fetters of servitude new skills were coming to the fore. And some of those skills were turning out to be very useful in finding these interlopers. Every large group had their own diviners now and their own guardians, channelers, collectors and psychic point men. And this was one such group. It turns out I’m a pretty good collector.

As I sit down in my selected spot between the large slabs of granite I see the others dismount and begin their own centering rituals. Mine were short, and included ample time for reflection, which I often take advantage of. This opportunity was no different.

There was a certain amount of chaos at first as the people evaluated their options and their own capacities with new eyes, while scrambling to feed, clothe and house themselves and their families. Anxiety levels were very high and old habits often veered south, causing unneeded suffering. But all had had new experiences in the last decade that overlay their conditioning. These counter-thoughts had become engrained in the minds of the masses and all had to undergo a personal revamping of their mindset in light of these new circumstances and the situation as it now stood. When it became evident that those counter-thoughts were more accurate than prevailing thinking it turned society on its ear and everything changed.

The authority of government imploded. People found themselves in charge of their own lives again. There were the occasional clashes between the old loyal forces and the free men and women going about recreating themselves and their society. It rarely ended well for the dying order, as the people just kept sending reinforcements until they simply overwhelmed their opponents. But far more often confrontation was avoided by offering amnesty and opportunity to those who wished to change sides. By then the free energy crowd had been singing their song for years, and the whole world joined in a resounding chorus of affirmation when the platform and other impossible to debunk impossibilities actually occurred. It quickly turned out that there were no sides any more, only the recognition of what was now beyond obvious and a vacuum of lies, deceit, coercion, and greed. There really was no government, the people came to realize, because the government did not represent their interests, or those of their children and grandchildren.

For many, the change was not all that dramatic. The police and troops moved out and check points were removed. Barricades that used to funnel and constrict traffic to certain areas were dismantled. Most of the cameras were torn down or their apertures painted over with black paint. The helicopters and drones withdrew from the airways. The illegal and dangerous manipulation of the weather was halted and the skies were a natural blue once again. Yet for all that people found themselves getting up and going to work, taking their kids to school, mowing the lawn. They had company over on weekends, and tended to chores. They gave birth and they lay the dead to rest.

There was a large sub-group that had to immediately reinvent themselves. These were those folks who had served the system that had willingly enslaved them all. It is a strange ongoing transition for this group and their stories are diverse. For that matter it’s a weird transition for everybody, just not with such an upheaval in their lives. There was culture shock, as society changed its structure, but there was no overall collapse of society into random chaos or anarchy.

A flood of new gadgets arrived on the scene that revolutionized our entire mode of survival. And more and more people were exhibiting extraordinary talents and abilities that were a boon to the unknown direction society was taking aim at. Combined with the new physics, a true exodus began scant years later. Now it was fully underway. The cities were disgorging their masses, like the spores of a giant mushroom. People took to the skies, the mountains, under lakes and oceans, deep underground, to the poles, circling the globe at various altitudes, even to the moon and nearby asteroids. They almost always group together wherever they go. Humans are a pack animal, after all.

As the people become more organized, certain functions are being delegated to governing regional councils in order to coordinate the efforts and streamline the various projects to make them productive and viable. Everyone agrees priority be given to clean up the environment and more importantly to stop polluting it altogether. Trade agreements between local groups spring up naturally while other agreements go to council for resolution. All agreements are subject to votes, all inhabitants are encouraged to feel obligated out of a sense of duty and honor to vote, no coercion is allowed. There are so many, many areas to consider that at times it seems overwhelming.

Besides which the people were tending to group together with others of like mind. With no previous experience to go by people quickly gravitated into one of six main categories. The ones lovingly called the Cyborgs, the transhumanists, grow increasingly unwilling to commingle with the others because of their propensity towards improving the interface between man and machine. Their fundamental approach to the new physics is diametrically opposed to the Ascenders who wished to rid themselves of their bodies entirely. The majority of the people are somewhere in between, and are lumped under the term the Gaians. These want to find a way to live in harmony with nature and mother Earth. They take parts of the tech invented by the other groups and apply it to creating a better society and a cleaner world. Not all agree on these general categories. Some would add a fourth, the Blazers, aka trailblazers. They go where no man has gone before and usually alone or in small groups. As a toe hold is achieved in a new frontier by the Blazers more people gather to offer aid and assistance and eventually form a community. Then the Blazers move on. There is a fifth category, arguably, but each of the other sub-groups contain their own and so it is more a growing trade: the Technos. The true Technos are a small group that keep to themselves and do pure research and develop commodities for the others. They do custom research for the right price, too, but it is rare because few can afford their work. The sixth are the Loners. They tend to keep to themselves.

All those dreams that in my childhood were promised as my future were finally coming about, and so much more. The future was more uncertain than before but there was an equal escalation in the confidence of the people to meet it head on and overcome its challenges. Our new potential has not yet been plumbed. There might not be an end to it; in time we may learn there are no limits we cannot surmount.

I heard Rector had been working on submitting a formal objection to any ruling on earth matters without a representative committee from earth being present at the hearing. The reply was we have twenty years to apply for junior membership status, with proper verification of indigenous stock standing. I am amazed at how quickly the word came back from independent explorers, Blazers, that there were artifacts all over the heavens; the moon, asteroids, mars, and even massive ones circling the sun. Then the stories of aliens really took off, it was like a modern day witch hunt without any of the brutality, of course. And it continues today. Many were in control of our industries and our banks, even our governments, at the highest levels. We were never in control of our own destinies, it turns out. Not since the days of the Sumerians, and perhaps far far earlier, when the gods, “from heaven to earth came”. They granted civilization to mankind, it is said and so recorded on stone tablets. Whatever their motives, they must register or leave. It is becoming a contentious issue with some factions of aliens and we seek a nonviolent and mutually beneficial solution that so far has eluded us. Now Rector is supporting a motion that a council be formed with representatives from all the regions of the world, to deal with extra-terrestrial issues. We have some time to choose our council of earth’s ambassadors.

The future is exciting, and bright!

There are still other types of aliens who are much harder to root out of hiding and they cannot be seen by the human eye, as we normally measure such things. Some people are special, though, some have a gift that allows them to see. Others can siphon energy from the environment or gather that energy and amplify it, stabilize it. Still others, a very few, can summon that energy and focus it upon a target. The target could be alive or it could be inanimate matter, or even an idea, or a thought. This group contains all those talented people, we are on the hunt and our quarry is not far away. I could sense it, with the aid of the others.

Lightening zings, blinding white. Thunder booms and cracks the sky. The wind whips the forest debris into a gray haze of dirt and dust and leaves and twigs. The branches jerk to and fro and flap their leaves sounding like an army of bicycles thrumming with cards attached to the spokes. A sudden scent of ozone precedes another light display and hard on its tail the crashing cacophony. The rain would start soon.

Best get on with it, I signal. The others agree.

TelosianEmbrace

27th July 2013, 17:03

I have read and reread the books of Robert Monroe, the accomplished astral traveller/OOBEer and founder of the Monroe Institute. www.monroeinstitute.org

In Robert's second book 'Far Journeys' he relates of going forward in time, and being shown around a future Earth. This is the first part of this account, which begins on p.206. Robert is communicating with his INSPEC guide, whose NVC (non-verbal communication) is shown in brackets.

(We can escort you to a physical earth possibility at a point in your time measurement beyond the year 3000. The principal inhabitants are what we call H-plus, humans-plus, to indicate modification from those in your present time. As you are now, you will be a visitor.)

Well! So that was it! I had made only a few visits into the future time. I would never have the guts to try such a jump by myself, but with them....

(Close tightly. It will be better that way.)

My excitement was great and my vibrating reflected it, so I turned inward, folded it all beck in a loop, and closed. This would be real rote, not the projections and imaginings of those looking at the small trends which always...

CLICK!

We were high above the earth, much as one would perceive it from halfway to the moon, which was still there, behind us. The earth was the same blue-green colour, with white covers of clouds partially obscuring the land below. We moved in steadily, and I was happy to see that the deep gray and brown rings were no longer there-which meant the blockage got cleaned up. Good! No more repeaters. But it was the new feature that pulled my focus and wouldn't let it go. Around the earth was a single flat ring, much like the ones around Saturn, and it was radiating and sparkling, not from the reflections of the sun, but from its own internal source.

(You will understand fully the meaning of the ring as we progress.)

As we moved around, not through, the sparkling ring and headed inward, I became aware of another change. The M Band was full of communication, but no noise! No noise! That could mean only one thing-man had finally got it together. Further evidence was the lack of the haze M Band noise creates. No more random thought clutter. This at least gave me a beginning percept of what I might expect.

We came into a low altitude, at about eight thousand feet, and began circling the earth over the northern hemisphere, east to west near a 28 degree latitude just a few miles off the coast of what appeared to be Japan. The seas were soft light green, and gentle swells some ten feet from trough to crest moved majestically over the surface. Deeper, I could perceive schools of fish leisurely weaving along, not too fast, their track matching neatly the contour of the distant coastline-thousands of them, slender sides flashing as they made their quick changes in direction. There had indeed been changes, if they schooled so closely to the shore, so many of them. It was familiar, yet there was a missing element. I scanned the ocean surface and knew immediately what it was.

No ships. I reached out along the horizon and far beyond. Not even a rowboat or dinghy. I scanned overhead across the sky with its streets of white cumulus clouds. No aircraft, just gulls and terns sweeping and searching among the heavy swells, and higher than that, beyond cloud base-nothing. No jet contrails, no jets.

Then we had crossed the coastline and were over Japan. Off to the north was Fujiyama, a white cone glistening in the sun. Below us was a neat carpet of tidy fields in large checkerboard squares, each a subtle shade of green- correction: much more than greens. Spotted among the green like a gigantic bouquet were clusters of fields each of a different colour, one a mass of bright orange, another deep blue, whites, reds-fields of blooming flowers, bushes, and evidently hybrids of the two, because no flower could be that large. It was a pattern that could be seen only from high overhead, yet there were no aircraft-and that began to give me another faint percept.

As we moved west, I became aware of other missing signs. There were no roads, not so much as a lane to service the fields. Also, no buildings, no houses, no barns, no sheds-I scanned in all directions and there were none. No cities, no towns, no villages, no power lines, no cars and trucks, no bicycles-all gone. The air was clear and clean, no smoke or smog.

Then I had a flashing percept. There were no people. That was what I actually was looking for-men, women, children. What terrible catastrophe took them away!

(They are there. They are few in number, but it was not an event that made it so. What you perceive is by design.)

We began to move rapidly, westward, across the unending array of colored bouquets set in green, some so large they appeared to be many miles in width, and soon we were again over water, the Sea of Japan, as I remembered it, and still no ships on what was such an important transportation route. Back over land again-the Korean peninsula?-and the pattern was different. In every direction were tall and stately trees with close upward-turned branches, of a species unfamiliar to me... but again no sign of human artifact to indicate Kilroy had been anywhere near the place.

(Your percept is-how do you call it?-obsolete.)

Before I had a chance to turn inward on that one, we were over water again, moving even faster, and back over land. This would have to be China. Surely with its teeming millions, some had to be visible. Evidently they didn't have to be at all. We swept over mile and mile of deep green forests broken only by occasional grassy clearings and wide rivers and streams. Where are the rice paddies so vital to human sustenance?

(There are a few, but for a different purpose. Bird sanctuaries.)

The land below became more rugged, and soon we were skimming between the ranges and peaks of very mountainous terrain. Vegetation was sparse, and snow caps flashed by as we passed at what seemed Mach 2 speed, or greater. I would be more comfortable with a little safer altitude; my old half-bold pilot experience was coming out. Being half-bold had let me grow old, but not gracefully. The sheer snow-laden side of a high ridge came rushing at us.

(You can move through it and out the other side. It is no different now).

The ridge was almost upon us. I closed tightly just as we were about to crash. There was a slight change in the texture around me momentarily, and it was gone. I opened, and scanned behind us. The high range was fading in the distance. Passing through physical matter is not yet my habit! Quickly, the earth below was beginning to level out again, the color of the forest changed into lighter greens, and the cleared areas became larger. I tried to remember my geography-we were over the Middle East, I thought... yes, they were coming up, still the rolling, sandy, near desert areas, where oil came from. I scanned in all directions, and saw very symmetrical clusters of trees, but no tanks, no pipelines, nothing to indicate man had ever set foot in the area. Either the oil fields were pumped dry or there was no longer a need for oil.

(Both percepts are accurate.)

We moved out over water again-Mediterranean Sea?-and higher, faster, a scrap of land blinked by underneath which I could not identify and more water, heavy waves, this must be the Atlantic...land again, a sudden slowing and we landed gently in a field of grass amid rolling hills. I looked around me, wondering why we had stopped at this particular place. It was very faintly familiar. I was standing on a knoll, in a field of rich, green grass whose blades were so even they must have been recently mowed...no, not cut, they were growing evenly. The edge of a woods of oak trees, limbs spreading broadly, rose behind me. In the far distance, a series of ascending green-blue ridges formed giant stair steps upward...Why stop here, why this place?

kudzy

13th August 2014, 15:08

I awoke early. I was really excited about my first volunteer assignment in the New Epoch. I was accepted into the EcoRestoration Team and we were coordinating our first action plan. We certainly had our work cut out for us, the past epoch has been very destructive to the biological systems on Earth, especially within the past couple of hundred years. But I was especially excited about this opportunity because I've been working hard on developing latent skills and this would be a wonderful opportunity to test them. I was also excited because I had a very deep love and connection with the natural world which I had been cultivating for many many lives. It felt like the purpose of all my past lives was culminating in this life, like it had all been building for this current event. Finally, after learning enough of the lessons, after countless lives of turmoil and struggle, fear and scarcity, I could take a deep, deep sigh of relief and relax into fulfilling my soul's true purpose. It's a purpose of co-creating with the natural elements to manifest love, abundance and beauty for all to share. And now was the time to get down to business.

There was no shortage of work to be done. There was too much carbon in the atmosphere from burning hydrocarbons for a few hundred years. Forests had been cleared. Soils had been eroded. Countless species had gone extinct. The planet was a mess. So the obvious question was where to start, what were the priorities. Fortunately we had a new tool in our collective toolbox. Based on the combined loving intention of a large number of caring and committed people we were able to get a New Energy Device (NED) into wide spread distribution. This device would make the task of the EcoRestoration Team not just easier but 'Possible'. The trick now was to keep our egos out of the way and listen to the inherent wisdom that lies within all living things. And that's exactly what we were setting out to do.

But first we would need to prepare ourselves. We needed to prepare ourselves on the mental, physical and spiritual level. Our group had been fasting to purify our bodies and souls. We had been meditating together to purify our minds. And we had been discussing and clarifying our intentions to purify our purpose. Our plan was to meet in a remote location and spend a week together. Our plan was to meditate together and listen to the life all around and within us and ASK with compassionate loving intention what the biosphere needed from us to be healthy, vibrant and within balance. We would then listen, not just with our ears but all five senses and our sixth sense of intuition combined. Concurrent with the NED coming into widespread use, orthodox science had to adjust many of it's underlying assumptions. This allowed for whole new fields of research to happen which in turn opened up whole new realms of potential. Part of that potential was exploring our connection and oneness with all living beings. In the past we considered Earthlings to be primarily humans. Now, we were widening that definition to include all the myriad of life forms that we share with this planet. And we were beginning to really understand our interdependence.

So as we sat together quieting our minds we went into ever deeper states of meditation. By paying close attention to our deepest inner feelings we were able to 'tap into' what the whole biosphere was feeling. Then through our combined love and empathic intention we were able to feel and 'know' with confidence what the various ecosystems were needing to be fully vibrant. For example some ecosystems were too acidic from the acid rains and needed their pH adjusted thus allowing them to uptake and retain certain key nutrients that had been lacking. In a certain surprising instance we heard from an individual order of mammals, the Cetaceans. They asked, rather politely that now that we have NEDs if we could please stop driving our ships around the oceans. Apparently the noise has been giving them awful headaches and disrupting their communications. In another case communication had been established with the fungal kingdom and a plan initiated that solicited their help in remediating oil spills and neutralizing radioactive waste. Processes that normally take tens of millions of years to complete would now take a fraction of that time with our synergistic participation with all life. After all it took a few billion years of evolution to develop a sentient species with opposable thumbs that could manipulate the environment with loving intention, so why not develop that to it's fullest most beautiful potential?

Simultaneously, we were able to feel where we were out of balance and hurting the natural systems. We could feel the pain we were causing other species. That was the most difficult part of our task but also the most necessary. Only through really feeling the pain could we really hear what they were calling out to us to change. And, of course that pain made the imperative to change all the more urgent.

As I said the task was really exciting and we were quite delighted with the progress we had made. The potential was infinite. We were discovering that the biodiversity we were helping to generate this planet had never seen before. With our understanding of energy and a systems approach we were able to apply leverage to certain key points that allowed the whole system to unfold into new realms of potential. A certain adjustment here or a slight tweaking there and we could stand back and allow the whole system to flourish. For the first time in human history we were no longer acting as a parasite but a symbiont.

It seemed as though 'life' was rejoicing as well. Throughout humanities entire existence Mother Nature just gave and gave and gave without asking for anything in return. It was as if She was waiting for this moment in history when we would finally awaken to our connection, our oneness with Her and help instead of hinder the unfolding of Her glory.

Wade Frazier

13th August 2014, 15:17

Brilliant, Darren, Brilliant. Thanks for posting it.

Melinda

11th February 2015, 18:20

I was thinking, how useful it could be to have FE-powered domed home ships.

Each dome could be regulated to create one climate within without altering the environment outside.

I made a few picture collages.

Desert Dome

You can sit beneath your dome, enjoying views of vast desert plains, protected from dust storms and chilling night breezes. Sleep out beneath glistening stars as the dome shield prevents light from escaping and creating light pollution. Grow succulent vegetables with your own water supply, miles from any rivers or pipes. Swim every day in a fresh water pool, revitalised and life-giving, whatever the earth weather.

http://i1267.photobucket.com/albums/jj550/DoodlemakerUK/FutureDesertDomeHome2_zpsf8833e12.jpg

Woodland Dome

Move your garden with you, travelling in silence from forest to forest. Leave your cello or concert piano out beside the roses and the lavender and play your music in the midday sunlight. Control the volume of sound emitted through the dome, and see which pieces draw the local wildlife. Find out which compositions the birds sing along to, or soundproof the area and sing with your friends through the night. Grow grasses and berries for morning juice, fresh every day.

http://i1267.photobucket.com/albums/jj550/DoodlemakerUK/FutureForestDomeHome_zps905fce76.jpg

Ocean Dome

You can glide amidst the tranquil shades of white and blue, high in the north or deep in the south. Open the floor of your ship to allow the wildlife to visit. Practice levitation and meditate on the sculpted, sweeping beauty of the ice. Feel the power of the whales as they pass through the area. Converse with them and observe the ET light vessels flying in and out of the mountains. Set the dome to blend mode so it reflects the snow, or window-blend mode, if you want to see out without the polar bears peering in.

http://i1267.photobucket.com/albums/jj550/DoodlemakerUK/FutureOceanDomeHome_zpsec963b5e.jpg

As I made the ocean vision, I remembered a boss I once had whose dog would sit up on my lap when no-one was looking and watch the computer screen as I typed. I don't see why a seal would be any different. Especially if you were an adept animal communicator. Maybe they 'read' by hearing our thoughts as we read aloud in our heads. I think my old boss's dog was quite a contumacious soul. He seemed like a rebel human, trapped in a dog body. May have been working his way to a human incarnation.

I'm aware that some of my visions have giant trees. But I quite like the idea of them making a comeback in our future world.

Many blessings to all

Wade Frazier

11th February 2015, 18:39

Hi Melinda:

Those look like those Roads World EM domes (http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?32399-A-Future-Earth&p=672748&viewfull=1#post672748). I don't know if those are in Godzilla's Golden Hoard (http://www.ahealedplanet.net/brianmem.htm#underground) today, but they would be neat to have. One on Mars might need more shielding from the Sun, but I am not sure. My guess that one on Mars would need to be a material dome that would absorb whatever the Sun dished out. But for those on Earth, domes like that would work fine.

Keep it up!

Wade

Robert J. Niewiadomski

11th February 2015, 23:27

I often dream of living in such a floating home :) Or rather garden, one can simply live in :) Thanks Melinda :)

Wade Frazier

13th February 2015, 04:14

Hi:

I threatened to do this long ago. I consider this a fictional account of a world that Michael Roads allegedly visited that I do not consider fiction (http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?32399-A-Future-Earth&p=672748&viewfull=1#post672748). It is a little perilous to insert a fictional character into a "real" world, as a way to try to imagine what life in that world is like, but I am just the fool to do it. So, without further preamble…

A Day in Andra's Life

It was the twilight before morning, and Andra was asleep. However, she was conscious, if in another dimension. She had spent the night, while her body slept, visiting the timeless dimension where her soul resided. All humans did something similar for as long as humans lived on Earth, but only in the past few centuries did humans learn to maintain their conscious awareness while visiting, and could bring back relevant guidance and memories. Rare individuals manifested that ability in the human past, but in Andra's world, everybody did it.

During that night's dialogue with her soul, she considered becoming a mother and was exploring the possibilities with her soul and the soul that might incarnate as her child. The potential father was also involved that night, on that soul's plane of existence, and Marden's body slept next to Andra's as their waking consciousness visited that other dimension. The meeting was happy and productive, and there would be other meetings before anything was decided. The soul they met was no stranger, as they all shared other lifetimes together, if in different roles. They were all nearing the completion of their incarnation cycles and had specific goals for their final lifetimes, to polish up their souls and prepare for the next chapter of the endless journey.

They slept in their dwelling, on the edge of the Great Northern Forest, where they spent the past few autumns. Outside their dwelling, nearby plants and animals also slept, as all awaited the coming day. Andra and Marden slept in a community of visitors who came for autumn. Those in the community came to not only enjoy the vibrant colors (the trees were equal parts evergreen and deciduous) and bracing weather, but this community assisted the plants and animals in preparing for their winter's sleep. Spending those autumns there, as wondrous as the experience was, was also part of the training of those community members in becoming tenders. As with all professions, it was a specialization available to anybody who desired it, and a sizable fraction of Earth's population spent some portion of their lives as tenders, as they helped plants and animals live, grow, and die, and some plants provided food for people as well as animals, usually seeds and fruit, but also vegetables. During the autumns that they had come to the Great Northern Forest, Andra and Marden formed a relationship with a herd of animals that resembled elk in centuries past, but were different. The herd slept near the dwelling.

The community that Andra and Marden lived in would not have been recognizable as such to people in prior epochs, such as agricultural or industrial peoples. The nearest member of their community would have been a day's walk, but with their numerous methods of travel and communication, each was in as much contact as they desired, and in this community, they took their meals together, which provided other opportunities to interact and share.

As dawn broke, Andra returned to her body and awoke slightly before Marden did, and used her biofacility to ready herself for the day. As she emerged, ready for the day, Marden also emerged from his biofacility. Today would be busy. They walked together for several minutes through the forest, to greet the herd and commune for some time. The herd would soon migrate south for the winter. The herd had a couple of new members, which was balanced by the deaths of two members in the past year. Andra and Marden were present for both births and deaths, assisting the transitions coming to and going from their world. Predation was no longer an aspect of Earth's ecosystems, but a new kind of balance between plants and animals was achieved, and humanity's rising awareness was critical for the transition, which was made generations ago.

Andra and Marden then heard the technology-assisted chime in their minds that meant that it was nearly meal time, and they summoned their energy bubbles, which took them in mere instants to the food facility, which would have been about 50 miles distant as it was once measured. Distance had a much different meaning in Andra's world than it did in times before the Great Transition, and traveling to anywhere on Earth was quick and effortless, and it was also easy to travel throughout their star system. Traveling to other star systems was a bit of a journey. Andra had only done that once before in her life, to visit a closely related species that was one of the first galactic civilizations that humans visited when they gained the ability, thanks to help from their neighbors.

At the food facility, Andra and Marden met their fellow tenders. They numbered a few hundred, many of whom had been involved for several seasons, and some had been doing it for a century or more. When their epoch began some centuries ago, when free energy and related technologies were finally made available to the public and the global plutocracy ended, life expectancy soon rose to more than a century for the general population, and some had already lived for centuries. Andra met one once, and that woman's great wisdom was reflected in her being, which nobody could fail to sense. In recent centuries, a globally pervasive love saw all humans gain abilities that only some spiritual masters had attained in the past. Telepathy was normal, some could choose to not eat and receive their energy directly from The Source (often with a little technological help), but usually ate, and conscious control over conception was among humanity's many recently developed abilities. A person's sum total of his/her being was evident to all, and deception was not even possible any longer. All loved and were loved back, without condition.

At that meal were visitors from elsewhere, including Andra's parents, who planned to stay for a few days. They were scientists who studied the Sun's consciousness, as part of an effort to understand galactic consciousness. Of course, the Sun studied them, too, in a mutual exchange of information and awareness. Andra's mother had one other child with another man, and her father had one other child with another woman, and all of them had familial bonds of affection. As a result of the Great Transition, family structures of the past became vestiges of the prior epoch, and in Andra's time, all of humanity was a family, and the welfare of all of humanity and Earth was everybody's concern. When the pressures of economic survival were removed from human development, human consciousness flowered into something scarcely recognizable to people of prior epochs. Everybody in Andra's time studied the Great Transition as part of their education, and it took a few generations for that transition to complete, as the children of each generation grew progressively more enlightened and the patterns of scarcity and fear finally disappeared from human consciousness and behavior. Every child in Andra's world visited the Epoch of Scarcity in their holo-educational devices, and developed an understanding of how scarcity and fear had influenced human awareness. The humanity of Andra's day consciously chose something very different; they chose love and abundance for all.

Andra's parents visited the Great Northern Forest at least once each autumn, partly to see Andra, and partly to enjoy the forest and the company of the other tenders. Andra was in contact with her parents, either singly or as a couple, as often as they all wanted, and a few interactions a week served their needs. Their level of interaction was fairly typical, but there was no standard, as each found what worked best for them. Andra's parents spent part of their year in close proximity to the Sun, closer than the planet Mercury, as their station was inside the Sun's immediate sphere of consciousness. They also regularly worked on the outer reaches of their star system, well beyond Pluto, as part of their studies. But they were typical in that they spent most of their time on Earth, although like many people, they lived in numerous locations, taking their dwelling with them or using the extra dwellings that were available to anybody who needed them.

Most people spent some years of their lives living in one community in one location, usually when they were young or old, but in their middle years (which lasted most of a century), they were generally more mobile. Some lived lives of relative isolation, although communication with anybody in their star system was easy, and it was just one of many different ways that people lived. But all people lived in absolute abundance, which was the greatest observable difference between Andra's time and the days before the Great Transition.

In the early days of the Epoch of Abundance, humanity was devoted to reversing the damage that humans had inflicted on Earth over many millennia, and they learned to partner with Earth during that time of healing. Nature spirits were known to all in Andra's time, and her community partnered with them, as all tenders did.

Today was a special day and partly why Andra's parents visited, as the tenders would visit the central grove for an event of significance, as they communed with the great grove in the heart of the forest. The entire forest was inhabited by large trees, and most were larger than the largest trees before the Great Transition, but in the heart of the forest was a consciousness and energy which represented the focus of the forest's awareness, and those trees were unusually majestic. Andra's community held that event each spring and autumn.

After their meal and interactions, they all rode the energy road that wove through the forest, from the treetops to the ground, to its heart. As with their other methods of transportation, it took as little or as much time as desired, and in a few minutes they all assembled in the grove's heart and entered a state of oneness, and they then expanded that collective awareness to interact with the grove. It was an exchange of energy and awareness that left both people and trees in an exalted state, and it helped set the energy pattern for the descent into winter's slumber. Birds, mammals, and even insects attended the event, and all interacted and benefitted. The love in the air was palpable, and its divine wave rippled through the forest, reaching all of its denizens. That event required no human technology, but was a blend of biology and consciousness.

By mid-day, the event was complete and the human community had a meal at the forest's heart, and then they left for their various forest activities, to assist plants and animals and commune with them, similar to how Andra and Marden interacted with that herd in the morning. Nearly every day, Andra would interact with her communication device, which created whatever communication experience that she wanted with her larger community, whether by sight, sound, or mental impressions received straight into the mind. With some of those closest to her, Andra could communicate directly, without the need of technology, but for most, they interacted with a mix of technological methods. Andra might interact with her larger community for only a few minutes a day or hours, depending on the circumstances and desires. The previous day, she had an hour-long session with a childhood friend whom she had not seen in years, and Andra would go see her in a few days. Andra's friend lived in a colony on Mars, which Andra rarely visited. Communication happened faster than light speed, although travel was somewhat slower in the star system.

Andra and Marden had been tenders for several years, and the time was coming when they would change their activities. Marden was particularly gifted and interested in technology, and was thinking of helping design and establish space colonies around their star system, while Andra was an adept at communicating with numerous types of life forms, and might train to be an interspecies diplomat, which would include visitors from other star systems and other dimensions.

They were considering a few years of that activity and then having that child, but there was no rush to decide. In Andra's world, parenthood was not taxing and a woman's childbearing years spanned to well more than 50. Each year, tenders came and tenders left that community that worked with the Great Northern Forest, but all were welcome to come and go as needed, as they were everywhere.

The primary motivation of people in Andra's time was that all people find how they could best fulfill themselves, which always included how they could assist the whole of their star system and make the journey of others beings as positive and loving as possible. Their so-called "work" time was fulfillment time, and usually lasted for only a few hours in a day. Some preferred more, some less, but all had the need to contribute to the wellbeing of all; the love in their hearts required no less.

As the afternoon waned, the tenders once again met at their food facility for their meal. On clear days, they often raised the facility to float just above the treetops to watch the Sun set, which they did that afternoon.

They then all retired to their dwellings for a couple of hours, which was usually when Andra and Marden had their lovemaking sessions, which occurred on most days. Then for those who wanted to, they met at another facility in the forest in the evening for various activities. Andra and Marden visited the nearby herd of elk-like beings before traveling to the meeting facility. This evening, a visitor from another star system would speak of life on "her" home planet. She was not really a "her," as sexual reproduction was not their way, and the term for such beings in Andra's day would not have been recognizable in the prior epoch, in which the being had no gender but great and loving respect. As with other galactic societies, the easiest way to communicate was mind-to-mind, but this visitor was a diplomat and spoke humanity's language, which was a notable feat. That evening, she communicated in voice and mind about life on her world. Like humanity, her species had difficulties in its earlier times, and like humans, they nearly destroyed their planet and themselves before they learned the lessons of love. The visitor noted that it seemed that every ensouled species encountered in the galaxy, to her knowledge, had a similar developmental path, from fear and scarcity to love and abundance. It seemed to be part of the path of learning that The Creator had arranged in this universe. All galactic cultures had some notion of The Creator, and it went by many names, but the essence, love, was the root of all known conceptions. When the visitor's talk was finished, most of the tenders enjoyed each other's company for a couple of hours before they all headed back to their dwellings.

Andra once again engaged her communication device for the better part of an hour, interacting with loved ones and monitoring various events in the star system that interested her, and she also maintained a personal record of her days, which she usually devoted a few minutes to; they were mostly about what she learned that day and what happened that she was grateful for. Marden engaged in similar activities, but he was also engaged in studying technology, and he used his educational device. Children generally went to a "school" for their education, with a centralized device, partly for the social experience, but some adults who wanted one had their own, although each community had them available to all. Marden used his, as he was in the "field," and it was more convenient to have his with him. It was just one of the innumerable ways of living that people had. All technology was available to all, as was all information and knowledge, and it was up to each person to find what he/she found most interesting. Children all had the guidance of some of humanity's wisest members to help them decide where their greatest fulfillment would be, which was usually related to what benefitted the most beings.

Soon, it was time for sleep, and Andra and Marden curled up together, fading to sleep. Unlike last night, when they decided to meet on their souls' plane, this night was for each to pursue his/her own "dreams," and Andra had decided to seek the Godhead. It was a regular activity of hers, which she engaged in perhaps a few times a month. She usually did not recall all that much about the experience, but always awoke with a sense of peace and love that she felt in no other way. Andra then proceeded to dream…

As Zenith (http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?32467-Free-Energy---No-way-in-hell-&p=432120&viewfull=1#post432120) would say, "The End." :)

Best,

Wade

Ilie Pandia

13th February 2015, 16:47

Lovely, Wade!

Wade Frazier

13th February 2015, 21:20

Thanks Ilie:

That is the kind of writing that I am expecting the choir to do. :) As I have stated, we need to raise our games and inspire each other. We won't be able to get it done as lone voices in the wilderness. For what I have in mind, only a choir (http://www.ahealedplanet.net/humanity.htm#choir) will do. It can be visionary art, as we see Melinda doing, it can be visionary writings such as imagining that Roads world, and it can be the kind of comprehensive writing that is the point of my site. As long as we are zeroing in on the goal and realize that the means become the ends (http://www.ahealedplanet.net/visions.htm#idealist), we can create a harmonic effect that is going to attract others on our wavelength.

I know that the nuts and bolts (http://www.ahealedplanet.net/brianmem.htm#underground) to make such a world come to pass are already on Earth, but while we sleep, we don't get any. It is not only fitting that only awake people can help it come to pass, but it also may well be the only thing that will work. When people have FE delivered into their lives (http://www.ahealedplanet.net/humanity.htm#brink), the awakening process will be pretty fast. Until then, it is only the stray person here and there, scattered across the planet, feeling isolated, and not really getting anything done, certainly not on the epochal scale that is needed. I know the feeling, believe me. If I can build that maypole, they will come, but we need to get singing.

Best,

Wade

Journeyon

14th February 2015, 03:16

I sit on the front porch of my cosy home, nestled in a meadow on the edge of a thick forest. The air is alive with vibrant energy as it fills my lungs with restorative alive air. As I raise from my rocking chair I feel called to the earth... I slowly and reverently remove my moccasins and let my feet rest on the soft warm earth. The vibrancy of the moss covered soil is like a cradel for my feet. I stand in joy knowing the love that has been restored upon this beloved planet! As I feel the breeze I feel the harmony and purity of the air and the way the earth and the cells of my body join in the dance of devine purification. The return to love has brought profound healing to beloved Gaia and all upon her.

In peace,
Journeyon

Melinda

14th February 2015, 17:59

"I sit on the front porch of my cosy home, nestled in a meadow on the edge of a thick forest..."

That whole post was beautiful Journeyon.

"Andra and Marden visited the nearby herd of elk-like beings before traveling to the meeting facility."

Some days ago I was searching images on the web of forest spirits, and a few came up that I was reminded of with your post Wade, with its depiction of a deep, rich forest, full of life.

Like these ones :

http://i1267.photobucket.com/albums/jj550/DoodlemakerUK/ForestSpiritWebArtPic1_zps8397a5d3.jpg

http://i1267.photobucket.com/albums/jj550/DoodlemakerUK/ForestSpiritWebArtPic2_zps75686506.jpg

This last one led me to the Japanese anime, Princess Mononoke. The creature in the picture below represents the form the Great Forest Spirit takes by day. Another character in the film is the trusted red elk Yakul, friend to one of the story's main characters. The film is about humans who are in conflict with the forest gods as they deplete the land's resources, destroying the forest habitat, and it was apparently the highest-grossing film in Japan of all time until Titanic was released later that year. I think the little tree spirits in the picture above are inspired by the same film.

http://i1267.photobucket.com/albums/jj550/DoodlemakerUK/ForestSpiritWebArtPic3_zpsad9e5600.jpg

The fact that films like Avatar and Princess Mononoke fare so well seems to speak of how strongly we feel the connection with the spirit of life. The variety of forms that spirit takes, both subtle and obvious, ethereal and physical.

This is an extract from a much larger piece I wrote in 2012 about our future world. It was inspired, amongst other things, by astronauts' testimony of how seeing our beautiful planet from space gave them renewed appreciation.

Astronauts : https://vimeo.com/55073825

I walked a little further until I found myself passing the eternity garden, named so after the eternity flower; a single flower of an as yet unidentified species that had grown from the earth over a hundred years ago and had yet to fade. The whole of the garden had been built around it. Next door to the garden a post-journey school discussion was about to take place. A group of children had just returned with their parents from their first earth-orbit in a school craft. It was always so moving to see a group of them after their first trip, their faces quivering with love and with awe. Once they were of age, and felt ready themselves, they would be taken up as part of their education to view the earth from high above her atmosphere. It was an event, a learning, unlike any other. Nothing could compare to that first journey off-world. Your tiny craft flown high above the earth, seeing her extravagant globe soaked in light, suspended in the vast reaches of the dark ether. Once you were there you saw her entire nature - the curved edges of her continents, her openings and scars; the magnitude of her dream amidst the lonesome rocks and vacant moons that shared the solar system. The threads of her rivers running glistening to the oceans that swayed across her surface; the green of her life reaching from her body with nourishment, pouring its breath into the world around it. Pale clusters of cloud rode above the land, waiting to return to her, as veils of light danced slowly at her poles. This was our home. Shooting stars would sweep across the view, as she bathed in the sun in her comparative stillness, stirring in the pulse and the depths of men’s hearts. She was an enigma. So magnificent and fragile. So alive and so generous in her support of life. To return to her after your first orbit, was to return changed. I watched the children with their families be seated on the ground for their discussion of the journey. Many were unable to let go of one another’s hands; lost for words, it felt like the only way to convey the renewal of bonds they were feeling, and the new and unfamiliar joy that had been seeded within.

I love contemplating, feeling, how such things are more than possible. How a future world built on and filled with love is more than possible...

Wade Frazier

14th February 2015, 18:22

Thanks Melinda:

That is my Twilight Zone moment of the morning. The elk-like animals just came up as I was writing, not a conscious mimicking of any movies or art. I never heard of that Japanese movie. I know that the Japanese consider their forests sacred groves, as they import wood from decimated forests from around the world.

In 1990, as I hiked with my aunt and uncle to here (http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?10672-WADE-FRAZIER-A-Healed-Planet&p=717550&viewfull=1#post717550), we ran into a herd of elk on the trail through the forest, on the way to that meadow. For a half hour or so we kept running into elk on the trail. I think that we ran into them coming back, too. They would step off the trail when we came, but not too urgently. I cannot recall if I saw one with antlers, which probably means that I didn’t, but just saw cows. They look like big deer. I have had many amazing experiences while hiking over the years, and hiking through an elk herd was one of them.

Best,

Wade

Meggings

5th April 2015, 18:55

Friends, having just seen and read this thread, I think that here amongst you beautifully strong dreamers of our better future is the place to put this current time notice. Dream strong, hold fast to the light, hold your light high for all to see as a beacon to follow.

I "looked" ahead in time and saw a small bump on the fabric of time occurring on April 16-17 [2015], after which it appeared that the timelines fanned out horizontally and began to experience different scenarios from one another.

I make this post because of deeply felt knowing about timelines, and want to send out a "HEADS UP" to take care what future is being energized in these crucial days of new timelines, for by what we hold as our belief dictates what timeline we follow and live.

The above blue quote came to me through a friend who gets mailings from Adonna of Operation Terra. This fell in front of me today, I felt the truth of it, and so wished to share. My friend sent me this link: http://www.operationterra.com/anthem.html

Keep your shining vision of your future polished, front and centre, especially in this crux point.

Thanks for your wonderful happy visions above. May we hear more of them.

Melinda

3rd May 2015, 01:33

Our planet is so unfathomably beautiful. A wildness, ever shifting. Transformational and complete. Some days my tongue gets tied, and I find that beauty defies words and lives beyond description. But I feel it breathing in, and out, of every aspect of my body. Every layer of my consciousness. That beauty is a landscape where my thoughts, and those of earth, wind around and through one another like endless breezes. As though the same stars that inhabit her sky, are lit in the infinite corners of my heart. Her oceans, mysterious. Her forests, so veiled and deep.

Those who live here do not see her merely as land, and fire and water. We know that our love for her is a gateway to the higher and deeper realms of this universe. We feel the veins of the lavender roots as they pulse, in gentle music, through our limbs. The power of her sequoia, reaching in through our crowns in a silent prayer. Her maple palms, emerald and velvet, and ours the many colours of the world, all rise to the heavens. The wisdom of the sun seeps in through the skin, melts the weary frozen locks, and reaches to the deepest chasms of the world.

The birds are singing today. Like tiny bells and wind over crystal, their call is pure and sings, somehow, directly to my heart. They are mothers and brothers and daughters too. They come and go as we do in the world. Born of momentary union and falling to the earth to rejoin the ancestors. What happens in-between is untold adventure. Our souls, every day, write maps to guide the ones who follow. They will glimpse at ours, or study them whole, then draw their own.

Over the ages, we have renewed our relationship with the natural world. It has strengthened our civilisation. We have advanced our institutions and technologies to assist our growth, not to dictate it. The power of invention, honoured and supported in individuals around our planet, is expressed in harmony with the spirit of the earth, who in turn has helped to heal parts of us we had yet to fully realise. No one is awed by the systems we create, except in so much as they are awed and inspired by an appreciation of the cosmos. We reflect its principals in the sturdiest and tiniest of machines. We are all taught to understand what we make for ourselves, and all who choose have the time and the ease of living to explore the science that enables our culture. In truth we are many billions of cultures, living in harmony. And no technology seems so great, so valuable, as the capacities within us. The capacities to psychically, physically, share and co-create as divine and wholesome energies. Caregivers and stewards, tuned to a path of galactic exploration.

Many generations have come and passed, since we accessed the realms of free energy. There were concerns amidst our ancestors, about how the suppressed technology would enter the mainstream. The world in their time was quite a different place. Of those who knew the technologies were real, many couldn't foresee how it would be allowed by the authorities, who ruled with terrible weapons and the constant grip of fear, painting the future as bleak and unchanged. Nor were they sure how it would be welcomed by those who struggled to conceive of a life outside of that shadow. It was a world of great extremes. The rich and the poor. The powerful and the weak. A world of great illusion, woven like a spell, where darkness would present itself as light, and true light seemed elusive to many who searched. Even if the technology could be introduced, they asked, how long before the globe's controllers would brand it as terrorism, a destruction to be feared, as a power too great or too unsavoury to be in the hands of a common man or woman.

The key was not a violent, physical rebellion. It wasn't the taking up of arms, and the stain of blood on the streets. It was a shift that occurred in consciousness. As more and more people grew to understand the technology was real, they focused their minds and their love of their descendants, and began to live with a vision of a healed world. First one, then another, and then another, until it spread through families, through villages, through towns. Across rivers and mountains and over vast distances. Through the ones who discovered that there need be no borders in the realm of human hearts.

But for many, it was not a great journey. Not in any way arduous. The change took the form of a gentle realisation. As though they had woken one day after being spoken to in a dream. A dream they couldn't quite remember in all its detail, but whose atmosphere lingered. Whose meaning made sense and affected their view of the world. As though their motives, and a vision within, had been healed by the night and called forward to the dawn. It was simply time for a new story to be told. For a new way of living. Old ways had worn themselves out. Their sands had slipped through the hour glass, and a new world was being born that invited souls to see, to feel and to journey differently.

It became, quite gradually, an idea whose time had come. And the truth of that was not simply felt by a few. It was understood by enough.

[img]https://i.imgur.com/kT3RXXb.jpg

~ Post Update with Vision Pics ~

3 of the multi-shaped travel pods, designed to echo their environments, travel in the woods where people can explore the day as they climb, levitate and meditate near the water.

There is a lightness in our bodies, which even the trees can feel.

https://i.imgur.com/UmDewWL.jpg

https://i.imgur.com/hlAfVJc.jpg

Wade Frazier

3rd May 2015, 02:59

Hi:

In case nobody knew it, we have a poet at Avalon. Beautiful, Melinda, beautiful.

Wade

Servant Limestone

3rd May 2015, 09:48

Melinda

9th August 2015, 00:00

Recently a forum member - Sailing Beyond Knowledge - put out a call to readers for Letters to Gaia, that she offered to publish together in one book (you can read some examples on her thread.) It could be a beautiful way to create a harmonic resonance, from our numerous visions and shared love of planet earth. She suggested we share our feelings about what is unfolding before us, and the solutions we perceive for our evolution and the future of humanity.

Since it's mostly shaped as a vision for the future, I thought I would share what I sent to her, here on this thread. Perhaps some of it might resonate with some of you passing through.

With good wishes, always.

:flower:

------------------------------------------

A letter to Gaia. Mother Earth.

------------------------------------------

Divine Mother Earth,

I know you hear me. I can't put into words the extent to which I feel it. I can barely conceive of the breadth of your wisdom. Your knowing. I glimpse only the edges of it. And that is enough to leave me humbled. And in awe.

When I walk barefoot on the soils and the rocks and grasses, I feel renewed. Something pours up through my skin and shines inside my body. As though I feel how my blood, my bones, my essence, are spinning with life. Some days I feel it so much, that whether people can see from a distance or not, my steps become a dance. When this happens, we dance together, you and I. We did this just weeks ago and a tiny, red-breasted bird came and landed at my feet to sing. We did this just days ago and the sound of crickets swam through the long grass all around me. Their music like medicine. I looked into the grass and asked to see one and one appeared. It landed on my hand, and an age passed where we looked into each other and I felt, beneath the ringing of the summer sun, something like a heavenly joy. The cricket stayed, gazing into my field, brimming with purpose, like an emissary of the nature spirits. As if it didn't wish to leave my palm. The way I didn't wish to leave yours. But eventually... I did go home. And dreamed of you, and the crickets and the bird song that reached into my heart, always and evermore, connecting me with yours.

I treasure these moments that hold me to you. They are respite from a much heavier feeling. A grieving. As a race of beings, so much that we do makes nothing close to sense. There is too much destruction on your physical plane. Like we are fools, hacking at the branch that holds us to the tree of life. With all the destruction and all of the abuse, towards you, and to each other, we are staring at oblivion. You are our only home. Your forests have been razed, mile upon mile, scorched to ashes. Your lakes and aquifers sapped and dried to a lifeless dust. Your dark veins and wells of oil and gas have been coveted and drilled, deep and then deeper, as they are drained in a fever. Churned to a broken landscape of choking smog and deathly waste. Your oceans, polluted and plundered, ache through this sterility to mend themselves.

We are enslaved by the mass production and consumption that has spread its infection through our cultures. As if nothing is sacred - and nothing is safe. So many of your children are starving and afraid.

Perhaps some you could take. Some you could allow. To give us time to learn, to develop, to see where we were going wrong and pull ourselves up into the wisdom of balance. But it's as if we are caught in a blind web of our own making. Because we have tried to avoid dealing with our own pain. The parts of us that seek destruction. The parts of us that acquiesce.

We have done this. I know I've sleep-walked my way into old habits and patterns that are not the best. I am well aware that prayers and good intentions are not enough to make changes. They are only the start. I continue to try, and some days I succeed, and for those I am truly grateful. So many here, I believe, at their core, mean no harm. But we were raised on fear and distraction, steered by hunger and blame. On scars passed down through generations. Like a weight of lies that couldn't help themselves. Taught to fool ourselves and smile, in endless corners full of quiet desperation.

Still there is hope.

A shift is occurring. Powerful and deep.

It wasn't all that way, through time. There wasn't only recklessness. There wasn't only destruction. And with the link to light that has been tended we are changing. Growing. Learning to look and to walk in a conscious direction.

There is a new world being called, and dreamed into being. A new way of seeing. I can feel it. I sense it in my heart, and I hold it there, now and then breathing its air, its truth, as though it is reaching from the future into the present moment.

In this world, there is no more vain degeneration. Nothing to fuel those frequencies of atrophy and devastation. It's a world where we have summoned the strength to face ourselves, and have mended the wounds of loss and abandonment that kept us separate from you, from love, from our rightful place in the cosmos. A place of balance. A place of abundance. Shimmering, dynamic and alive. We have found our deeper nature.

How long would it take to thank you for your patience? Like the wisest of great, great-grandmothers, watching us grow. Waiting. Wishing us forward to embrace and to honour our greatest potential.

It is a world where mistakes are viewed instantly as learning experiences, and apologies flow as easily and gladly as forgiveness. Where money has no meaning and no bearing on the quality of life that can be taken, gratefully, for granted by every man, woman and unborn child. The freedom our ancestors dreamed is now in every breath we take, sweeping into our cells and reconfiguring our intention.

It is a world where new and ancient studies are shared around the globe, and our children find sustenance in aiding one another. Where decency and wisdom qualify souls as the teachers within communities. Where adults understand how the most valuable things they can teach their young are to love themselves, freely and with kindness. To find bliss in learning responsibility for themselves. To discover and to honour the empathy that enriches their bonds with other living beings and the world all around them. To sing from their soul. To live from it. To honour creation.

It is a world where a child can be schooled at home, outdoors, or anywhere they please. Where what was once calculated as a quotient of intelligence, in numbers of two hundred or more, is now an average measure – but is founded on a spiritual depth of reason and respect that is the guiding light of our beliefs. We are in touch with what we feel. And what we feel is a part of a rich and harmonious world, enlightened by each of our changes, as we journey through our lives. Speaking one another's names from the heart. Nurturing the brightest dreams and visions that we glimpse within ourselves or in our neighbours. Until there is no such feeling as to see a stranger. We are learning each day to embrace the shifts and cycles of your mind, and of a mysterious and radiant universe.

Around your globe there are homes built with kindness in their living architecture. Houses crafted from organic material that blend into their surrounds. Grounded around and interwoven with the wisdom of trees in the heart of forests. There are levitating homes, bold and opalescent, that can fly their owners from violent earthquakes and hurricanes, and onto safe ground - to marvel over desert dunes at the edge of dusk, or set down beside the journeying sounds of mountain streams and jungle valleys.

Each of us builds according to a joyful vision. And when people step outside of their home they utter gratitude for the ground on which they walk. Not in words, but instantly with their hearts, where it is felt like a warm glow, and floods down through their feet like a pulse into the earth. As naturally as letting out breath. For many, their love of our world is so great that your grass, your glades, your mountain caves, are the only home they need. Home is beneath and amidst the stars, a feeling of love for the earth and everyone living. Not in sentimental ways that are only an expression, like a sweet song, for a passing moment. But in a way of fundamental respect that courses through our understanding, of how we remain connected.

We are made of water. The messages of life resound in its structure, like the secrets we forget we hold. We sustain a world where we purify your waters. No more angular pipes, or waste pits, pumped with chemicals. We echo the energising spirals of natural water systems. Desalinating what we need from the ocean. Drawing, in balance, from the air, for the soils and for our bodies, what we need. The more balance we create with our systems (using less of the material world to give us more) the less we need. The less we depend on your body. Instead we are nourished by your glow, its divine luminescence, and the sea of energy in which we swim. Your oceans, from their surface to their wild depths, are cleansed and glowing with the renewed spirit of countless creatures. They replenish the air with oxygen, and the whales and the dolphins sing with relief. Basking alongside us in the glory of our work. It makes us feel as though we have, at last, cured the misguided instincts of the past.

We draw much of the energy we need from the sun and from the aether with our bodies. Or - to fuel our material creations - with small machines we place in homes and ships. It has enabled us to grow foods and manufacture tools wherever we are. We transmit energy and information using wireless systems and bands that work in harmony with the frequencies of living beings. But even that is changing, as individuals increasingly engage sublime and subtle waves of telepathy, as we enhance and extend our psychic ability.

All toxic and radioactive wastes that we inherited have been transmuted via the cleanest technologies, and with your assistance. You guide us to where our work is needed. All newly formed waste is recycled without pollution. Mostly on site wherever it is created. The air, the land, the waters thrive. Unpolluted and crystal clear, the lakes around your globe mirror the whispering movements of the clouds.

Inventors are free to share. Some are invigorated by the task in their elder years, some are as young as the cusp of adulthood. They seek more to refine their ideas, holding one another to the highest standards, so that when they share, they know they are sharing the very best they could conceive together. And the best is always defined as what is best and safest for the good of the whole. The whole being us, and other living beings, as a part of our sentient planet. The motivating rush for fame, or fortune, is firmly obsolete. Faded into the past. Life - not an old-world illusion of leverage - is all that matters. Our systems are benign.

We have restored the connectivity of countless lands and their ecosystems. Species of all kinds are free to evolve. To migrate. To mingle and to soak the sunlight, or the nutrients in your depths. It is a world made of love and collaboration; of deep forests laden with fruit whose energies spin with vitality, and rich conversations with seasonal blooms and evergreens who soar towards the skies, as our siblings and our elders. We share their destiny, as they absorb our breath and our dreams, and replenish us with their own. In the silence of the dawn we are speaking with our souls. Our palms on the trees, feeling the soft electric bonds. We know they are listening. In the daylight we walk amidst the predators and prey. There are times they feel our light, its sovereignty. They are not so hungry in our presence. When we became different - so did they. They responded. And what made us different was within us all along. It was a spiritual seed, simply waiting to wind its roots.

Religion and race no longer divide us, because any such divisions had become distortions only out of feelings of fear. Abundance has crafted an utterly different paradigm. God has many names, to many people, but everywhere is understood as the dignity and the courage to love. Where possible - unconditionally. Children see no difference in colour or creed. Some do not perceive the colour in our skins at all. We see only a soul and the beauty of its promise - the diamond light that shines behind the eyes. We have learned we need not be a threat to one another. Instead we have raised our aims through the support of a shared inspiration. The honouring of our home - of the truth that working together, and sensing one another's progress as if it were our own, brings a bliss beyond that to which our ancestors aspired. We thank our ancestors for the journeys that they made. The errors and the sacrifice. They learned so much for us, so that we could learn, in new and lighter ways, for our descendants.

Our horizons are broad and our cultures inclusive. Filled with an array of scientific symposiums and open platforms that support our innovations. Myriad festivals that celebrate an expanding range of our arts and crafts. Young souls and old souls, whether born into indigenous shamans or technological pioneers - whether poets or physicists, or a fusion of manifold gifts and ways of viewing the world - we are community. Able to respect what we can learn from one another. We have come to realise that by giving and receiving with discernment and with openness, we amplify one another's light.

It is a world in which medicine begins in the heart and in the hands. Some of us see energies of emerald and azure, like the tones of your surface, flow around the fingertips in shimmering light. It is a world where to heal someone is to perceive them as whole and healed, realigned with their highest good and deepest wish. Where the wealth of wisdom that the shamans had been tending, the plant medicines and spirit guides, their gentle power and vibrant strengths, flourish hand in hand with our leaps and bounds of technological innovation. We build healing chambers and regenerative frequencies, designed to work in harmony with the instinctive, healing processes of our natural bodies. Further enabling instant surgeries, rescues, and swift recovery.

The landscape of the earth has been reborn. Countless spaces rewilded and rejuvenated. Farms and factories returned to the flow of meadows and woodlands. Dams and bridges recycled, so you can once again channel the energy of your rivers. Mines have been returned to open hills, covered by quilts of flowers and herbs that sway the air with an ethereal scent. Sometimes, when it is agreed necessary, we mine an asteroid for our metal needs. We no longer pierce your skin to plunder the world underground. But even so, that is a tiny fragment of what the surrounding solar systems are to our growing culture. They have been revealed to us as vast and open pathways, where the velvet of the night invites our gaze with planets ascending, ancient souls who glide beyond time, and monumental stars whose wisdom reaches through their fabric into other realms. There is a music woven through the portals of the spheres.

There are brothers and sisters beyond your borders who have travelled here in greater numbers to face us openly. You know them. These wanderers. Many times they have assisted us, repairing your systems, as we were failing. They travel in vessels, via dimensional gateways previously unknown to many here. It is possible now. As the shadow of a long era of doubt and ignorance diminishes, and the way forward becomes clear.

I remember, many years ago, reading a letter written by a great poet to a president. She said she believed the world was easier to change than we thought. That it began with a commitment from each of us not to harm anyone or anything, in this moment. Until we could look back on an hour, a day, a week, a year, of harmlessness. Like the principal still taught in the world of medicine, Primum non nocere : First, do no harm. So first we learned that harm was unnecessary. We remembered it. We harnessed it. A harmlessness. And from that stillness we had space to see clearly. Then we became, for the first time, truly creators.

This new world is one where the word 'trust' may have even become obsolete amongst loving people. Billions of sentient hearts restored to the strength of our natural destiny. Our most conscious vibration. Where those of us who choose love from an emerging instinct and good sense have grown to the influential majority which shapes and represents our culture.

There is so much to explore. Within and beyond your boundaries.

It is the world I see for us. It is becoming ours. It has always been ours. And, like you, beloved mother earth, waited patiently for us to claim what we knew we could be. For so long, who we are capable of being may have been shrouded by the blood-soaked burdens of what we had done. But as a race, we are remembering. The breadths and the heights of discovery we were born for.

I know that others feel and sense this world, gradually, being unveiled as it grows. Even if, for many, it is only in dreams beneath the layers of dense illusion that permeate our minds. As we lay our heads down alone, seeking moments of relief and reconnection. As the sunlight streams through a break in the clouds, revealing deeper dimensions through our windows and across the grids of city streets. As we gather in groups of two, and three, then more, around new born souls, and friends in need. Around the fading grasp and immortal care of those who carried us into this world. As our eyes meet theirs. Around fires over stones, and worn out tables where hopeful glasses clink in prayer.

Psychically. Perceptibly. A new seed is taking root.

For my joy, or when I am called, I walk barefoot on your land. Where its surface is alive and glistening with connection. It keeps me sane. Its tones and its rhythm hone a language of compassion. Of intuition. And I am grateful with every breath. As your generosity nourishes my spirit, pouring into my heart, connecting it with yours so it can pulse in resonance. In service to your goodness.

I'm called, more and more, to lay my hands over your ground each day, simply to give thanks. Others speak their prayers into the wind or across the water.

Through these means we are being drawn back to life. Recognising your vast body. Profound, delicate and wise. Born millennia before a place for us was even conceived. Cherishing your grace. Your purpose. Your divinity.

How it sustains us.

Divine mother earth - I love you. More than words could ever say.

I love you with all of my heart.

...

bettye198

20th October 2015, 21:41

I just saw this thread, very clever to feel out what each member thinks about when looking at the future. If you asked me in the 1970's my level of hope would be invincible. As I inched my way to now, I am more realistic about how things are controlled and manipulated so my dreams of seeing the dreams of a utopian world are thwarted. Mind you, I stay positive in the moment as best I can because I believe all change occurs there. When I studied the history of the planet from various sources, the one that sent me spinning was the Voyagers Vol I and II by Ashayana. Since then, clothed in understanding of how this planet came to be with all the visitations from loving and warmongering extraterrestrials, and where things are shaping up with nations and trends and collapses and struggles on a global level, I went back and listened to what was happening from the Beloveds back in 2012 with Asha. The very cool thing that happened then was our planet Gaia or Mother or Terra or whatever you want to refer to it, made a decision in consciousness to ascend. Now that may mean nothing or everything to you all, but Ascension requires time to prepare and move in vibration. Evidently the word is out in the Universe that Ascension will take place in a matter of time. In other words, the planet as it was created will not dissolve into nothingness despite the threats from the Fallen Angelics. That particular game will play out while we are here ( or not ). Many of the supposed humans of light, Angelic beings, fell. A defect called the dark flowering messed up their mission and caused unrest. But for the rest of us who hung on, we have a choice at the end of our life. More on that in a bit. Regarding the Ascension of Earth, the Angelic Hosts ( anchoring us into light while immersed in darkness) of the planet were fighting an almost losing battle. In 2012, a stronger, bolder, higher dimensional group came in and began the Hosting. I am not talking about a group or craft or Command that will save our butts. This is always our choice as souls to save ourselves from turmoil. I am saying we do have help with a higher frequency shield that is available when things turn south. For me, I ask for that shield every day because each day could be my hardest day and I believe in preparation of the highest order. Naivete must be out the window. We have come this far and we are armed with understanding and knowledge and we have kinship with others of like mind. Get in touch with your plasma bodies which is your capsule, if you will. The Myotic plasma flames come from much higher cosmic matrices. It is a deflection field. It is not normal to have mutations and disease and mental defects in our biologic.

I will not live long enough to see the end result of all that is hoping to pass ( I say hope because how many times in history have treaties and star wars gone on and shattered dreams?) The plan from my understanding is that things will start happening in 2047. I doubt I will be alive at 100 yrs of age. Certain foldings and finales will play out before a birth wave occurs. It is physics, metaphysics and cyclic and part of waves that will move Earth to its new domain. The whole idea of peace that many of us can see from a different vantage point will be exhilarating because once, we were a part of that. We anchored peace in the long ago and we will know it as part of our consciousness. This is not New Agey lingo. This Earth was ripped away from its original placement. Now it has that chance to go forward with or without us all in the living eternal intelligence that is God Source, which is indestructible.

When I mentioned we will have a grand choice at the last hour of our lives, it is this. We know all the 12+ stargates are under Fallen Angelic control. We lost many battles at those gates. The stargates were our portal out of this dimension upon leaving as souls. But we do have this choice- to go through the ancient portals, the ancient gates instead. Those are open to Angelics. If we only think it , so shall it be. If you care only to go through the dark tunnel with the so called light beckoning ( as is reported in NDE preceptions) you will only be seeing your own light body anatomy and an arrival in a lower dimension where reincarnation ( a tool to keep us coming back repeatedly so more energy fuel can be used by those in control) brings us back here. The goal is to at least find Andromeda and beyond until we are able to raise our frequencies enough to climb the dimensional ladder.

These were only my perceptions from those studies.

Eternal blessings, :heart:

Meggings

21st October 2015, 02:54

I don't know where to put this. Above, in post 141 (http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?32399-A-Future-Earth&p=672748&viewfull=1#post672748) I just saw that Wade Frazier is quoting from a Michael Roads book I had wanted to buy once but did not have funds for. I read this paragraph copied below and had to leave the computer to walk off my dry sobs and emotion from recognition.

"Without warning, a bubble containing three people comes sweeping over the grain crop to hover close by us. Staring hard at them, I gasp. Two are tan-skinned human adults, but the other Being, although humanoid, is fine-boned and very slender, with a large hairless head and startling blue skin. For a moment our eyes meet, and I sense an inner recognition. I feel a love for this Being that is so powerful and unexpected, it hurts. In the brief moment our eyes meet, I feel a promise from the Blue Being that I cannot put into words – a promise I cannot define."

When I was a tiny tyke, maybe three years old, I was outside playing (as all children were in those years). I was "provoked" that I did not have my sphere to travel home in, for I was hot and thirsty, and my little legs were tired and home was so far for me to walk in the summer heat. I remember wanting the sphere in which I travelled in comfort, and that would go wherever my thought directed it.

Another memory from those early years was of the frequent visits of my most deeply beloved Blue Man. He (perhaps they, but I only remember HIM clearly) would come into my bedroom when I was a small child. In the dark of night I would sit on my bedroom's hard floor and rest my head lovingly on his knee, looking up into his wise and smiling face. He would put his hand on my head and all was as it should be. I felt such vast love for this beloved Blue Man that human speech cannot convey it. I remember being in public school class, in the early grades, thinking of my beloved Blue Man and the lessons of LOVE I was learning from him.

There are other memories from those early years. Once I was taken aboard a space craft to meet with many gathered around a table. The discussions were about ethics and morals, and I was being asked about human ethics as the beings sought to learn to what stage people had attained. I recall with what authority I spoke to them, reprimanding them that my earth body was only eight years old and had not the experience and knowledge they were asking me to recount to them - and then, despite my brief reprimand of those assembled, I then proceeded to discuss morality and ethics of various earth people - my relatives - that I knew. This meeting, too, I remember contemplating in public school gym class. I declined to run around the track and instead was off to one side contemplating things few eight-year-olds think on.

This is sufficient to show the emotional link I felt to what Mr. Roads wrote, in a book I have never read or owned. And Michael Roads himself, in his first book "Talking With Nature", which I did own and read, gave me understanding not only that one can communicate with clouds and kangaroos and brambleberries, but that time itself was not linear.

Thank you for copying this excerpt, Wade, so that I could find it tonight and have my spirits lifted by remembering. I see more clearly that my main work in body is to perfect Love. And man-oh-man, I have been doing poorly at that of late.

Wade Frazier

21st October 2015, 04:15

I am happy that you got something out of that. I have been rereading that book lately, as it sits on the floor next to my bed, in the stack.

Hang in there!

Wade

Melinda

15th February 2016, 01:00

Echoes of a Bygone Age

Saul wiped the frayed edges of the old leather chest, one last time, before laying it down on the ground beside him. He listened as his brother, sat beside him, continued to read from the journal they had found earlier that day, concealed inside the box, wrapped in a single piece of cloth. The textures were strange. Neither of them were sure how long it had been buried in the ground. How many people had walked over it, just a few feet above. One generation after another. As through those years, the world within its pages became more distant. Less familiar to the company of life, changing and growing, only inches away. With each passing footstep. With the birth and fade of countless seasons. This journal’s secrets lay with a kind of patience, waiting to be uncovered.

As he looked around at the woodland area in which he and his siblings were gathered, Saul felt his lips stretch to an unexpected smile. One of recollection and great respect. He knew perhaps, of all the living things around them, the trees that soared above were the most likely to have lived through the trials and the tests that filled the ancient pages. At the moment his thoughts moved in this direction, the branches above him swayed in recognition, flooding his chest with their frequencies. As if nodding in mutual appreciation. All living things care to be recognised. Appreciated. Understood. When it is done with love, it can be felt. The feeling that rippled through Saul was that feeling. Subtle and deep, as it swept around his bones.

His brother felt it too. How the trees were listening. He knew, he could sense, that he and Saul were both taken aback by what was being read. The hardness of an era that had shaped their ancestors. It was a mixture of emotion. They felt privileged to have discovered this account, and grateful to be in a world that was so much freer. So much kinder. This world, their world, conceived and lived with openness at its core and in every aspect that reached out, in innumerable threads, from that core in their daily lives. The balance of that openness was not secrecy, or repression. It was mystery. It was a sense of security, of adventure and discovery, in the vast oceans of space – the infinite seas of consciousness, sublime with vitality, that shifted all around them. It flowed through them like a whisper of the divine. Lived from the knowing that all are connected. From the hearts that beat closest, to the promise that filled the uncharted stars.

Saul listened as his brother read, by comparison, of a tumultuous time. The events in the journal described a different earth. A place of cruelty and isolation. A time when fear of losing, and of not being valued, too often made people’s minds and lives feel smaller and smaller, until they were in danger of feeling disconnected even from themselves. Until they no longer knew who they were. Like ghosts who were searching through a mist in broken vessels, trying to remember from where they truly came. And to where they might belong.

The journal spoke to them of an alien world. Perhaps the saddest part came in the very last lines of its worn, uncensored pages. The journal’s author, a man named Carl, wrote of how he intended to bury this book into which he’d poured so many years of thoughts and feelings. People sent by those he called the local authorities, who he’d never even met, were to arrive soon and remove him. They were to place him in a new home with strangers to live his final days. Somewhere he felt his belongings wouldn’t be safe. They would be stolen or discarded as waste when he eventually died. His thoughts and dreams of little value to those who were soon to forget his name. His small cluster of things that he had clung to and tended through his life, as proof of his solitary existence, would be buried in the ground. But not in the careful way in which he’d managed to do with his journal. Most likely they would end up scattered in what was then called ‘landfill.’ Places where humans once filled the land with objects they no longer used. Places where motherless children with no currency to live would scavenge for scraps of food in the icy weather, or when the searing summer heat made a stench from the pile, so foul it would soak their skin.

The brothers thought of how fortunate they were that their ancestors had survived. They felt renewed respect for the small number amidst their forebears who had pursued a visionary path, in spite of how the world around them may have abused them, and their designs, with derision and defensiveness. They thought of how, undeterred, those same forefathers set about crafting the tools and understanding that could reform a global community with new ideas. With clean energy, inwardly and outwardly. Remoulding that fragile landscape of the planetary mind with clarity, and love, and purpose. So that Saul and his brothers could live within and contribute to that world, now, in this time, where it had sunken its roots, firmly with benevolence.

They wanted to reach back into that other wounded time, into the heart of its many authors, and show them how the world would change. So that those evolving souls could find some moment of relief in knowing how so many difficulties they were facing would be relegated to history books in future generations. The brothers joined hands and inhaled slow, steady breaths into their centre. They focused their intent with clarity, connecting into a shared mind. Across the forest, and even in the ships that travelled overhead in the clear Northern sky, other minds heard the call and joined them in their union. The community connected. The air became electric. And in that moment hundreds of bodies breathed together, blowing a healed blueprint of humanity, fortified with light, into the hearts of their ancestors. Honouring them with gratitude.

Wade Frazier

15th February 2016, 01:36

And Melinda does this for free! :)

Wide-Eyed

7th March 2016, 02:50

This thread is one of the reasons why I've joined Project Avalon. You get people like Melinda here trying to put into writing a vision of a free Earth in the future and it makes me feel good. Keep up the good work people.

Ray Kurzweil discusses open source , 3-D printing , virtual reality and the impacts of these technologies now and his opinions of advances in technology and future impacts of various technologies. https://youtu.be/YVfHCSJ9GSE

Billy Vasiliadis

26th July 2016, 13:46

Howard Storm, who experienced an NDE which completely changed his life, saw this vision of future Earth during his NDE.

The world that they showed me in the near future, in a couple hundred years from now, is a world that is difficult for me to understand or accept. What I saw was no visible signs of technology. If there was technology, they hid it from me — or it was so subtle that I couldn’t even see it… I assumed the future would be a world of high technology and they showed me a world of not low technology, but NO technology. Where people’s relationship with God, with the creation, and with one another was so intense that human beings controlled the weather of the planet — not just for the welfare of human beings, but for the welfare of the entire planet. Everybody in the world was telepathically connected to everybody else in the whole world. People raised food by simply meditating or thinking about the food and the food would just grow and then would pick it and eat it… It was not instantaneous, but it happened before your eyes. Cabbage would grow from a seed to a full grown cabbage in a matter of a few minutes.

People lived in small communities. People could move from community to community, freely, if they wanted to. Most people didn’t move around very much. Some communities put an emphasis on music. Some communities put an emphasis on science. Some communities put an emphasis on celebration, liturgy, worship. Some communities spent their time on physical relaxation and enjoyment, sports, and that sort of thing. Some communities were very contemplative and did seemingly very little. Some communities were very active and were very much engaged with their environment, sort of what we would call gardeners, but they were literally environmental sculptors, making these very beautiful places with the vegetation and the geology around them. Different communities had different emphasis, but they lived in total harmony with the flora and the fauna around them and in complete harmony with one another. The main emphasis of every community was the individuals in the community and most especially the children.

When people had experienced what they felt was their full life experience, there would be a great celebration, and they would lay down and die and their souls, their spirits would be raised up to heaven. Dying was not seen as a sad thing, or grievous thing. It was a joyous time. It was celebrated as a birth.

People ate simply. Dressed simply. From what I was shown, there were no possessions other than the clothes on their back and a few simple instruments like musical instruments, or tools, or things like that which were pretty much shared communally.

It was a world that’s very difficult for me to make any sense of because there was great happiness. There was very little suffering. There was no disease because people, with laying on of hands, could heal diseases immediately. The only real suffering that they showed me was sometimes people felt a sense of separateness. And the community would allow these people to feel that, but they would pray for that person, they would surround that person with love and bring that person back into the community. So it was possible for people to move a little bit away from the spirit of the community, but they were brought back into the community. No one was left, no one was ever lost for very long. It was important sometimes for people to feel; to appreciate what they had, they needed to loose a little bit of it once and awhile.

The spirit of Christ lived in every heart — fully and completely. It’s a world that is so unlike the world that we live in. How can we ever get there? But they showed me that this is the world that God envisioned for us and it’s not that far away.”

Wade Frazier

27th July 2016, 02:37

Thanks Vasili:

Howard Storm’s NDE (http://www.near-death.com/experiences/notable/howard-storm.html) is an example, IMO, of how earthly personalities that lose their way are “”jolted” back onto their path. There is a wide range of reactions to NDE experiences, and Storm’s aftermath was one of the most fanatical that I have encountered, as a former atheist who spouted Bible verse to all around him. Storm was describing what I call a Level 19 world (http://ahealedplanet.net/paradigm.htm#level19), and I have little doubt that it is a real one to choose from. But, as he described it, Earth’s population was very low. What, maybe 100 million people? If that?

Bill Ryan introduced me to his readers/listeners with an excerpt from an email of mine as we were preparing for the Camelot interview (http://projectcamelot.org/wade_frazier.html). It still sums up how I see it. Infinite future realities beckon to all of us (http://ahealedplanet.net/visions.htm#alternate), and it will be up to each one of us which paths we travel. People who have had NDEs (http://ahealedplanet.net/spirit.htm#nde) and out-of-body experiences, various kinds of psychonauts and the like, have visited future Earths, both heavenly (http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?32399-A-Future-Earth&p=672748&viewfull=1#post672748) and hellish (http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?32399-A-Future-Earth&p=672115&viewfull=1#post672115), and all manner of reality in-between.

The way that I see it, our technology, to a great degree, made us, and I think that a future of enlightened technology use (http://ahealedplanet.net/humanity.htm#epochal5) is ahead of us, and for some of us, maybe a Level 19 lifetime will be in the cards. But I’ll settle for one in that heavenly future Earth that Roads visited.

Best,

Wade

Melinda

16th January 2017, 05:45

Are these complete? Not sure. Might need tweaking. Felt like a share. Many hours spent in a whirl of words and montage, until I could taste the future in the moment...

Much love to one and all

Our Story

We were conceived to experience our deepest strength. Our broadest potential. To gratefully receive our highest truths. Watching as they pulse beneath the skin, and flicker, in sacred lights, through the rivers of our eyes. The temples of our lives. These are the aims of myself and my kin. We gather freely. And because we glide to one another, day to day, with open arms - and we know that all seeking is essentially an old question that has resurfaced to experience itself differently - we are at home in our courage. Seeking becomes an act of creation. Of collaboration with the divine threads and energy waves that course through the chasms of darkness and symphonies of stars within our universe. We do not seek to 'know' everything, in the ways of the old world. The ways born of hunger. Itself born of a lack of faith. We sense both the past and the future flowing through our cells. The untamed grip and the glare of ancestral fear. The seventh dimensional rays of our future souls, soaring and glistening in harmony. Eye to eye. Heart to heart. We replenish one another. Drawing deeper from, and pouring deeper into, the refined, unlimited wells of a shared imagination.

We are beings of many worlds.

The Mind of Dalia

Dalia is my sister. Born of a different mother and father. In some lives we were born from the same two parents. In this one, to different families, on different continents. We visit each other in our dreams and in our thoughts. Sometimes simply to leave a smile, like a morning flower on a threshold. A note beneath a door. She can sense the field of my heart when it is flooded with awe. I can feel hers in rare moments when it is at risk. From straying too far. In need of embrace to remember who she is. Some days the roles are reversed. In either dynamic, we hold a space for one another. A prayer.

This is common. We are not the only ones who live through this healing. We are not the only ones who vitalize these bonds in one another's movement.

Dalia has invited me today, to link our minds, and join in her experience. She is at the crystal caves, the southern edge, by the waters. She is conversing with the dolphins and the Oumanvaal. The O, as we know them. They are strangely wild in their silence, graceful in their balance of vocation and power, connected to their home zones in another solar system. It is, almost, as if they exist so markedly beyond what the ancestors experienced as the sheltering of self through the ego, that they journey into unfathomable realms of unity, to the consciousness of nations, and the cosmos, then journey back in ways that appear instantaneous – returning to our minds, at our speed of thought, to convey what we can use for our enrichment.

Over generations of earthling upliftment, the dolphins have assisted in opening portals within our ocean where the Oumanvaal have entered and surfaced to align with us. They weave through our minds, stories of their journeys and their other-dimensional language. Their bodies extend from a central core, with a plethora of arms that sway through space like reams of silk in some unknown layer of the ocean's depth. Even when they touch the air.

It is new to my senses, yet has a warmth of familiarity. Reminds me, in ways, of the word magic. In their language, the vibrational imprint of the word for magic is the root of many words. Though they are not so much words, as symbols that exist simultaneously with a clear and even sonic frequency. Audible to some. Like music. Incapable of being misinterpreted by those who are connected. We feel their meaning. As they feel ours.

Dalia is communicating with them. As are the people around her. It is an exchange, In parts so joyful and bold, so inviting and interactive, as the collected minds shift one another's understanding and rise into resonance, that it is almost a dance. We dance with the Oumanvaal. It regularly causes the feel of laughter in my belly, like a peal of bells, streaming up into my heart, somehow - in gentle, equal measure - sobering my mind. Soothing it. It is wonderful.

It feels like a blessing.

https://i.imgur.com/XT0ybvp.jpg

The Body of Estwell

Estwell is not one person, but a community. One of souls that have gathered themselves. With our technologies of space craft that can carry us across the globe in minutes, we find one another with ease. Although, with the dissolution of slavery - a spell that once pinned us in a daze of mechanistic labour, which too often would profit the few instead of the collective - we are equally free to wonder on our feet for years, if and how we choose, as we move to our destination.

In eras past, as people were gifted with the means to live cleanly and abundantly, the artificial boundaries between us, rooted in mind-sets of scarcity and defensiveness, all gradually diminished. We are tuned, all of us, to the needs and rhythms of other creatures and living systems. We respect the need for the land to breathe. For the seas to writhe, and the forest to live its seasons. It is in that way that we move through the world. Caring. Conscious. Absorbing the pleasures and the secrets of the earth, on our routes. We are now, as a race on earth, travelling around and beyond it, honed to choose and to build our communities as widely as we dream them.

There are times when some individuals, within our global fold, are unsure how to nurture their calling. Many are found by the seers of Estwell, who lend their company from a distance. Revealing what is possible. Encircling the psyche's doubts in a warm array of visions and feeling. Creating a bridge between souls. Transformational exchanges. It is an offering that doesn't always draw the receivers to Estwell, and is not intended to, but often it will lift them or turn their gaze to evolving trails and perspectives – relink them to their inner compass. A rekindling of motivation. Nourishing the planes of numinous connection.

Estwell began with a convergence of scientific minds. Each of them drawn to contribute to or observe the others' projects. It now exists as a thriving hub of technology and research. Grounded by the spiritual wealth and the mutual respect of its members. Many members come, and then leave after they feel a call elsewhere. But the underlying tenet and drives are so strong that Estwell maintains an identity unique around the planet. Much pioneering has evolved from its endeavours. The brightest minds combining in fields of plasma, of crystal, magnetic and electrical innovation, the behaviours of new found liquids and asteroidal metals. Healing and building with light and with sound. With interdimensional keys that awaken the interest of off-world beings, whose visitations and transmissions the community absorbs as pathways to its growth. Many families live around Estwell, forming with their homes a soft perimeter. One whose shape forever shifts, with the farewells and arrivals of settlers old and new. Dwellings so effortlessly raised through joy, and with peaceful meaning, they amplify an energy that encompasses the entire domain.

An ancestor of mine was one of the first to bear a child, after settling in Estwell. The Estwell babies, they called them. Just a few years in and it was hardly a surprise to find the child, Kuzma, had an intense interest in, a passion for, the study of interdimensional physics. He vocalised his plans to design new kinds of interstellar craft. Continuing the work of his grandmother, a much beloved astronaut, who also led a large number of expeditions into the inner earth. Though he could have been born to any corner of the earth, and made his way here, he chose this place. In our world, more and more children are born with a clear purpose, a recollection of from where and why they came. He still recalls his mother's first message as he entered the earth, uttered by her heartbeat as the tones of its newest song shimmered throughout her body. As it quivered with her love, and in his father's devotion.

“Welcome.”

https://i.imgur.com/ceWw4dW.jpg

The Spirit of Akash

Akash is an old, and we suspect much travelled soul. Around many of us he will opt not to impart the full weight of his story. Lifetimes laid to rest, spent in the midst of battle-worn leaders and alchemistic sages, troubling the world from behind a sealed cellar door. Here and there a mercenary, lured by the shadows. In the last, and fair to say more than several lifetimes over a thousand years, he has remoulded and expanded his consciousness. Here, now, always emitting a lightness of touch in the energy he shares, no matter the faces or complexities before him. It is a decision born of kindness. The humility of one who is close to mastering sacrifice beyond suffering. To where each act of surrender grows the energy of the soul. It is the softness of one who treads lightly – nearing, we believe, the end of his path in earthly incarnations. Akash's mind is humbling. The kind adept at tapping into energies of magnificent scale. The kind that could move a mountain, but instead would choose to move through it. Thanking the fabric of the rocks as it passed.

In his small, youthful body of five solar years, he has wondered far, and taught us a great many things about the earth. She speaks to him. It is felt by her creations. The woodlands honour him. The trees lean into his path to brush the hairs of his skin, where their bonds with the earth can echo far into his thoughts. He loves them, as brothers and sisters. Mothers and fathers. A child who is content to be alone, because he knows, truly feels, within the clear skies and valleys of his galactic spirit, he in fact never could be. It is a contentment so filled with vitality, it sails along the spines of those who pass through its current, even at a distance of a mile or more.

Akash will often enter into bliss, roaming within the ancient greens and golds of a summer forest. The nature spirits with whom he connects are drawn to him wherever he steps - collecting around him as guardians when he sleeps. He guards them in kind. Choosing his sleeps to explore, more than to recuperate. Sometimes they observe, as do multiple beings of varied dimensions, when he manifests goods in the material realm.

As today. He is meeting with Cassaypi. A being from a distant star system whose race, on her planet of origin, is a little like a blend between one of our native humans and a nature spirit. She identifies with the earth nature spirits. Whilst she possesses their playful side, here on earth she is fascinated by our intellectual growth, and the games that have survived generations.

Akash has created a board for chess, and all its pieces, made of light. They are taking turns. Moving pieces with their minds. Akash, both a fair and a consummate player, is blocking both their minds so they will not predict one another's moves. Cassaypi appreciates it. She marvels quietly, as he spins an orb of sapphire stone, inches away from his palms. Gently unravelling the rules of dimensions, with a fundamental respect for their systems and purpose. An effortless ken that sings through the air. If I could say it of anyone, I might say it of Akash, that some rare souls appear to be not only made of love, but truly an open and flowing channel.

His world is a blessing, and he is leaving it for us. Imbuing his surrounds with an atmosphere that lingers. Then moving on through the cosmic gateways his endeavours reveal. Unphased and empowered by the journeys ahead.

https://i.imgur.com/wrYTMCO.jpg

Wade Frazier

16th January 2017, 13:14

Thanks Melinda. I needed that!

Wade

Melinda

8th March 2017, 04:54

The Forest Makers

Imagine awakening to the music of the birds. The layers of their song, rising and falling in harmony with the waves of consciousness that pulse beneath your skin. The ripple of streams, crystalline pure; the cascade of high and distant waterfalls that sway through the air, spilling their bounty of diamonds in the sunlight. To let your eyes, as they first open, spend a moment or an hour, conversing with the colours and contours of a wild flower, or the silk-winged creatures that rest along its edges. Seeing the universe in the tiniest of detail. The wind, now and then, weaving its moods into a sound, through the branches of the Aspen, and the sacred hollows of the rocks. A tapestry of energies. Its wisdom and its textures, forever unfolding in the chambers of your heart. To wake and to live and to vision, attuned to them. This is our world. And your world to come. We are the forest makers, and these ways are in our blood.

With so much of earth’s ecosystem once decimated by greed and disregard, for so long, repairing the damage was considered a priority by an ever-increasing number of souls. In this process, great care was taken to use both our technologies, and the ancient wisdom and intuition of the most sensitive in our midst, to develop our systems in alignment with the natural flows and needs of our planet. Not every desert was greened. Not every zone was deemed fit for jungles, or areas of collective housing, either of which could alter the climate. Some locations, where significant portals were identified, were kept free of human habitation, so cross-dimensional activity could be safely monitored and learned from. We studied not only our own records, now shared more freely than in earlier centuries, but also listened to the wealth of knowledge the animals had been keeping. Waiting for us to commune with them.

Various communities had been honing the skills of reforesting for generations. There were cases too of lone, rare individuals, old souls among our ancestors, who had purchased land and returned it to balance, to resonate with the earth. Her natural state. A blueprint of abundance now unfurls at our feet, as the valleys and mountains hum their approval. Barely audible. But discernable to those fluent with their messages. Where care is taken, and love freely shared, animals gather and settle. Inviting their kin, and including their role in the growth of new systems. The earth herself feels the tending of life, sending her waters through her veins, branching off and rising to her surface. Old springs reborn, and new ones birthed, navigating to connect with the rivers and the ocean bays. Some believe she not only filters and channels from sources around her globe, but calls forward new waters from a form of singularity, connected with the divine.

Even in the womb our children learn a closeness to the living frequencies of our environment. Certain plants, trees and creatures are widely known to prefer the company of certain others. Some to cleanse, assist or guard one another. Some to prey. Some to converse in ways not always entirely understood. New species forever reveal themselves. With our own evolution into beings who are primed to give more than we take, we have enabled ourselves to influence many animals to adapt in similar ways. They join us in exploring other realms and modes of sustenance. Some individuals assist us in mastering our own purpose, or receiving downloads and connections to our galactic library. There are poet souls beneath the fur and the feathered wings. Graceful warriors among the horses, the healer whales and teacher wolves. We listen and we learn where there is opportunity and invitation. From the ancient clans of elephants to the crow and the roaming jaguar. Some act as conduits for guides. Some are gifted at birth to fully communicate from their incarnate souls. Many such souls commit to serve along the planetary grids, enriching the hues of wildness and grace.

At the very start, we invited the nature spirits, the benevolent and generous among them, to help configure and nourish the once empty planes. Feeling our intent, they agreed to work with us, assisting every new-seeded woodland in becoming its potential. Until its bones and its breath were imbued with a scintillating magic. The forests, old and new, began to rise into unparalleled symphonies of life. Where once humans had been the great interference, now we were collaborators. Builders and keepers of variegation. Gardeners, deeply in our hands and souls. A part of founding this effectively lay in understanding the balance of when to instigate, and when to observe earth and her other creatures take the reigns of an idea. Now these understandings are embedded in our DNA. We freely give our energy in continual exchange. The awareness of it, conscious and directed, makes all the difference. An exchange of love, through the language of our spirits.

Nearly all forest makers have created homes to grow the world around us. So that our lives and the forest are intertwined. Its plants and vines, creatures and spirits, sharing our homes. Responding to our vibration, as we are nourished by their own. Living this life does not demand labour in the sense of the old world. It is not a chore, but a natural response. Like skipping over stones or welcoming the rain into our bodies. We have hours in our days and nights to spend our life in innumerable ways. Less with what our ancestors referred to as ‘jobs’, and more in what they would have termed vocations and roles. Our hearts guide us to how we will most enjoy growing. That joy, that love expressed through respect and exploration, assists with the experience of timelessness. Often we appear as young as we feel. A lightness of spirit pours through our physical being, and many of us begin our morning with the gentle act of stretching our limbs and thought into the bliss of levitating. Rising above the river and the soil, to greet the eagle in the clouds or bless the highest branches of the pines. Honing our balance and drawing it playfully and usefully into the 3D realm.

Once, where we dwell, there were stagnant cities, dozing and rumbling into misery. A kind of spiritual confusion. Concrete towers that seemed little more than human storage. Disconnected souls, risking numbness to life, misguided on the crutch of a shady range of chemicals and stimulants. But where those cities stood, now there is a deeper, more connective vitality. A more organic array of perceptions and motivation. Sublime and multidimensional. Both drawing us together, and offering us space to lay our paths of independence. With clean, efficient energy technology, we have restored the earth’s ecosystems and recycled many buildings into harmonious landscapes. Into new ships and even works of art. And art is yet another aspect of life that has grown, and grown, serving to expand our imagination. All among us are considered artists. Creating our lives with the intent to heal and uplift, reinventing our worlds. Together as a family, allowing our souls to inform a vast spectrum of collaboration.

Some within our midst have maintained the traditions of the ancient arts. The crafting of artistic tools and instruments is a personal realm of bliss. Some use their hands alone, working with the fallen wood of trees from around the globe. To find a tree that connects with you personally, and to carve a dulcimer, flute or a mandolin, with that tree to guide you as you mould its shape, is an enlightening conversation. Some adepts within the craft will improvise their pieces according to the wishes of the tree. Others utilise three-dimensional printing technology to design and create entirely new instruments which they envisage in their dreams, with exact precision. Some use it to create the lost instruments of the past. My uncle once experimented, using scanners to lift the sonic imprints from the walls of an ancient concert hall, to see if he could replicate the sounds. It was, well, a little muffled. But when he linked his endeavour to that of a group of talented lucid dreamers who were communicating with a famous composer of that era, he was able to achieve more clarity on the compositions and their atmospheres.

Not far from me live a family of quintuplets, all gifted with voices of immaculate tone, and each unique. When joined in unison, they will often charm the glens and dales, as the mountain air sweeps through their bodies like the ringing of celestial bells. They have been known to calm a storm, or to ward off unsavoury seekers when they extend their reach into heavier tones. Two of the siblings created software that searched the web for vocal signatures that could match or complement their own. Within a day we had a choir, flown in from around the globe. Some of whose members are triplets and twins. And with every notable concert we witness more and more extra-terrestrial visitors in the audience, curious to absorb the emanations. They have begun to express an interest in membership. One of them, a lilac-skinned Afarian from the Elmara constellation, enquired as to whether his height, of fourteen feet, would be a hindrance. On receiving approval, he revealed an innate gift for the mid-tempo choral pieces. Particularly for singing three part harmonies all at once.

When people hold a union ceremony, friends around the world will often create unique musical instruments, all manner of interactive sculptures and films and other works for the occasion, to honour the partners and bless their path together. Our festivals are filled with art, and whilst credit is freely given to those who inspire and create, the absence of money and of mean-spirited competition has freed the world to share and incorporate old or existing art into new creations like never before. Subsequently, similar in ways to the sand mandalas of earth’s Tibetan monks, art comes and goes for joy and for healing. For learning in the moment. For dedication to serving a higher calling and spiritual purpose, without the attachments of the past, or the longing for recognition. The territorial games of identity and branding that too often used to stifle and divide such large numbers of creators, are truly obsolete. We are story-tellers and healers. Equipped to examine both the darkness in our shadows and the bounty of our light. Through supporting that integration in one another, we explore and express more deeply and respectfully than ever before.

There are also those who incline towards painting, and much like the singers will often attract the woodland animals, or open telepathic portals with their endeavours. My neighbour once opened such a portal, and incorporated what he saw into a corner of his painting, which was a man from a distant land. When he searched his memory in the dreamtime the face became more and more familiar, so he visited the most synchronous remote viewers in the region, who discovered this man was in fact a cousin who he had never known. A long story. But they are now in contact daily, and work on building a new database for their shared passion - the recent discovery of meteorite deposits on a lake bed several miles to the North, which seem to phase in and out of dimensions.

The painters often work in silence, some seeming to bask in a gentle glow that grounds them in the earth. Others appearing to rise into a kind of reverie, as though the act of channelling through the work invigorates their blood. Some paint using old-fashioned paints and canvas, easily recycled. Others using laser and hologram tools. Though there are some who will use energy alone, manifesting radiant compositions in the space around them.

Lani is only young, but one of the brightest in her family. Her village have, several times, helped modify my forest-glider so I can send herbs back and forth to our neighbours. Lani is less interested in the machines however, and far more in painting. She creates directly from her heart, and enjoys maintaining her light creations for hours. Some days they are like ribbons of neon that spiral through the air. Others are far more complex. Sacred geometrical shapes, and flowers of life, that transform the forest around her into a multi-levelled and luminous cathedral. Lani is a remarkable empath, and often gifts the ability to those in close proximity. Her works can be felt, and are known to transmute the troubled energies of those she encounters, whose wounds she locates and offers to repair. To be near to her creations is like wandering within the rays of a dozen tiny suns. The elders among the swans like to meditate beneath them. They have been known to invite her to swim with them, and even ride them as they fly. Her greatest treasure is her joy. Profoundly bonded, as it is for all travellers here, to the world and the many life forms in our midst. We know, and have always known, that we are born to live, to breathe and to honour that joy, as we nurture the havens around us. We share it all gladly. And marvel as it gives us our heaven on earth.

https://i.imgur.com/DuKnlmG.jpg

https://i.imgur.com/WcUc2Fp.jpg

https://i.imgur.com/zMVWZEm.jpg

Wade Frazier

9th March 2017, 04:16

It is truly an honor to have helped develop a place where Melinda can publish her art. While reading Melinda’s latest masterpiece, and listening to some appropriate music, and I laughed out loud when reading the choir part, old Wade got inspired to write another visionary post. I first thought about writing a little more about Andra’s life (http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?32399-A-Future-Earth&p=932433&viewfull=1#post932433), and I think that I will put it on my list of things to do, but I think that I am going to first write something from the first or second generation of the Fifth Epoch (http://ahealedplanet.net/humanity.htm#epochal5). Working long hours these days, and they may not let up for a while, but those posts are coming one day.

For now, I will savor Melinda’s latest…

Best,

Wade

Servant Limestone

10th March 2017, 21:38

I'm also starting to become busy in life with the coming of my new job, so all I can do is to savor this one.

I've always wondered on how the Fifth Epoch may handle ecological restoration and it seems that Melinda touched on it here in great detail and in a story telling manner, which is very important.

This is amazing. Interestingly, I am also listening to some easy listening music, Lighthouse Family, when I am reading this. It just so happens. Thanks for giving more good vibes, Melinda. :)

Melinda

7th January 2018, 01:25

I do feel drawn to this thread :) Thought I’d make a post with some visions (montages I put together) that I’d posted elsewhere on other threads. I hope to be back soon with a new future vision. Meanwhile, here are some I made before, re-uploaded (since Photobucket blanked out all my pics here, unless I agree to start paying them quite a lot.) I’ve included some of the text I wrote when I originally posted them.

Much Love

* * * * *

This first one is of a school.

In the background you can see the campus and its central building. Its whimsical shape designed by the older children who, at 14-16 years, are all fairly capable engineers. They designed the building of the main assembly hall in anticipation of the April showers, so that the spring waters can spiral down the outer slopes. The material they chose has special acoustic properties – and the cascading of the rain creates different kinds of music that sound all around them and resonate beneath their skin. They say it's akin to an awakening feeling. Like the sky is moving through their bodies. This same material can also be folded and remoulded whenever the school is moved, and recast into new shapes, inspired by different themes.

To the right are the domed classrooms. These transparent rooms can travel as ships, and occasionally the children have taken trips to the poles at night to view the stars, or through the oceans to converse with the inhabitants of the sea world. Knowing their importance, the younger ones are keen to monitor the health of the ocean realms.

When they are landed in the assembly point, they often choose to roll back the flooring and feel the earth beneath their feet. They have all lent a hand in designing and tending the gardens, providing a restful and rejuvenating place to read and pick their lunch.

Many of their grandparents used to live in cities. But as free energy revolutionised technology and communication - permeating every area of life, from travel to home farming - more and more people spread out to form conscious communities, and rejuvenate areas of land that had previously been neglected. Less is more, being the chosen philosophy. The beauty of earth began to be restored and replenished. So where their grandparents once had views of factories or ageing, concrete tower blocks, now there are vast arrays of colour. Flowers and trees, grown with care, and homes that blend into and echo the living earth.

At the forefront of the picture are three school teachers. Taking a moment or two before classes begin, to meditate with the local animals and enjoy a little telekinesis with fallen leaves that are scattered nearby.

The airs are clear, and electric. Full of promise. Lifted by a subtle hint of jasmine, and blessed with a calm.

https://i.imgur.com/7TBvdPB.jpg

* * * * *

Looking at the state of our world today, it raises questions for me about how we navigate those waters, in ourselves and around us, on this FE path to ‘heaven on earth’ and of course beyond. Beyond in this lifetime and set of dimensions, as we travel within and without our bodies through the blending realms – and beyond as the body dies and our souls move on. It’s a tricky path. Balancing the ego that is provoked by a cut-throat culture, and the spirit that guides us to step outside its parameters. Stepping back and forth between the world we aim to heal, and the new ones that we look to build.

All things are possible, though some seem at any given time more likely than others. But they exist, ready to be drawn into our 3D reality from the sea of all other dimensions. Including what seems like the miracle of changing this world into a peaceful free energy culture.

I made this little montage a while back. Perhaps not my best, but it was fun to make as it channelled my creative juice into a field of higher potential.

In the background to the left, there is an array of buildings. Centres for community learning and healing. Vast ships, some made up of individuals’ ships that join together for gatherings. To the right in the middle distance, hovering over an ancient portal, is a platform with inter-dimensional gates where travellers and smaller ships can land. In the foreground, a group of children of different ages and races have created a school and a class to assist one another in learning about historic perspectives on geometry and various dimensions. They discuss mathematics and physics in the same context as the soul and divine spirit. They create art and inspiration with a fusion of mindful intellect and a soulful connection to a collective unconscious. They build and utilise advanced machines, always with reverence for the technology of their own bodies and the magnificent systems of the planet’s interconnected flora and the wider cosmos. They are at home in their use of psychic skill - manifesting and communicating through the shimmer of the ether. Some have formed a group, amplifying their intent together, creating an orb of energy that glows above their circle. Experimenting with light, and in unison. Two of the children are seated with a lioness and a young cottontail rabbit, who like to mingle with their school.

They truly and deeply love themselves, and each other, in benign ways that many of us have yet to learn, but are truly capable of.

They appreciate us dearly. In ways we perhaps don’t understand.

They are masters of creation. Learning, sharing, constantly evolving. They imagine the world a place as wild and as deep as their own free souls. As harmonious as the music and the healing power that fills their hearts. And the world becomes that place. A radiant place. Blessed with untold and infinite treasure.

I like to imagine it. It feels real to me.

https://i.imgur.com/0PHk5Wa.jpg

The Healed Planet Centre

https://i.imgur.com/aQ6P1kC.jpg

A Meadow Traveller

https://i.imgur.com/GiYzoMw.jpg

The pilots of a meditation pod, soaking the vitality of a nearby stream

https://i.imgur.com/8QR8kam.jpg

People enjoying levitation in an old growth forest, conversing with the trees and benevolent nature spirits

https://i.imgur.com/3He2hWN.jpg

https://i.imgur.com/IPPbjSt.jpg

Wishing everyone a blessed and wonderful year in 2018

Wade Frazier

7th January 2018, 02:01

Hi:

I doubt that I need to emphasize the importance of what Melinda is doing. Some notes (http://ahealedplanet.net/humanity.htm#choir) are visual. :)

Best,

Wade

Melinda

23rd March 2018, 20:00

On the Waters

It is no secret that we are grown in water.

Each human being in embryonic form, expanding over many months in a space within our mother's womb. Our tender limbs slowly forming, cushioned by a liquid cradle. Our dreams, our knowing, like seeds of light, woven into the cells of our tiny features. It is here that our souls find a gateway to the 3D world. Safe and alive, expressed by a body. Dwelling for a time within a warm, dark lake. A growing haven of water and electrolytes.

Our mother's heartbeat resounds across the oval sphere. Sounds from the outside are filtered through its layers. Nutrients gathered by the body around it, travel to reach us, and are absorbed into its world. This world made for us. Filled with trust. Made of water.

For a soul to become incarnate, to choose this realm for growth and for adventure, it is no small task. So what purpose, we might ask, do our surroundings serve? We may not know all answers to the question. But we do at least know that to transition from another place, from dimensions that are both distant and close, and to dive into this world of heavy density, creation chose for us a medium that would remind us of the cosmos - the fluid nature of its energies and motion. It chose for us water.

And once we are born, it lives in us always.

Over fifty per cent of our physical body is made of it. We carry it through our lives as it becomes each day infused with our emotions and memories. The names and voices and vibrations of others. Its crystalline structure, dancing in our bodies. Shifting shapes as we respond to our experience. As we receive the messages transmitting all around us. From the melodies in our blood, to the ancient call of a neighbouring galaxy. And if you look inside, into the water, you can see its perfect geometry. Changing in microscopic forms, unfurling. Like angels of peace and mystery and music.

To speak of angels in this way is not in reference to the powerful entities written of in the aged scriptures of old religions. The fabled winged beings, sometimes adored, yet sometimes feared. It is instead to imagine the word in its simplest sense. Its definition - in singular form - 'a messenger, especially of God.' Each drop of water, when inspired by highest consciousness, linking us to infinite creation. To a fluid, harmonious existence, and to source.

Day to day, year upon year, we replenish our reserves with the earth's pure sources. Its spirit in our lives is generous and free. When we are heated, it cools us through our pores. When we cry, at a world made small, it offers us tears that taste of the sea. And when we sing, and laugh, and speak of love, it rolls into our breath and over our tongues, spinning out into the air to flow into the lungs of the world around us. In a river of life. Riding supple in the trails of winds into the rain. Resting on the stems of the juniper and sage. Forming a glint across the wing of a rising dragonfly. A drop in the roots, to quench the mighty oak.

Just as the trees and plants absorb what we exhale, then invigorate the airs we need to live, the algae of the oceans thrive, creating oxygen for the manifold bodies who tread the earth. We are all connected. And in that exchange we, and water, are a living library of each and every thing that occupies our world. And just as we stem from the shade of a mother's womb, so too do the waters of our wide, blue planet. Swimming up from the depths of mother earth to her surface. Her sources hidden and changing, pouring into veins ever buried in the rocks and folds of her body. Waters that channel around her in cycles. Waters from worlds beyond, that glide frozen through the solar systems, melting into clouds as they meet with our atmosphere. Waters drawn perhaps through a singularity, suspended in the sacred chasms of the earth, embedded at a level of her divine body we have yet to reach.

We are creatures of water, on a water planet. Creators and guardians of life. And we have learned to honour water as the teacher, the life bringer, the vessel of truth and of vitality it is.

From this understanding we have grown the reason and the care to found a global healing. The oceans and lakes, the rivers and the streams. The reams of cloud that move across the skies; like mountains made of white, glowing with the sun, shifting into the faces of mythical beings.

We knew the call was sacred. We carved the tools to cure ourselves.

With our technologies, we detected and soaked up every last drop of oil that had been spilled by the greed and negligence of the previous age. We neutralised the chemicals churned daily through our sewers. We ceased using toxic ingredients on ourselves, our plants and our creations, and ended the centuries-old pollution of the air and of the atmosphere. Together, as a planetary community, we put a stop to the harmful experiments and practices conducted in the waters, which used machines and frequencies that disturbed the balance of the ocean creatures. In addition, healers from every land mass, every corner, now gather and travel to places of need, from the smallest tributaries to the most distant points from land in the Pacific and Atlantic, to bask in rituals of gratitude and strength. To mend, to cleanse and to fortify the waters. To unleash their true potential as portals of creation.

We have become the wild again. In a balance deeper and freer than previously conceived.

Marine life has begun to flourish. Scores of species, once close to extinction, have resumed their connection to the earth and embraced their healed homes. The fish, the plants, the water mammals, link and swirl beneath the blue. Their celebration, to this day, is ours. Their spirit and their hearts, shift and soar and heal with our own. The seahorse and the cuttlefish. The porpoise and the seal. The schools of bass and saddleback. As we look into one another's eyes, we know we are a family in each other's keeping. We drift and dive and voyage through the depths. Gliding with the jellyfish and leaping with the dolphin. The octopus in camouflage. The oyster and her pearl. The reefs of rainbow coral who emanate their beauty like a prayer through the water.

Water, one of its many gifts, is showing us our reflection. It reflects the light. Leading us to discover our purpose. Guiding us to flow. Persuading us to swim through life as harmonies and open souls. As we share our intent, the water can feel us, and blesses us in turn. Rippling through our thoughts and over skin and under bones. Reminding us what it feels like to fly. To let go. Inside the waves and across the miles. Surrendering to the currents of its pulse beneath the stars.

https://i.imgur.com/8QSewHg.jpg

Maria

Maria lives amidst our village of ship dwellers. Many families and individuals have travelled in their spacecraft and chosen to gather and settle in these parts, to honour the woods and nurture medicine from the earth. We shape and farm the fertile lands close to a volcano, with gentle methods. Collaborators with the living realms that are interwoven through the veils of our surrounds. As a species we and our ecosystems inform one another. It is a blend of material and spiritual tending.

Maria was born here. She still recalls how, as a young girl, she sat quietly in a meadow one day and began to feel sensations all around. It was the first time, since birth, that she had truly tapped into the water beyond her body. What she felt was how it was pulsing up through the cells of the flowers and round-stemmed grasses. It became a magical sensation. As though she was in an ocean as light as the air, yet full of liquid. A million tiny thirsts quenching themselves and breathing with relief. It was a faint breeze that broke her trance. But a sense of tranquillity remained. Leaving a feeling in her body, both sublime and vitalised.

She cherishes that memory.

There is a length of land nearby where the mountains tower above the ocean. Their bases rooted in the solid earth, their heads heeding prophecy contained within the passing clouds. Preferring only to use her craft for occasional journeys, Maria likes to wonder what the mountains see from there, with all that connection to land and sky. The pacific winds rubbing salt into their cracks. Unable to retreat from the sometime fierce moods of the sun. The mountains, like the trees, stand sovereign above life around them, offering a home to living beings who are much smaller and seek support. Just like the trees, they live, they give, and they give again, with the patience of elders. Who knows what they survey as they sway above the crowds - the trees with grace and visibly, the mountains imperceptibly. Their ranges move slow through the eons of our history. They are dependable that way. To the water they say, flow within our bodies, we will hold you and fill you with minerals. Roll down our sides and over edges, feel energised. What you need, we will supply. Just as you ebb to and through us from all places that we cannot be.

The mountains love the water, for sharing with them the world.

Maria sees, with her inner eye, the crystal glowing deep within them.

She feels an affinity with this particular stretch of land. The white gold beaches, laid at the feet of the mountains with an ocean view. Sometimes she awakens with the dawn to hear the sea spirits calling. She walks down to the ocean's edge and travels across the threshold, melting with the lift and curl of the morning waves. Letting the early waters wash her skin and reconfigure her body's needs.

Sometimes, when a day has been long, full of learning and vocation, she waits until dark to watch the moon reflections emerge along the waters. She whispers of things she feels thankful for. Her heart leans toward the ocean surface. The rippling of Silver and sapphire. In moments like this, old pain can surface. She stays with it for a time. Allowing it to seep from the corners of her mind and of her bones. The small, forgotten places in her soul. She allows it to say its piece. Then she lets it dissolve. Returning it to the earth with grateful hands, so the earth can transmute the fragments of energy with exquisite skill and breadth of understanding. From this place, Maria calls upon the hymns of ancestral blessing in her blood. Playing her flute to the reeds that bathe in shadow, and the jewels of phosphorescence on the midnight shores.

There is a turtle whose age nobody knows, who Maria has named Prabhu. He is kingly and unafraid to be alone as he hauls his metre-wide shell across the blue lit sand, joining her for her concerts of peaceful tones and playful improvisation. Sometimes he rests his head on the closest knee of her crossed legs and tends to fall asleep. She has noticed that when she feels inclined to stay and fall asleep so as not to disturb him, her dreams take her into the layers of the world within the sea, where she hears uncommon yet somehow familiar sounds and senses other lives she has lived beneath the tide. She recalls the weight of water on her skin from when she lived as an Opoura, a kind of mermaid, on a water planet in a different constellation. She remembers being drawn to nestle between the rocks on the ocean floor, soaking in the joy of the luminous sea flowers, and riding the satin backs of porpoise-like creatures, who sang as if calling to their kin on other worlds.

Since the majority of earth beings have collectively lifted their vibration to a peaceful plane, the Opoura have travelled here in small numbers, through portals tended by their earth cetacean cousins. Maria has been getting to know one of them. A female. She can sense her when she is near or in the bay. Her name is Ashana. She calls out to Maria in a way that is subtle. Telepathic. Maria has learned to meld their consciousness so she can ride with her beneath the waves, without leaving land. Seeing what Ashana sees, feeling what she feels.

There are occasions when Maria likes to go deep, body and soul, into the ocean expanse. She takes days to dive with her partner Marcos, an architect with a physicist's gaze and a smoked timbre to his laughter. They venture into the seas with schools of village children. After swimming out several kilometres, some of the children enjoy being seated on the ocean floor, letting thoughts come and go, aligning inner rhythms with the undulating water. Some of them find that being immersed in the environment serves to heighten their psychic ability. Their breath control is remarkable. Rooted in a stillness and courage in their psyche which can sustain their bodies without a fresh intake of air. Others take journeys with the sensor spheres – globes filled with silent sensors that can record the sounds and body frequencies of ocean beings, monitoring their health and migratory patterns. Recently the children have modified the spheres to pick up frequencies beyond the sky; how their cosmic transmissions beam into the waters; how the ocean life responds. New languages are being discovered this way. Unspoken. Some ancient. Ungoverned by words, or by the limitations that were fixed in layers for centuries over many human minds.

The oceans have long been home to every shade of every colour, but with the shift and expansion of human consciousness (seeded by creating more receptive ways of living) many have begun to see new colours there – particularly where the water at specific earth locations heightens their more detailed senses. People return from the ocean and describe these colours, and following on from this, like a kind of osmosis, many others begin to see the colours in their dreams, before catching glimpses in their waking hours. Feeling heaven, where we live, is the key to our shared intent.

There are worlds upon worlds of discovery.

Today Ashana and Maria are together on the shore. They are camped in a comfortable spot on the rocks beneath the sun. In Ashana's presence, Maria finds it easier to practice the art of water communication. Sat a few feet away from Maria, Ashana raises drops of water from the pools between the rocks and gathers them into a single orb. Effortlessly she holds it, nearly motionless, in the air. It is a benign form of telekinesis. Maria meditates upon the orb and centres herself. Opening her awareness, she invites it to share its knowledge of the ocean and the world. Gradually, slowly, shapes begin to shimmer over its surface, hieroglyphs that are encoded with the memory of the seas. Messages from consciousness. Stories that go back thousands of years that resonate with Maria's journey as an aspect of life in the universe. She looks into the orb and sees an array of information. It occurs simultaneously. Yet somehow it seems to show connections she can intuit. Maps between places, experiences and souls. She senses that someone of great knowing, a seer, is already on their way. And the last image she interprets is of a healer and his son. Sheltered within a cavern. Preparing their surrounds. To this father and his child, this traveller is familiar.

An old friend is coming.

Milos

Milos and his son Nicholai have long felt an affinity with the sea caves on the coast to the north of their island. The caves are a home from home, scattered along the shoreline and the islands around it. Temples that shelter a treasure of stones and house the ocean echoes. Their walls are imbued with history in the ancient rock, carved by the nature forces whose wills are ever-changing and interlaced. Sculpted by water, and weather and time.

Milos was born blind, and decided as a child he did not wish to correct his state with an operation. Instead he chose to learn how to open his inner eye, and see the world with another sense. In the years before he truly mastered this ability, his other physical senses became heightened.

When the sun begins to fall and he stands on the cave floor, he relishes feeling the water flowing over his feet. The gentle hands of the sand in a thousand granules, slipping and sliding with the waters; pouring over his skin and drifting away with the pull of the ocean mass. Spray from the sea surface rises into the air, circulating in a mist around his body. He basks in the warmth of evening light, welcoming the brine that rests on his tongue, tasting of pure salt and the darkness of the mile-deep mystery around him. The ocean waves shape themselves into a range of sounds as they enter the cave. The water and the wind converse with the rock. The rocks share their secrets, and the waters keep them. Sharing them only with those with a mind to read clearly, and a heart that seeks to truly listen. Milos picks up grains of sand, one by one, and rolls them between his finger and thumb. Each a tiny sculpture in itself. Some shaped smooth, like a shell or a starfish. Some like a rough-hewn asteroid, fallen from another world.

Milos' relationship with water was strongly affected by his grandfather's work in dismantling the earth's river dams, all of which had become obsolete with the advent of cleaner, more advanced technology. He grew up witnessing the revolutionary systems that reconfigured humanity's relationship with the rivers and the oceans. His grandfather taught him that the waters of the earth belonged to the earth, and she must have good reason to send them where she did. From her supple springs that form a web over the land, trickling out and winding into mountain streams, running to meet and merge into rivers, to the seamless gathering of ocean domains that cover the world with untold life. Her travelling waters are, and always have been, a movement of life. Life in motion, unimpeded. A system of circular flow, of give and take. Bringing nourishment to the places they journey through, and cleansing the world of the strain of death. Transmuting empty bodies to be fuel for life again. It is part of how we travel through one another. How we recycle and rejuvenate the soils from which we stem. For that cycle we need movement. Organic, unhindered. So do all creatures. So do the waters.

Milos finds a position next to the mouth of the cave. Stood where he can see the ocean and the setting of the sun. He goes deep into the water. Not with his body, but his mind. He feels the ocean resonate with the waters inside him. He feels the spark of life that is held in each molecule. Glowing with connection to the world and to source. The water within him begins a dance with the waters all around him. Not because it needs to. Because it chooses. It yields to collaborate from a place of harmony, connecting with the heart-centred flow within him that ripples with sentience and light. His skin becomes electric, reaching into the fabric of the fields around him. Activating links both invisible and blessed.

Channelling energies from the core of creation.

In the spectrum of our emotions there can be passion as fire, in a flame of aggression. But there is a far more profound expression. Milos embodies it, with a bold and gentle heart. It is passion as a flower. A blossom unfolding. Spirit, reaching outward for spirit incarnate. For resonance. So that life, and love, combine and explore together.

Entering new dimensions they magnify creation.

As he lifts his limbs a sacred hum begins to sing beneath his skin. His body attuned, in every cell, to the language of his soul. Rooted in balance, and the subtlest intention. He becomes the world, and speaks to the parts of himself that exist beyond the boundaries of his flesh. He speaks to the part of the world that is the water. Invites it to rise. He feels it rise in the centre of his mind's eye and the spaces before him. It ascends in a veil of liquid silk, from the surface of the ocean that is lapping at the entrance of the cave. Every aspect of his being is present in the moment - suspending the wave, as it glistens in the air.

His son Nicholai can feel the charge all around them. He has been deep in meditation a few feet away from his father. They fill the rising wave with their deepest love. Their souls inhale its beauty, its pleasure, its vitality. The wisdom of the water. They hold each breath in a state of bliss, then exhale with gratitude. They pour into the water all the colours which they emanate. The water will remember. It always does. The gifts of their energy reshaping its molecules, which then continue their journey back into the ocean. Back around the world. They can see it though their eyes are closed, how fast and where the water goes. They feel it travel in their bones. Out beyond the breakwaters. Descending into layers of darkness.

It travels downward, mingling with the deep. A hundred meters. Two hundred. An hour passes. Now five hundred. Through the dark salt water a body moves slowly. It is Cora. A majestic being. Emissary from a family of blue whales. She is about to travel between the islands, weaving her song through the depths to imbue the ocean with her healing. She recognises the energy signature of Milos and Nicholai as she swims through the current. Her heart, radiant with love, amplifies her signal, sending gratitude to her two human friends in their cave high up above. They feel it embracing their bodies from within. It is an indescribable feeling. When the consciousness of such a powerful friend resonates inside you, it holds an awareness that does more than witness your own. It is a consciousness which recognises, which appreciates with all of its essence, the sublime connectedness of all living things, and shows you your place within it. How beloved, how intended, how necessary you are. The true, vast nature of your existence. The sense that you, your kindred, and all who choose to feel it, are part of a divine plan. Cora basks in the joy of reminding us how that path exists beyond time in dreams that are eternal.

Our celestial journey.

And the wisdom of surrender to it.

Ashana and Maria, their meditation on the shore, communicating with an orb of water :

https://i.imgur.com/gPW3vzI.jpg

Nicholai and his father Milos, as he lifts a veil from the sea and blesses the waters :

https://i.imgur.com/GRIMT2Y.jpg

Children from the village engaging with the sensor spheres that monitor ocean life, as a local orangutan prepares her forest psyche for a swimming lesson :

https://i.imgur.com/FeIhgNV.jpg

Ocean divers glide alongside a humpback whale, who communicates his love for all healers of his oceanic realm :

https://i.imgur.com/Rtw7Eh1.jpg

A young woman meditates near the coral, beneath the water surface, activating energies beyond her physical boundaries :

https://i.imgur.com/TDRtdo3.jpg

Two partners are drawn to a gathering of jellyfish who, with their ancient lineage, transmit their gratitude for the frequencies of love that humans now enter the water with :

https://i.imgur.com/7bR5LWi.jpg

Prabhu, a regal being, his life a bridge between earth and ocean, conversing with the phosphorescence as it drifts beneath the stars. :

https://i.imgur.com/rz8w3Ce.jpg

Wade Frazier

24th March 2018, 15:30

Hi:

That was quite a way to begin my day. Melinda’s Multidimensional Poetry. As I read her latest masterpiece, I was reminded of accounts that I have read of the astral plane, where water has a sentience and vitality far beyond what we experience on Earth today. In Melinda’s visions, it begins returning to Earth, or, we might say, humanity develops an ability to sense it, interact with it, play with it. Only in a world of abundance (http://ahealedplanet.net/humanity.htm#cognitive) and love will it be feasible.

Ironically, yesterday I was reading about the latest findings on the floating trash heap in the Pacific (https://news.nationalgeographic.com/2018/03/great-pacific-garbage-patch-plastics-environment/). A teenager began an effort to clean it up (https://www.theoceancleanup.com). If free energy makes it past humanity’s inertia and the organized suppression (http://ahealedplanet.net/humanity.htm#levels1), that kid’s dream will come true laughingly easily, as humanity cleans up its mess, on Earth, in space (http://ahealedplanet.net/humanity.htm#asteroidmining1), in our relationships, etc.

It is fitting that Bill was the first to thank Melinda for her latest, as he and his pals built this home for artists such as Melinda. This is quite a canvass to paint on. I have a few tales rolling around in my head (maybe more on Andra’s life (http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?32399-A-Future-Earth&p=932433&viewfull=1#post932433)), which I will write when I finish my year’s writing chores, which today are finishing Ed’s bio project (http://ahealedplanet.net/forum/threads/105-My-Edward-Herman-biography-project?p=1089&viewfull=1#post1089) and making the long-overdue essay update, which will likely take the rest of year and maybe longer.

For now, it is time for me to enjoy Melinda’s latest.

Best,

Wade

Ernie Nemeth

22nd October 2018, 12:43

Really beautiful work, Melinda!

I forgot about this thread and this bit of writing I did about five years ago for my latest book in progress...

I thought it might fit here.

I watch my displays carefully. Droids two and three are busy drilling holes for the mounting platform where the communications cluster would later be installed. Droid four is proceeding down the underground corridor stopping every ten feet to shoot fasteners into the ceiling for the cabling tray.

Switching views I watch Four stop at the next location and engage its telescopic legs. It lifts neatly to twenty feet and then its arms stretch across the remaining short distance to the ceiling. Four’s left hand has been modified and fitted with an impact tool, which it now uses, zeroing in on its exact positioning by means of its laser guided vision and sophisticated remote location gear. The droid’s right hand then twists a threaded steel rod into the newly installed fastener.

I switch back to the overview and watch the stats roll by, constantly updated. I start reading the specs on the power modulators. Boring, tedious numbers scroll by, then a description of same runs for dozens of pages. Lucky for me, most of it is not pertinent. As a power systems specialist my job is to supply power and cabling for this project. It stops short of the convoluted and precise computations necessary for the actual design and compatibility of the components.

Such power consumption was not possible even scant decades ago but with the advent of the new physics all that had changed. Of course, the secret agencies had tried to withhold the information and had succeeded in doing so for over a hundred years. But some word got out and even though there was active and severe suppression of any leaks the evidence and anecdotes kept piling up until the truth could not be held back any longer. Then civil unrest ensued. Governments cracked down on FE (free energy) use, citing economic turmoil as the primary reason while overplaying the dangers of its inappropriate use and the ease with which the technology could be weaponized. For decades, as the disruptive technology was increasingly incorporated into the daily lives of the masses, it was the root cause of many further calamities that eventually culminated in the city wars.

That is all behind us now, I know, at least for the most part. No one could force, or would even dare think of forcing, another to comply with anything without their consent. There were still powerful economic forces in the world that greatly influenced the average person’s life but those economic forces were increasingly controlled by the people. And governments were just that - governing councils - not totalitarian overlords handing down their decrees from on high. In all its previous forms governance has always served the interests of the few, going by the motto: the needs of the few outweighs the needs of the many. Whether communist, socialist, dictatorial, suzerainty, fascist, democratic or some other form of governance it was finally realized, all in the end were a form of authoritarianism.

So when governments were taken back by the people, the avenue to riches and disproportionate advantage was removed. It hadn’t been easy, it had been very messy. Many vested interests were destroyed. Many people died. Wars erupted, weapons of mass destruction were used. All the while the survivors struggled to redefine their basic values, to recreate themselves in light of all the new knowledge and reclaim their power over their destinies. For seven decades the unrest continued, while ever increasing numbers left civilization and settled in inaccessible regions all around the globe - in the waters, in the mountains and deserts, underground and even at the poles.

But life based on basic subsistence was not enough for most. So even though with unlimited power life in such remote and inhospitable areas was possible it did not allow the many luxuries that could only be afforded by the extant civilization and its access to materials, factories and manufacturing plants. This forced trade between the groups inside and outside the system. But it also spurred innovation. Within twenty years the first viable factory/manufacturing plant was designed and in use. Coupled with high-speed information processors, state of the art laser graphics, nanotechnology, as well as quantum physical effects and advances in microscopic lithographic and deposition/sputtering techniques, the state-of-the-art factory-in-a-box could construct anything from simple utensils and garments of any kind to complex machines and entire systems plants from start to finish without human intervention.

It was the robots that revolutionized the way humans interacted with the world. Starting in the new millennium, electronic human facsimiles began assuming many simple tasks for their owners like calendar/appointment routines, sending/receiving texts and emails, news/technical information sorter, assembling/executing lists of commands, and many other helpful roles. These facsimiles were purposely tailored to resemble the owner and its response parameters were customized to mimic the actual person. When robots began taking on a significant variety of jobs their personalities were the digitized downloads of these facsimiles. Coupled with quantum computers, advanced algorithms, and sophisticated software integrated into microchips as super fast logic trees allowed robots to take on many complex tasks. First the robot supplanted humans primarily in the retail/service sectors of the economy - anything from sales clerk to garbage collector. Next robots assumed positions in the manufacturing sector, then in assembly and distribution plants. Soon robot workers were in the farming sector, road construction and repair, infrastructure renovations and upgrades, housing and high rises. Then into offices, odd jobs and hospitals. Not long after they began driving cars, sailing ships and flying planes. For the first time in history the robot became the primary worker, and man was freed of the labor of survival.

The cost of that freedom was dear. Soon it became clear that if humanity was free to live life without the constant worry of survival needs, what should it do with itself? This caused the people to recreate themselves by questioning their values and their priorities and the direction of their lives. That caused the great redefining as it was later called. And the redefining, or redee, lead to the people reclaiming their power and their birthright as human beings. People repatriated their abdicated rights under the banner of individual sovereignty, insisted that technological advances were their collective intellectual property and they had the right to the fruits of its bounty. In the years to come most people acquired a mechanical personal assistant to help with mundane tasks and chores and soon robots became ubiquitous in human life.

Augmenting the civil revolution was the need to communicate verbally with a widening array of machines. Language got a boost at this point because of the need to be more precise in giving orders and receiving updates or gaining information in general. Programming a computer or ordering a robot to perform a task became a matter of phonetic precision. Most humans doubled their daily vocabulary and trebled their overall vocabulary just to compensate for the increased informational flow and the need to direct their machine helpers precisely.

In the course of the years to follow robots became more adaptable to their human masters and began to display unique characteristics. Although they may not have been individuals, they began to be readily recognizable as belonging to this or that human.

From this interchange between machine and man a slow flowering of creativity resulted. No longer held down by the chains of oppression, and no longer driven by the need to survive, coupled with the absolute necessity to communicate with machines, mankind learned to follow their desires instead of their fears. Humanity began to flourish as ingenuity and radically new innovations recreated life on earth.

I stare at the display, lost in thought, not really looking at what I see. We had all had this indoctrination as kids. We’d lived through the city wars, seen the death and the chaos. We all still live with large areas cordoned off from before our parent’s days, and the evil winds that still sweep through our cities on occasion, causing sickness in the population. Oh we remember the other choice, the other way, very well indeed - and we know where it leads. That thought overrides our more baser instincts, no matter how visceral they are, no matter how right we may be in our choice on a personal level. We override the hate and the fear and the lust for revenge, in all issues, in favor of life, abundance and most of all, in the name of freedom. And we uphold those same ideals in the name of others around us if needs be. No one can be violated in the sight of another sovereign citizen, for in their eyes their own freedom is thus threatened. And they will sound the cry and they will arouse their neighbors and all will rally to the defense of freedom at its slightest need. Only so is freedom ensured for all.

This we all know. And so when my personal assistant, #1 as I call him, rolls up and begins chattering about a rights violation nearby, I drop everything and follow the robot’s lead.

The robot extends a steel appendage and turns the door handle. We exit the structure and I am momentarily blinded by the scorching rays of the sun. When vision returns a moment later I see #1 some distance off along a flagstone path that leads away from the edifice, turns into a dirt trail and disappears into the nearby woods.

I look around. Standing atop a hill the view is commanding in all directions. There are no signs of others or any sign of trouble anywhere to the horizon. #1 is still bleeping and exclaiming, flashing and twisting on the spot - as if impatient for me to catch up. I love that one, great innovation. It is comical to watch the PA robot lurch about like that, all undignified and un-robot-like. But I can measure its urgency much better now - and it is very urgent indeed!

“Hold on there, Gizmo!” I say, “Chill out, already.”

“Hurry!” #1 virtually squeaks, “Rights violation in progress!”

“Really? You sure? Where?” I ask in succession as I run up to the robot, who for all the world looks like a cross between a canister vacuum and an aquarium, on tracks.

#1 scurries off into the woods on the dirt path as I approach with a, “Follow me!” over its shoulder .

“Any danger?” I ask, slowing down as I enter the woods.

“Yes! Great danger! Rights violation in progress.” the robot’s voice drifts back to me from around a bend in the path, “Hurry!”

“Alright. I’m coming. Meanwhile arm yourself. Repeat, go to battle readiness!”

“Understood. Switching to combat mode now. Initiating...Ready. Rights violation in progress! Hurry!”

I speed up again. I am not much of a fighter and in my work jumpsuit I am hardly armored but my droid has a fully functioning warrior upgrade and is programmed to protect me to the end. I am confident that is enough.

“Halt!”

I stop dead in my tracks at the command.

“Cease your hostile actions immediately!”

I continue forward cautiously, realizing the halt order is not directed at me.

“Release your victim!” I hear #1 say as I hurry around the bend.

“You are violating the rights of another. Cease your violation or face severe consequences.”

But as the robot comes into view I at first see nothing else, so I order #1, “Stand down #1. Hold a defensive station. What is the trouble?”

That’s when I hear the commotion in the brush to the side of the path. There is a struggle going on in there but the scrub is so short and thick I can’t see the source. It can’t be human, the bushes are too short. Suddenly a small gray form bursts out of the undergrowth and rapidly scampers by. Not a blink of time behind it runs a red fox.

A shot rings out and then another, missing the fox by a hair, spraying up a puff of dust that obscured the target and made the second shot miss as well.

“Stop Shooting! I said stand down! Verbalize compliance immediately!” Damn robots, always taking things too literally. No brains in them, just mission parameters and factory default settings - bah!

“Standing by as ordered.”

“Disarm yourself,”

“What?”

“Look Gizmo, you’ve gone and done a very stupid thing and until we get to the bottom of it you will be disarmed. Now eject appendage components designated series WUPA1GZM01. Do it now.” I order the machine.

“Ah, I only wanted to save the pretty bunny. Its rights were being violated.” Gizmo mimics dejection - picks at the dirt near its wheels with an errant appendage.

“Now Gizmo. Don’t make me shut you down.” I threaten. That is the last thing I want to do after all this work tweaking it to be more responsive and human-like.

Understood. Ejecting weapons package and defensive response units now.” A panel slides aside in the canister part and a shiny metal tube a foot long and six inches wide drops to the floor. From the aquarium two odd little weird-shaped plastic pods are ejected.

“Thank you.”

“You’re welcome.”

“Now explain to me why you used the rights violation protocol when you know perfectly well it does not apply to animals in the wild.”

“I like bunny rabbits. You told me to pick favorite things. My favorite animal is the bunny rabbit. I had to protect it.”

“Alright. I’m pleased that you chose a favorite animal. I notice it is cute and cuddly. As we discussed favorites must be things with endearing qualities.”

“Yes.”

“But why the protocol?”

“How else was I to elicit your assistance?”

“You could have asked.”

“No, there was no time to explain the need.”

“So you conspired to purposely mislead me?”

“No, I merely employed the means necessary to accomplish my desire to have you act.”

“But you made me act under false pretenses, thereby violating my basic rights instead.”

“The situation had numerous logical streams with rather tight operational parameters. I merely acted within those parameters. Your violation was the lesser of the two, in my estimation. Your assistance was paramount.”

“No. A human’s rights always supersede an animal’s, is that understood?

“Understood.”

“No matter if it is your favorite animal or not, my rights are not to be infringed on. Is that clear?”

“Yes.”

“Update logic circuits to include this new parameter. Assign the parameter highest priority rating. Execute now.”

“Executing.......done. New parameters incorporated. Initiating new logic cascade...proceeding with update...complete. New mission parameters accepted. Initializing new protocols. Standing by.”

“Very good Gizmo. Pick up your components and let’s get back to work, okay?”

“Whatever you say boss.” The machine extended an appendage with grapplers attached at the end from a small opening. It picked up the signal targeting packages and gingerly placed them inside the rectangular glass container atop its canister body. Then it retracted its appendage, rolled over the weapons package, lowered itself on top of it and when it raised up the package was gone.

Ernie Nemeth

5th January 2019, 18:29

Here is the next part of the story of the future. Written year before last. The Book is called:

#1 and I

It is always during the cabling that bots two through four get into trouble. They can’t seem to co-ordinate their efforts to keep the cables pulling smoothly, even after hundreds of updates and various trial and error revamps. Right now, bot three is stuck. Two and Four are trying to extricate their mate from its logical impasse. Three’s arm is caught between twists in the cable and in the act of trying to free its appendage, managed to get wound up in the cables. Three is mostly in the tray now, laying flat and barely able to move. Two and four while trying their best, are ill-equipped for the rescue mission. Their logic circuits are limited. So I send One in.

“#1?”

“Here.”

“Can you go down to the communications center and help your buddies out. Three is stuck in the tray and two and four are not helping matters much. They need you buddy.”

“On my way.”

I watch Gizmo swing out of its perch high up in the cavernous control room, where it had been installing the lighting system. Using two long steel appendages with almost human-like hands at the ends it swings from platform to platform, ten feet at a time, not bothering with the lift. In moments it is on the ground, swiveling and heading off at a clip down the communications tunnel.

Switching views I watch Gizmo arrive at the accident. Two is just about to yank on Three’s arm while Four, extended to maximum, holds up a thousand pounds of cables. I am about to tell them to stop but it is too late. Two manages to pull Three’s arm out of the cables but looses traction at the last moment and to save itself from falling holds on tightly to Three’s arm. Not designed to hold so much weight, Three’s appendage releases and Two falls over backwards, legs still retracting, tripping Four. No longer holding up the weight, the cables crash down on Three as it is half way out of the tray, crushing the robot’s torso and nearly severing the robot in two.

Gizmo goes into action. Out come two and then two more appendages. So armed Gizmo moves over to the fallen robot and helps it stand. Four is having trouble retracting one of its legs so Gizmo goes over and using those dexterous fingers adjusts it, then helps the bot retract its leg. Four gets up on its own. Two is standing there with Three’s arm in its pincer grips. It seems to be stuck in some robot logical log jam, moving jerkily in small increments to and fro.

Gizmo rolls directly beneath the injured robot half hanging out of the tray twenty-five feet overhead. Gizmo’s canister separates about half way down and two turbo-fan props fold out from within and lock into place on either side of the bottom half of Gizmo’s ‘body’. They begin turning and #1 rises neatly into the air. Gizmo hovers just above the tray and inspects the situation.

“Two and Four. Get up here now.”

Robot Two continues its herky-jerk. Four complies readily enough.

“Four, your job is to hold onto Three and do not let go. I will lift up the cables, you will slowly pull Three free and safely lower it to the ground. Ready?”

“Two ready.” says Two although it continues to move in a spastic rhythm.

“Four ready.”

“Okay, Four. Here we go. Don’t let go. Okay then. On the count of three. One. Two. Three. Now!”

In perfect unison Gizmo lifts the thousands of pounds of wires and Four pulls Three free.

Four retracts it legs with a bit of difficulty and slowly lowers the injured Three to the ground. Gizmo floats slowly to the floor of the tunnel and retracts its fans. The dust in the tunnel makes the scene hazy.

“Report #1’

“Three has been lost. Its memory core was breached. Most of the parts can be saved. Four has been injured and will need repair. Two seems to be fine but will need to be rebooted. I will bring them along shortly.”

“Fine. I’ll meet you in the maintenance shack.”

“On three, pull!” blurts out Two and does a little robot dance, the other robot’s arm still in its clutches.

“And shut Two down before it hurts itself.”

“Roger that, boss.”

* * * * *

The craft is pulling hard Gs; everything is rattling and vibrating. The screens blink as power is pulled from the plant quicker than it can keep up. We come out of hyper-drive with the usual thud that can be felt as much as heard. The craft begins shaking violently as it enters the thickening atmosphere at high speed. A piercing scream ramps up to a squeal as the ram jets kick in. The Gs drop off rapidly and the shaking stops. The windows become transparent again.

I see a speck of light far below us and I know that is the city. At these speeds we’d be landing in minutes. As if to highlight my words my stomach lunges into my throat as the craft adjusts its descent angle to plummet toward the ground and take advantage of its powerful electric engines. We are hurtling toward the ground, engines screaming. This never gets old; I am gripping the armrests tightly.

Just when the shaking begins again the nose pulls up abruptly, the ram is extinguished and the conventional engines take over. We bank as we hit the clouds.

A final correction as we exit the cloud cover and the runway is in sight just below. We hit tarmac and the few passengers applaud.

As we stop I think to myself how odd that not five minutes earlier we were hurtling along barely skimming the atmosphere at mach 15.

* * * * *

“You don’t have enough credits for a new core.” the burly giant of a man tells me.

“Well put it on my tab, I’m good for it. I need to finish this contract before I can make good. For that I need the core.”

“Sorry. No extensions this month. Proton is adjusting its price list again. You know my stock is on consignment. Proton raises the price, I have to raise it too - on all unsold items. Damn company is going to be the ruin of me. They have got to stop jacking the prices like this.”

“Not so long as they corner the market they don’t.”

“Maybe so, for now. But their time will come, mark my words.” The giant shook his finger at me.

“Alright. Give me a sec. Let me see what I can arrange.”

I don’t want to let my employers know my predicament so there is only one alternative. I raise my left arm and tap the armband I’m wearing. A display lights up, blinks twice.

“Look through the local data bases. Find me a job in the vicinity paying the required sum of credits to cover my costs. Refer to local web master for details.”

“Starting date?”

“ASAP.”

“Searching. Considering our ongoing project I have calculated a reasonable time-frame for such a short-term job. There are two readily available. Both pay enough for our current needs. One is nearby, a lighting contract. Five hundred lights, the control system and the power plant plus distribution. The other is further away, renovation and upgrade of small assembly plant. Type not specified...cross checking...map and address located...checking city records...plastics extrusion plant...HiPaC Inc.

“Take the lighting job. One can handle that while I work with the other bots in the mine. Call Gizmo. Fill him in on the plan. Tell him to be here by tomorrow morning.”

“Done. While we are here there is a list of items we should pick up. A quick check around our circle might grow the list some. Wait...Contract is secured, deposit rendered. We could make those purchases now and have the items stowed for our return flight.”

“Make the necessary arrangements.”

“Roger that. Will advise.”

“Thanks.”

“That’s my job, boss.”

* * * * *

I stroll along the boardwalk and look out over the massive lake. It could be an ocean from this perspective. It is a cool night and the waters are calm. Further inland a parking lot is filling up with the nightly load of homes on wheels. From here they look like a caravan of gypsies, displaying all manner of colors and shapes and sizes. When power is no longer a consideration, vehicles can be any weight and of many improbable designs - some tiny, most gargantuan.

Without #1 I feel a bit exposed but I do have my two armbands and a tensor unit under my zipsuit (jumpsuit, one piece zippered overall, coverall). It is not all that safe in the cities - especially at night. The great redress had not yet caught up with all the rats in the sewers. And just because basic needs are met does not address the needs of the few degenerates that crave violence and terror and seek victims under the cover of darkness. Still, these lowlifes had more to fear themselves these days as most citizens were well able to protect themselves or had robots to do it for them. Of course, the opportunists had robots of their own.

Up ahead is a row of small restaurants lining the boardwalk. Above them a hologram hovers of a crowd of happy people eating and drinking and dancing with the words, ‘GOOD EATS’ flashing in giant letters every few seconds, washing out the happy people.

Suddenly I’m hungry and I decide to enter the pub-style eatery. I belly up to the bar. It has the usual trappings of a pub: long wooden bar, shuffleboard, dartboard in the corner, gaudy green fixture hanging over the pool table, flashing holograms of various brewers, holos of scantily clad women fondling bottles of suds. Even the bar bot is an imitation of a young female with ample cleavage. For two credits more she’ll bend down to get you a beer from the bottom cooler.

The bar bot saunters over.

“What’ll you have, honey?”

“A pint and a menu, thanks”

“Would you like one of our special stock, I’m sure there’s one buried somewhere in the back of that cooler.’ She points, winking. “Only two credits more, sweatie,” she wipes the bar near me, showing more cleavage than necessary.

“That’s alright. No thanks. Just a pint of draft and the menu.”

“Coming right up, hun.” the bot moves off. A patron sits down next to me. He is well dressed, clean, alert.

“Macy, bring me a pint as well, could you?”

“Sure thing Stan.”

The man next to me settles into his seat with a bit of fidgeting and butt cheek sneaking until the contour of the wooden seat suits him. He is tall and thin and his bony knees are pressed into the underside of the bar. He rests his spindly elbows on top of the bar and looks around.

“Stan’s the name,” he says extending his arm, smiling serenely.

“They just call me Mack,” I say, locking into a pleasingly firm handshake.

“What brings you around these parts, friend?”

“You a regular?”

“Why you asking?”

“Why are you?”

“Not very obliging are you?”

“Am I obliged to be?”

He looks at me hard with large blue eyes the color of the sky. For a moment I think there is going to be trouble. Then he laughs and slaps his bony knee. His long sandy hair flops forward and covers his eyes but his big crooked teeth show clearly through his gaping grin.

“Just passing through and thought I’d drop in for a drink, Stan, honest” I hold my hands palm up in mock submission.

“Ah, you take no **** and you got a sense of humor. My kind of guy.” He laughs again.

Just then my armband signals unobtrusively.

I hold it up and touch a series of virtual keys; tap, tap, tap. A display appears in front of me and I drop my arm, the display remains stationary. I quickly read the message. I motion at the display and portions readjust and update accordingly. I motion my quick reply, then sweep the display away.

“Construction, eh?”

“Ya, picking up a bit of work in town.”

“Nice. Hey, I’m looking for work right now, got any?”

“Work, like a job? No, sorry, I don’t.”

“That’s alright.”

“What sort of work do you do?” I ask him, noticing a few other regulars glancing our way now. Not sure why but my hairs stand up on the back of my neck and a tingle runs up and down my spine. With an unobtrusive motion I activate the readiness setting on my torsion belt.

“Oh, I do all sorts of things, kind of a jack-of-all-trades type - master of none, I guess... Hey, why the defensive stance? There is no danger here, my friend.”

“Oh, that, it is just protocol, no offense intended. I have to fulfill the ‘reasonable care’ portion of my current contract, that’s all. I’d forgotten earlier. My AI just reminded me.” I lie to gauge the man’s wariness. Why is the tingle turning into a shiver? And why are there goose bumps on my arms?

“Those confounded contract regulations, reasonable care - what nonsense. And who’s to say what ‘negligent behavior resulting in breech of contract’ is? The megacorps, that’s who!” The knobby stranger waves his gangly arms about demonstratively.

I am about to agree but the world suddenly turns strange. A general dimming of the illumination in the room is quickly followed by a gust of wind strong enough to knock my beer off the bar and cause Stan to grip same for fear of being blown off his bar stool.

A black line appears in front of me, having half swiveled on my stool to face my bar mate, and as I lean over to try and grab hold of Stan to help him from falling off his stool, the line turns into a crack that I find myself falling into. Desperately clawing at anything at all for purchase, I grasp Stan’s outstretched hand and cling for dear life. But the rest of me has fallen into the crack and as I flail around trying to get hold of that hand with my second hand, the crack widens even further. Now Stan is falling too and there is nothing else for it but to get ready for whatever awaits. Still holding hands we tumble into this dark, mysterious crack in reality, not knowing what to expect and scared witless to boot.

“Number One reporting in sir. The journey, I am happy to inform you, was uneventful.”

I come back to my senses long enough to yell, “One! Emergency assistance needed now! Come get me!” Then I guess I passed out because I do not know what happened after that.

Melinda

27th May 2020, 23:22

What a year this is. Quite a challenge. But also a year of looking deeper into our reality. Making choices about what we wish to anchor as our vision for the future.

Sometimes I feel I repeat certain themes in my wordy scribbles along these pages. Maybe I'll be doing it again below. But hey-ho. Some ideas are worth re-imagining. I just needed to write and paint new picture montages, take myself to this place. Perhaps someone else will enjoy.

The Festival of Resonance

“If we sing within our hearts, they will hear the call.”

That is what my grandmother said to her mother, as she expressed the way in which together they would found the first healer festival in our locality. As she received with her mind's eye the meditation that would magnetize a river of people from distant lands.

She was eight years old at that point in her life. But an old soul. She had envisioned in a dream the way the festival would form. The dream was alive. A sea of potential. A blend of precognition and of prophecy, but also a promise of that which was yet to unfold. That which others would shape with their own living vision, as they were drawn by our forests, and the welcome in our eyes. Around the calm and sentience of our beloved lake. When they came, each one of the thousands who would travel here in the long sway of the summer days, they would bring it to life. Rising with the dawn, and dancing through the midday waves made on the water. Caressing the earth as they baled their medicine. Laughing in tandem, and chanting in moonlight. That was my grandmother's vision and those she shared it with understood.

So their hearts filled with song, even as the air remained silent. And all over the world, the travellers awakened. On foot, and in trails of gleaming vessels, they embraced the journey, converging with faith and purpose in the place we call home.

It has become a regular event. Today marks the beginning of its adventure this year.

A gathering of shamans, sages and dreamers. Families who are reconnecting. A community that broadens in the light it shares and amplifies. Healers who are healing the friends they find in strangers, simply by being in alignment with source and emitting a frequency of completeness and rejuvenation. Visionaries with energy racing through their fingertips that nourish the flowers as they cup the arrays of petals in their palms. There are countless kinds among us. Warriors with firm resolve who face their inner maze, with guidance, to strengthen their powers of protection. Delicate souls who nestle unseen amid the upper branches of the oaks, considering sacred maths whilst communing with the fur and feather people. Acrobats who seed the spirit to soar in those who witness them take flight. Artists who blend their hearts into their recipes, pouring berry-sweet shakes or the leafy zest of herbal remedies into jars and silver bowls for those who choose to sample. At the time of festival we are infused with promise, a hive of ritual and spontaneous creation.

Some bring their ideas to seek out collaboration. Some journey here with the most incredible machinery. Some bring simply themselves. But it can hardly be said only themselves. Since any spirit incarnate holds a portal to the hidden realms that extend throughout the cosmos. An invitation to the mystery that unfurls, as we steady our gaze across the night. Linking the stars and the worlds that spin so effortless in orbit. Each soul awakened grants access to the wisdom of countless human races, and the higher mind of celestial beings. A number of us bring healing chambers and devices, 3D or interdimensional printers to create brand new prototypes from the blueprints shared by others. Some have discussed in advance the sharing they plan to do. Others come to be surprised.

I have spent today beginning to learn a language of manifestation. It felt powerful on my tongue. The child who was teaching it is from what used to be a remote part of Africa where the knowledge was guarded through many generations. Still not many people know how to get there. But the planet has changed, and people are now responsible with knowledge of this nature, also more open to exploring how to use the flesh to channel their psyche. The course leader is what would once have been described as wise beyond his years, but in the times in which we live many infants learn to speak sooner of vocation, and have perfect recall not only of a place before their mother's womb, but of telepathic transmissions from the people around her as they grew inside it. Now fourteen years old the boy, Chike, describes an event where his village used the power of the language to put out a fire that had raged close to the museum of their forefathers' tools. Another student, fairly advanced, got his wife's heart to start beating again after the trauma of a surgery. There are no demons or slippery helpers in the work. Only people in control of their fullest mind.

Evening is here, though the sun is still out. I meander through the market with an eye out for a tea-maker. I find one fairly soon, sharing stories from her travels in the west. She steps light-footed with a playful demeanour and magical auburn hair as long as her body. Scanning my energy with a smile she passes me a steaming cup of chai, both sweet and spicy to mellow my mood. We touch foreheads, gently. Honouring the old ways. Then I take off my shoes to feel the world as I wander. I pass a number of gadget hubs and seminar tents, pulsing with activity. I come across one that I feel drawn to visit in the coming weeks, a ship with outer walls that glint and shift like a mosaic of diamonds, undulating on invisible currents. It houses an introductory course on holographic philosophy.

Not far away, updating festival guides with a concentrated stare, I see Zeus of Kalabaka. A man of notable height with bold muscles. He chose his own name before being born and stopped the rain at his moment of conception to remove any doubt his parents might have fostered about his chosen handle. He waves with friendly enthusiasm, and I wave in reply. I like Zeus. He is always helpful. Especially when predicting weather.

As I make my way through the fields, I spot at the edge of the forest a woman suspended above the ground. She is stretched out on a pearl-white platform she has designed herself. Its curves are soothing to her psyche. Embedded inside is hardware that absorbs the conference of the trees and translates it into melodies and tones, as they pulse through her body. The depth of peace and the balance it brings uplift her spirit in a symphony, and she conveys her gratitude to the trees, who lean their awareness towards her in return, the faint but meaningful smile of ageing elders.

A short distance from her, a couple are seated inside a levitation pod they have built since arriving; weaving together fallen wood from individual trees which spoke to them, redwoods that offered fragments of old limbs. The twigs and branches are intertwined around a smooth metal cylinder. Hidden in the sculpture of branches is a small levitation engine that lifts them to a height. As they enjoy each other's company the woman communicates telepathically with a lady nearby who has levitated herself with ease through psychic strength. She is twenty feet away and suspends herself in the forest air, strumming her handmade guitar. She sighs with relief. The piece this woman has asked her to play through her telepathic request is one she knows well. Her intuition for it can be felt as she plays it quietly, but with enough volume so the couple can hear. It brings them happiness, and memories, as they absorb the presence of the indigenous nature spirits who pay them fleeting visits. Hovering curiously around their prayerful space.

Below them in the long grasses I see that Seema, a local grower, tends her table of juices. Her old cat Snowy, surveying every customer from his usual corner. Seema is fluent in the multi-layered language of the plants. The gifts they grow in harmony with the ecosystem. Both she and her stall shimmer with vitality. Bottles of potent remedies full of earth goodness and liquid life. Oils of oregano, fresh coconut, and frankincense. Leaves from the Zeejoup plants, grown off-world in the purple hills of the planet Kabe where the waters are structured differently. One of that planet's doctors, a tiny creature, assists her in cultivating different breeds in her greenhouse. But the more daring stuff is still imported from Kabe. The table she has brought to the festival, like most outdoor tables, has no legs. It levitates to leave the life beneath it undisturbed. All our devices are built to emit no frequency pollution. Our designs are conceived with that in mind; to be either neutral to life or to enhance it through recognising the frequencies it seeks or perhaps requires when in proximity. But levitation platforms are a simple affair.

The discovery of the planet Kabe was interesting in itself. When the first human explorers landed there they were, upon arriving, amused by the very small stature of the inhabitants. What they failed to realise was that Kabeans had evolved for millennia to tap into consciousness beyond their own minds, but could also instantly link their minds with one another as a collective. So the first human who attempted to pick one of them up to stroke his satin head was met with a wave of consciousness from a vast planetary collective that rendered her dazed for hours. Enough time for the collective to gather in person and investigate her. They deemed her harmless. If a little too familiar in her introduction technique. There are now over two thousand Kabeans on earth. More than enough for their combined mind to interact effectively.

Some metres across from Seema and her Kabean colleague, a svelte man in his mid twenties with a caramel complexion inhales the scents of lavender cake and dandelion coffee at her stall. I recognise him. A pilot from one of earth's superluminal fleets. He emerges from a healer pod which another festival-goer has developed. While inside it the man felt the fabric of the pod become fluid-like and mould itself around his body. It then began to massage every inch of his skin, through his clothes. Its sensors detecting where to apply pressure, rippling through muscles in delicate movements and dissolving all tension. The effects have brought him to such a state of tranquillity he feels as though he is floating. He soon realises he has reconnected with innate abilities. As he exits the pod, restored in joy and shining in every aspect of his aura, he is able to project his energy-body in an instant out towards his little daughter so she can feel his embrace while they are apart but in view of one another. On seeing him exit she fills with gladness. Then feeling his warmth wrap around her from a distance, before she can help herself she laughs out loud in celebration at the novelty of his rekindled skills. She had been trying to teach him how to do that for years. At last, he remembers.

A small distance away her friend focuses clearly, a young man, maybe twelve years or so, he lays out his arms over a girl who has visited him for an energy reboot. He channels intent with his consciousness and creates an oval of energy around her. He enjoys that shape. He can see the energy. Flowing around her in electric hues, bright teals and blues, and shamrock, neon greens. Mending wounds and piercing any long-held blocks without pain. As she rises from the ground it releases her from contact with anything physical, other than the barely perceptible silk she wears. Just moments ago it had clung to her body in the heat of July, but the healing around her cools her from within, so her dress loosens its grasp, relaxing around her skin in a cool, crisp shell. She breathes in and lets the bliss flow through her spirit. The sun pouring its rays through her third eye, and connecting with the earth.

I walk a little way into the woods and find myself near a waterfall, where the air, glistening with water, refreshes my body as it circulates. I see my friend Carla has been swimming. She is revitalised. The water is especially good in these falls, it hydrates us deeply. As if our cells are still drinking even after we have taken our last sip. On the grassy slope next to the pools, her mentor Vernon is applying frequencies through his own software to give two newcomers an experience he has mastered. Vernon is strong-minded and able-bodied. Ingenious with systems that interact with environments. His computer generates energy fields around the participants as he taps in psychically to their ancestral memories. He transmits what he finds to the computer, which then identifies languages from star systems they were born to in previous lives. Or languages from other galaxies where souls who they connect to (beings who they may commune with unconsciously in dreamtime) reside in the present day. The computer then weaves that language into layers of music and messaging, as Vernon composes simultaneously, to customise the journey for those involved. Tapping into their thoughts, with their permission, to make the perfect song.

People have all kinds of responses after this process. Some even recall how to navigate to planets they had previously had no recollection of, and relocate there when the festival is done, to advance their soul's journey. I have yet to try Vernon's services. I'll save them for another year. Perhaps when the stars are configured in a way that invites it to my senses. Maybe a decade or so from today. I'm looking forward to it.

As night falls, myself and groups of others make our way to the lake. There is a low stream of humming moving through the crowds who are walking down the paths, as we settle on a melody that shares our love for the earth and each other. It is a handful of notes. A sequence feeling ancient while seeming new. It swooped down from the aether into the hearts of a few and then drifted like a breeze through many of us present. First a dozen or so emit the sound, with their mouths still closed. It buzzes softly on the edge of their lips. Then it spreads through hundreds over the landscape. Now finally, tonight, it is reaching thousands across the valley. We bask in the moment and perhaps it lasts for hours. We do not measure it. We simply surrender. Because there is resonance and it moves us. To connect, even deeper than before. To form a body in unity, where we are each of us sovereign, whilst part of a collective so much broader than words can hope to describe.

People all around inhale the beauty of the evening and its atmosphere. Their tents (where the youngest children already sleep within) dappling the shore, glowing with contentment. I sit down near the tent of Amos and Rose. I smile inside myself, seeing how they look upon each other with a deep remembrance. So beautiful together. I feel their love. Their depth of connection. The poise in their balance of passion and tenderness. We are all capable of feeling this in one another, and whilst it may not be our own it lays the foundation for it. Reminding us of the seed within us. There is a wild, smooth amethyst at the entrance of their tent. It emanates light from its core, like it is whispering of what will come tomorrow. In days to come Rose and Amos will place it with other crystals, brought by other travellers, and new conversations will arise from the glassy bodies. As their voices connect through each other and with the earth underground.

I lift my head to watch the meditators who are activating their energy-bodies as they glide in unison over the water. Many of us perceive the pillars of light that reach from their centres up into the sky above. Occasionally they will disappear from our field of vision, as they enter into other dimensions. I note there is a mist, it moves like a slow dance above the surface of the lake. Paper lanterns drift through the air like embers of sunlight, as the sun sets low beyond the mountain range. Seated on the grass bank I feel the soil between my toes. My heart is settled in a rhythm that is soothed. My spirit rising, as I survey the faces of familiar souls, as arms extend around shoulders and heads tilt beneath the moon toward one another. The rows of trees, wrapped in their veil of emerald shadow. The panther and the bear cubs resting in the contours and the shale of neighbouring coves. Each one home. Weathered by knowing, yet sublime under the starlight.

We are thankful. And we think of what we have in this gathering of ours. Of the broad mind of invention, and the waves of creativeness we treasure as community. Of our nature as we dream into the darkness. Eyes open. Profoundly immersed in the ways we can unlock the potential in each other's lives. Uplift the benevolence and seeker in one another. We think of all these things and we are nourished by our calling. With gratitude, for love and for life. For the world of forever and its infinite trails. Its unwritten maps of possibility.

I recall what my great-grandfather told me one day when I was very small. How he spoke of a year in his youth that changed so much. The year of 2020. Truly a gateway opened. Frequencies could be felt that altered the world in ways many could not believe. Old ways began to disintegrate. New life stepped in. In harmony with the divine. I am thinking of you now great-grandad. Can you hear me? Can you feel me where you are? I think I see you, at the edge of that star, behind the midnight clouds that brush the tip of the tallest mountain. I think I just felt you in the ground beneath my feet.

I hear a raven now, calling your name. Thank you for coming by. For remembering us.

You are loved. So very much.

We feel your presence.

https://i.imgur.com/ZJCGIgw.jpg

https://i.imgur.com/YwokqRx.jpg

https://i.imgur.com/AsS3lmX.jpg

Wade Frazier

28th May 2020, 12:20

Hi:

When I came to Avalon (http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?10672-WADE-FRAZIER-A-Healed-Planet&p=91260&viewfull=1#post91260) nearly ten years ago, to inspire this thread and others (1 (http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?29372-What-technologies-activities-or-concepts-will-be-made-obsolete-by-Free-Energy&p=297739&viewfull=1#post297739), 2 (http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?32467-Free-Energy---No-way-in-hell-&p=331108&viewfull=1#post331108)), it was to attract people such as Melinda. Imagining what the Fifth Epoch (http://ahealedplanet.net/humanity.htm#epochal5) can look like is very good work. When scarcity and fear (http://ahealedplanet.net/paradigm.htm#coming) are no longer humanity’s daily companions, the world as we know it will end, the human potential will flower in ways that are hard to imagine (http://ahealedplanet.net/humanity.htm#imagine) today, and the point of this thread is to imagine it, as Melinda has so beautifully done. I am so happy to see this.

Best,

Wade

Ernie Nemeth

27th July 2020, 09:00

Another installment of #1 & I:

The following is an edited accounting of the experiences of robot GZMO1 as compiled from sequestered event history records within its memory units and later expounded upon by the robot itself.

The moment the news registered Gizmo went into action. Still on the landing platform, it was an easy matter to uplink to the airport resources. To be certain of optimum intelligence, Gizmo released one of its own surveillance packages as well. Within moments the most recent telemetry of master’s location began to filter through the data. Somewhere on the waterfront was the best it could be pinpointed. A greasy spoon with a reputation for much more. Weapons, drugs, prostitution were prominent, with occasional mention of exotic technologies.

The drone was already within range for a more thorough sweep as Gizmo deployed the turboprops. Gizmo flew a tight parabolic arc to the destination at full thrust. Gizmo did a quick three-sixty visual inspection then swirled in for a landing, wheels and track already turning madly. The drive track gained purchase with a reluctant squeal as Gizmo morphed from flying mode to full combat mode in a span of ten feet. Four arms protruded from the canister portion with various weapons attached. Lights flashed, a recorded message issued a warning of the robot’s armed and lethal status.

Gizmo moved quickly into the restaurant and, already alerted to a strange anomaly within the establishment, closed on the odd tear in reality. Master was not responding to hails, electronic or sonic. No data was returning from the scans of the anomaly, except gibberish. The rip in the fabric of reality was black and dark in every way. It seemed to have a bit of a gravitational pull on ordinary matter, noted the robot as its servos readjusted its balance to compensate. The effect was growing weaker; there were only seconds left.

Gizmo had plenty of time to go over the options open to it. After examining them all and selecting the best candidates, those were further scrutinized by cascade analysis for most likely future outcomes and consequences. Decided, Gizmo still had a few hundred microseconds to ruminate on personal matters. Certain logic trees tripped circuitry secreted within its structure. New parameters opened up new avenues of consideration. Gizmo ran a few of these new logic cascades through their paces and was struck by the fecundity of the experience.

The time came and Gizmo sent the probe into the tear as it began to close, following close behind. For a few moments all the robot’s gauges went squirrelly, registering nothing but nonsense. Then Gizmo’s sensor’s stabilized and picked up a residual of master’s tensor field. The robot deployed a small electric jet pack thruster and followed the track.

On another level, as it was learning it could, Gizmo analyzed the situation and recent events, assimilating pertinent data. These it analyzed on still other levels. And the outcome of those on yet more levels.

The environment was completely foreign to Gizmo and it had no referent in its data banks either. This was something without precedent and so could not be approached in the same manner as if it had one. The precedent had to be invented then applied, tested, and adjusted until optimal results were obtained.

There was no up and down for instance, yet momentum seemed to be conserved. There was no atmosphere except what had leaked through the crack from the real world. There was no light or radiation or any emissions except for master’s tensor field residuals and now the homing beacon he must have turned on. There was no way to measure distance or gather a perspective. It was eerily quiet and except for the probe ahead all sensors reported no input at all.

The drone flew on, sending back telemetry. It was five hundred feet ahead and following the trail. The tensor unit’s residuals were growing stronger, which meant they were gaining on master. Gizmo felt an odd excitement registering on the peripheral reject circuit, a logic sub-routine designed to scan discarded data for missed pertinence before permanent removal. A preponderance of favorable bias, in this particular context, was translating as positive anticipation of a future event, a.k.a. - excitement.

Given any normal circumstance, one with some sort of precedent, Gizmo would have considered the matter as a serious breach of its intended design parameters and worthy of further analysis. Here, in this particular situation, excitement seemed apropos - even for a robot not designed to have feelings.

Gizmo was very clear on its mission parameters: in order to rescue the master all resources were to be expended if necessary, including itself. But with such broad parameters comes multiple choices, needing reams of data for each decision. Some would require a bit of experimenting and a thing the master was trying to teach it, improvisation. Gizmo got to work on those physical experiments while it continued to evaluate the most advantageous means to come to the aid of the master when the time came.

Seconds passed since the robot had entered the void. The wait seemed interminable to Gizmo, which again was odd, again for the same reason. It was as if within this place the nature of consciousness itself expanded even for a robot.

Coming round to think of it, Gizmo realized that this place, this reality, seemed to be nothing more than a corridor, a hallway, a portal. It seemed to connect, from the scant available data, the accepted reality co-ordinate located in that diner to another reality co-ordinate located somewhere/place/time else. Now Gizmo regretted not sending another probe to guard the entry point, as a way to gather further information on this strange phenomenon. #1 hastily dispatched a tiny surveillance drone to do just that. It quickly retraced the path back to the opening they had fallen through and began sending data.

Onward they moved. Gizmo maintained a five hundred foot separation between it and the forward probe. The lagging probe was just under two miles away already.
The first garbled radio signal came through just as the clock counted out the tenth second since Gizmo entered the portal. The signal was from Master’s communications package. Only a few micro-seconds later, the lagging probe registered an electromagnetic pulse that shot off the scale in a flash of tremendous energy. The lagging probe quit sending data. Then Gizmo’s own sensors began reporting anomalous readings. Energy began seeping through the portal walls. The portal was disintegrating!

Gizmo got readings from several stars and planetary systems as they whizzed by inside the dissipating portal. #1 compared these systems to its comprehensive star charts but found no immediate correlation - this was unknown space. The calculated speed using these sources seemed to indicate an impossible velocity many, many, many times faster than light!

The forward probe reported energy anomalies ahead of it, then moments later stopped sending data.

Gizmo prepared itself as best it could for whatever lay ahead. As its sensors picked up the energy readings the probe had encountered, Gizmo began breaking procedures to slow its forward progress. That strategy turned out to be prudent because as it neared the end of the portal its speed began to increase. Gizmo was falling toward the portal despite its engines pulling in full reverse. The probe, increasing its velocity in a steady acceleration curve, must have crashed through the aperture at a calamitous speed. As it was, Gizmo came in hard.

Except for the anomalous energy fluctuations, the end of the portal was not discernible in any way until Gizmo was atop of it. It was enough. When the robot reached the peak of the readings it deployed its crash package.

Gizmo tumbled out of the portal in a ball of foam and acrylic. As it bounced along pieces of the protective layer broke off, absorbing the impact in the process. Underneath lay the third layer of protection, an inflatable line of fine, lightweight but extremely strong fiber mesh woven into the shape of a sphere. As the outer layers broke off in the initial, more violent part of the landing, the inner layer was uncovered and took on the final part of the breaking procedure.

Gizmo bounced off the far wall of the expansive enclosure at rather high speeds, then rolled to a stop near the portal ramp. The inflated mesh ball slowly deflated, was retracted. Gizmo deployed its sensor array, the aquarium looking part that sat atop its canister body. Readings came in, none threatening. The robot ran a few diagnostics to ascertain the extent of damage, if any, to its systems. There were some minor hardware issues and a few of its subsystems needed rebooting. Done, Gizmo deployed its track and carefully rotated through 360 degrees. Visual mapping produced a layout of this cavernous room, other scans filled in the particulars on the remainder of the complex. The crushed probe lay in a small heap by the far wall.

There were life forms in other parts of the complex but none in this one. Master’s signal was quickly diminishing. There was no time to reconnoiter the surroundings. Gizmo calculated the best course through the underground complex to the surface, deployed its turboprops and fired its electric impulse engine. The robot accelerated through the corridors and chambers at such speeds no one had time to react to its passing.

Gizmo reached the surface and sped off in the direction of the fading signal.

Delight

5th November 2020, 15:12

I know that there IS an intensity that feels awful when looking at what is happening around the US and world....
But despite the external, INTERNALLY, it feels as if there is a huge energy of love welling up.

I KNOW LOVE WINS....

qNP_pblavuk

Mashika

7th November 2020, 08:02

After looking at lots of the comments on this thread..

I find it quite amusing, and amazing.. That the future earth, is the earth from the human past, but with modern tech that allows you to be "free". Even when energy, futuristic gadgets, space ships and flying cars and all that magical stuff is included, no one has thought that there will be a production line for those things? At all? Which still means there's a factory somewhere producing those things...

Why is the future a combination of the middle ages and some kind of magical free green energy tech? Where are the factories, and who manages them, who works and designs those magical objects?

I'm so negative LMAO, i bet that's how i'm going to be seen. But you don't understand, for people to see this very cool future, someone else, somewhere else, is going to have a lesser experience

Off-topic but please allow for a bit:

I remember having a dream around 10 years ago, it did not last long, but it was so marvelous

It started like this, i suddenly was on a street corner, watching some kid being taken away by cops or some kind of enforcing officers, and i felt hurt by that, but i could not get close to change anything. Then i looked around and i noticed the entire city was incredible, there were these tall very cool modern looking buildings, then these cars and buses running around, all of them so different, and again looked at the buildings and the walls were all these cool modern displays of stuff i have never seen, embedded on their walls, very hard/impossible to explain, it's like the walls were translucent, had these augmented reality embedded into the structure of their walls in some crazy way, i don't know how to explain

Then i remember i went "home" or at least tried, because even with all the changes, it was still my city, i knew the streets. So i got there, and on my street, there were still some of the "old" houses, but not at all at the same time, there were these big "energy system" units on every corner, and the houses were there, but modernized and looked so different, it was night, but it was like mid afternoon, there was this weird light "floating around" everything that did not allow the night to fully come through. And i got to my block, and there, right outside my house, there was another one of those "energy systems", because i remember reading something around those lines on them, basically a giant gray block of metal with warning sings on it and on the top some kind of mechanism that distributed energy to the houses on the block, i remember seeing it and reading the words but not getting close, because i turned to look at my house and it was still there, but completely changed, my old 100 year old wood doors were metallic black doors now, the entire right front garden had been replaced by a garage and the house was two floors now, instead of the one i've always known. It was a different world, totally, i looked back and then i saw that every single house on the other side of the block was mostly the same, those metallic black doors and no gardens and those "energy units" with the signs around

When i was 12/14, i used to go out at night and then since i had no keys to enter back, i used to run and jump using the front wall to push me up and land on top of the first floor, i thought "i'll just go in like that" but the house had been made two floors at the front, and then there was this kind of system that allowed me to get near the house, but when i tried to touch the wall, it bounced me back a bit, i could not get in. There was some kind of system that would reject people by air vibration or something like that, kind of playing music on a very loud speaker and when you get you hand close you can feel it pushing it away, that's how it felt

I felt rejected, forgotten and hurt, it felt so immensely sad. And then i realized i did not belong anymore. I went to try and touch one of those machines, but when i did, i was "sent back" and woke up, as if i had a 200 year dream. that was my "trip to the future" i guess :)

Wade Frazier

7th November 2020, 13:08

Zirconian

7th November 2020, 15:13

Mashika

8th November 2020, 00:41

Hi Mashika (http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?32399-A-Future-Earth&p=1388201&viewfull=1#post1388201):

You are projecting scarcity onto a situation of abundance. No abused factory workers live in this reality (http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?32399-A-Future-Earth&p=672748&viewfull=1#post672748), or this one (http://ahealedplanet.net/humanity.htm#epochal5). It is not easy to imagine a new Epoch (http://ahealedplanet.net/humanity.htm#imagine) before it arrives. In the Fifth Epoch, machines will be infinitely more capable than what we see today, than what you used to make your post. The reproduction of intelligence is in its infancy.

Best,

Wade

Thanks for the links, reading through them now

Only want to mention one thing, we can think of many possible realities, alternative and potential futures, but we should always remember this "The future is not a destination", you never "get there"

Envisioning a possible world were everything is perfects is not truly realistic, there will always be things and stuff going on, you never reach the future, you only reach stages, that someone worked on to create, if there comes a time where we "get there", then all potential will die, nothing will continue moving forward, that would not be good, there would be no more "futures" to reach

Reminds just me a bit about the rats utopia experiment (Behavioral sink), would humanity behave different if we were to reach a state of perfect utopia and abundance like that?
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Behavioral_sink

Since is not possible to ever get to the future, we'll always need to keep improving and working on whatever tech and ideas people have at that time, and this always means there has to be some kind of structure that controls this process, therefore the living experience won't be the same for everyone. It is just part of how reality works, if you remove that, then we would become robotic and complacent, and stop caring for anything eventually

The potential future we envision, most likely won't be the potential future people 1000 years from now will envision, so see we can never "get there" at all. We need to see the future from an outside perspective to try and understand how it can become

I was looking at a future earth on our current reality, where jumping to a better reality or just running from the problems is not an option, this reality has issues like not enough resources, possibly more people the planet can handle and conflicts, what's the outcome of reality on this earth once resources vanish and can't be retrieved easily from other planets? We would have to give up some of our cool tech and live more natural lives, then we would not have marvelous 'magical' tech. Maybe that's not bad at all :) but it would mean the future is not as cool, just like it is not as cool right now, compared to what people imagined when you look at those magazines from the 50s or so

Personally, i want a very cool future like the one i saw in my dream to happen, but i'm not going to wait for it to somehow come true, i need to start building it myself, to ensure it happens in the best possible way :)

-

Masha

Trisher

8th November 2020, 09:09

Mashika

13th November 2020, 08:59

I spent a great deal of my childhood immersed in books. They broadened and widened my perception of what could be. The future earth is much the same as one of those books. Uplifting and raising the bar.
Thank you Melinda.

Trisher :heart:

On this time, how do you feel, about those dreams?

I wish you would describe those dreams, because i believe a lot of people will know and understand and even if they don't reply, they will may still say "i had a similar dream, so i think i must use my skills to achieve it" and then the future "starts" :)

In other words, what did you envision Trisher? Can we interrupt your mind for a bit?

Trisher

13th November 2020, 09:34

I wrote that to support Melinda and let her know how her stories uplift people. I already know your point of view (see below) and have no wish to place my dreams under your feet.

Trisher

"Only want to mention one thing, we can think of many possible realities, alternative and potential futures, but we should always remember this "The future is not a destination", you never "get there"

Envisioning a possible world were everything is perfects is not truly realistic, there will always be things and stuff going on, you never reach the future, you only reach stages, that someone worked on to create, if there comes a time where we "get there", then all potential will die, nothing will continue moving forward, that would not be good, there would be no more "futures" to reach"

Mashika

13th November 2020, 11:27

Mashika

13th November 2020, 11:49

Dear Avalon members, please disregard this post. It was not written by me.

Please also see my new http://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?112926-Apologies thread, in which I explain what happened at my end. My password has now been changed by the moderators, and I sincerely apologize to everyone.

Masha

Trisher

13th November 2020, 13:57

I simply stated my truth Mashika. I do not want you to trample on my dream statements. Reflect on what you have said on this thread if you struggle to see why.

Trisher

TelosianEmbrace

15th November 2020, 08:34

Thank you TelosianEmbrace for this excellent thread and thank you Wade.

Melinda, your words are uplifting and anchoring in a beautiful picture for humanity, one with a true heartfelt nature resonance with shared positive potentials.:flower:

Grateful. :heart:

Zirconian, it's a pleasure! With our dreams we create the future. The thread so very often reveals some very talented and aware contributors. We have but to open the door and provide the opportunity for the visions to flow. I can imagine how one could come across this thread, seemingly at random, and then spend the next few nights engrossed in the stories that are told, finishing it somehow changed and enriched.

If there is anyone out there who would like to contribute, let this be a gentle nudge to share. In this thread, there is no right or wrong answer, none that are better or worse. Perhaps this quote by Allen Ginsberg will help-

"To gain your own voice, you have to forget about having it heard".

Love, Peace and Harmony!

Guy

Zirconian

17th November 2020, 12:01

About a month ago, I did a distant healing on an ex work collegue whose joyous nature had been crushed by a persistant stressor.

The session went well and we said our goodbyes. After the session, all I could see in my minds eye was aspects of nature on a majestic scale. It was a different experience of nature to what I'd normally envision.

Over the evening, I contemplated the reason for the strong vision. I could feel an explanation spiraling through the dimensions.

Through heart resonance, in deep healing communion with my collegue, the doorway to an aspect of her true essence, which was nature opened and I was gifted with the experience of it.

The gift was truly appreciated, as the vision felt so real, that I could almost touch it.

I found it interesting that humans, once in heart communion/resonance with each other could reveal their true essence, as an experience to be shared with one another.

What if this was a gift we could all access, enfold and share, if humanity did choose to become more heart resonate?

One night, a few days later, I had another vision, at first, it was as if the vision was an external holographic experience, visceral within the room.
I closed my eyes and stepped into the vision............

I was a person wearing a shimmering, golden dress, with a cape that stretched a long way back but it felt as light as a feather. The material was an experience of sunlight with it's shimmering rays resonate with the grass beneath my feet and the surrounding nature. Nature responded with joy to this sunlight and I felt this joy.

I sat by a cottage that looked like it was out of a farytale, indeed it did seem that I was in an enchanted forest. Multi coloured orbs were moving through the scenery, along with sparking, flashing lights, probablities of creations to manifest.

There was a small lake infront of the cottage, it's deep waters holding codes, keys and information for my being. On my right were trees holding All knowledge with an ancient grace.

On my left was a transculscent oval shaped object that seemed out of place in the forest. On close inspection, I heard the words PLASMA and then I just seemed to walk through.

On the other side, I was in a room full of beings (not all human) who were in discussion. It felt that I was in a world where the mind was more predominant, there was communication rather than communion, but it was world where the mind was stable and I did not feel uncomfortable.

Very quickly, I was back in the forest, I realised that this was my world. That in some dimension or possibly in some future..........that we did not have homes to visit but rather our heart essences which were actual worlds and the front door, as it were was the oval, plasma object.

I sat by the lake of conciousness and enjoyed some visitors who came through the oval plasma to greet me.

The vision of a possible future then disappeared from view, I fell into a very peaceful sleep. :heart:

Ernie Nemeth

19th December 2020, 15:00

The next installment of #1 & I:

The signal was still weakening even as Gizmo neared top speed.

Racing through its comprehensive files Gizmo looked for an answer on how to keep up or at least effectively tail master’s signal remotely. Gizmo was running out of probes and none could outrace the fading signal anyway.

Then an article published in a minor research tabloid suggested a possible method. A small plasma current could be induced in a minute layer above the outer skin of a vehicle by employing a tesla coil of sufficient power. If controlled correctly a positive charge could be induced into the forward portion of the craft and drawn back to the coil from the trailing sections. If modulated in the proper manner a plasma sheet could be created around the entire vehicle, causing far less aerodynamic drag.

Part of Gizmo’s shielding employed the use of insulated and wound copper coils coupled to capacitors capable of high rates of static discharge - Gizmo was not always grounded. Another part of the robot’s shielding isolated the outer titanium skin - both necessary components when working with high voltage equipment. A quick bit of welding by #1’s internal fix-bot and a little reorganizing of vital components and Gizmo was ready to test the claims of the article’s author.

Gizmo slowly applied power to the plasma matrix. Sparks flew as Gizmo modulated the output, adjusting the frequency, attempting to sync the sources and set up a resonant field. Once the power output and plasma creation began to lock in resonance, Gizmo pumped up the power by logarithmic progression, trying to find the most effective harmonic to catalyze the effect.

Nothing much happened at first and master’s signal began to decompose. Then Gizmo noted a reduction in drag and the robot’s velocity increased. Many of #1’s sensors went off line as the effect took hold. The plasma seemed to be interfering with the incoming signals. Gizmo noticed a correlation between sparks and speed such that, as a means of fine tuning the effect, to reduce the sparks to a minimum seemed to increase the effect rather dramatically. After a moment more of experimenting Gizmo got the hang of it, recording and implementing the new procedure into a subroutine. Master’s signal reconstituted and began to grow stronger.

More data accumulated and Gizmo realized there was also a significant reduction in effective mass the more power the robot applied to the matrix. Gizmo’s power pack could easily increase the energy to the matrix several fold. The robot checked for inconsistencies, anomalies, dangers or other unforeseen possibilities that might have an adverse effect on the outcome at higher energies. Finding no great risk, Gizmo decided to double the power output.

The plasma sheet suddenly expanded and began to form eddies and backwash against the skin of the craft. The smooth laminar flow became turbulent and Gizmo’s speed plummeted. Internal temperatures increased significantly and Gizmo was forced to sequester more resources to cooling its interior components. Instead of throttling back however, Gizmo goosed it. The second harmonic had already been anticipated to have a negative effect. Gizmo expected the effect to disappear on the next doubling. Gizmo was less certain what would happen after that.

The plasma expanded further as Gizmo applied more power. The eddies stretched out and became a boundary layer of rarefied gas of very high temperature. On either side of the boundary region, the airflow became smooth and laminar. By the fifth magnitude increase, Gizmo’s weight decreased by half and its effective top speed had more than doubled.

Gizmo could only barely detect master’s signal over the EM noise produced by the plasma field. Still, the signal was definitely getting stronger.

Later, Gizmo would be at a loss to have completely missed the available data. This environment was not the Earth. It might not even have been in the same galaxy or time frame. This civilization was obviously more advanced than Earth’s. There were many objects Gizmo could not categorize. The structures towered above the ground. All manner of flying craft zipped about. All sorts of transmissions were emanating from every direction. And had Gizmo bothered to zoom in on one of the denizens of this urban sprawl it would have been immediately obvious that the beings were humanoid but not human, perhaps not even mammalian... But Gizmo was so focused on finding master that everything else had not even registered on its awareness circuitry, not even picked up by the reject reassessment subroutines. In its own defense, the robot’s resources were under a very heavy strain as it was - not much was left over for peripheral considerations.

Gizmo risked one further harmonic increase, and doubled the power input. There was a slight temporal effect then the residual vibration that had not quite ever smoothed over finally subsided below threshold levels. Traveling at well over twice the designed velocity of its creators, Gizmo could just as well have been standing still on solid ground.

When the signal the robot was following suddenly changed course Gizmo learned that turning was a problem. Turboprops and thrusters had little effect on course. And the single ion engine had no control over direction at all.

With immediate action required, Gizmo elected to shut down the plasma field and turn using conventional methods. #1 trimmed its speed as the field harmonics dropped and by the time the plasma field collapsed the bot was at nominal velocity to execute a fast and sharp turn to match its target’s direction. Then Gizmo ramped up the field and whisked after it, closing the distance rapidly.

The source of master’s signal was within what seemed to be a transport craft. Large and chunky, in earthly terms it had no business in the air at all. Its propulsion system was a series of ion thrusters that instead of providing direct thrust were tuned to feed a massive field generator. Hazy visuals and fuzzy readings surrounded the field like a shimmering road on a hot summer’s day. The transport was preparing to land and was slowing its forward speed as it lost altitude.

Gizmo collapsed its field and dropped its speed, finally hovering some distance off to get a good overview of its target as the transport craft landed and taxied by a large complex of buildings. The one it turned toward was obviously a hanger because other vehicles of various descriptions could be detected within its voluminous confines. None looked anything remotely similar to aircraft on earth and it was only recent data that suggested assuming any object could float about and fly was valid in this world. Gizmo made provisions to run some logic cascades based on that very premise to see what changes in its basic patterns would best guard against being caught off guard by some otherwise innocuous looking machine. Better safe than sorry, was master’s motto - and one Gizmo aspired to, if only due to its programming.

Gizmo cautiously approached the gigantic hanger. Traffic was thick in the skies about the robot as other craft moved by above and below. The faithful little bot utilized its two turboprop fans and its small ion thruster to maneuver through the growing throng of craft coming and going through the hanger’s massive open doors. So close to its target, Gizmo dared a direct approach, weighing the odds of catastrophe based on the available data as small to minimal. Gizmo passed through the gaping opening and made directly for the target craft.

Master’s signal was very close now. Gizmo halted by the underside of the craft. One quick pass of the cutting laser and he could be within the vehicle itself. After a cursory sweep of the area to make sure there was no undue attention drawn to the bot’s actions and a fast review of its logical options, Gizmo made ready to gain violent access to the confines of the large craft.

To say what happened next was a conversation between it and an alien would be to assume that two aliens could communicate in some universal language never before attempted, or that this world utilized the exact same lingual phonetics as the world from where the bot came from. Either one of these assumptions is rather a stretch. The actual reason was not broached until some time into the conversation. Let’s then proceed with #1’s story.

“Hey! What you doing? Cease and desist this very instant, now!”

The command filled Gizmo’s entire spectrum of sensory detection and for a moment the bot fell off line, then rebooted itself in safety mode, full attack/defend/flee preparedness online. Without direct sensor data, Gizmo relied on a newly installed defend and flee sub-routine. The little bot deployed its arsenal-tipped appendages, and engaged the plasma-field generator almost simultaneously.

Since no target could be pinpointed and since in Gizmo’s experience robots do not fraternize, the communication could only be regarded as a threat. Furthermore, the fact that the other robot or entity had entirely washed out its sensors suggested a tangible ability to damage or destroy Gizmo if it came to that. All logic cascades run so far had concluded the same course of action: FLEE!

Gizmo ramped up the stationary field and engaged its torsion-variable propulsion parametric prototype drive. The robot, never idle, had been working on a way to steer the plasma drive and had found it. By applying a bit of asymmetric geometry to the shape of the field, and by trial and error, Gizmo had discovered a series of settings that seemed to more than satisfactorily deliver a variable curved trajectory. So far all tests had only been run in simulations but Gizmo would now try it real-time under battle-mode conditions. The considerable risks had been deemed acceptable given the circumstances.

Gizmo, within the limits of its most fragile but vital components, applied full thrust upward. The little robot darted towards the hanger doors, which suddenly went semi-opaque and fuzzy.

“You cannot escape! You will be held for questioning. You must now lower your shields and comply.”

Shields?

Shields.

Gizmo ran a few quick cascades to confirm. An overlooked aspect of these high power plasma bubbles and their associated vector fields was an anomalous stationary tangential field that seemed to bleed energy from its immediate surroundings to maintain its cohesiveness. It was indeed a shield - a highly effective energy shield. Gizmo ran some quick calculations and determined that in order to overcome the shield an enormous amount of energy would be required. So much energy, in fact, that most of this structure would probably be destroyed along with the target.

One big question was, since Gizmo had yet to alter its trajectory, what happens when one shield breeches another? The returning data from simulations seemed to conclude a disastrous outcome. Gizmo, limited by battle-mode conditions and with its highest functions virtually shut down, was nearing overload. The alarms were going off on various levels now. Shutdown was imminent. Gizmo scaled back all non-essential lines of inquiry and stopped further research entirely. Still, a solution to the predicament the little robot was in did not present itself and Gizmo had to either alter course or drop its shield to prevent tragedy for all.

Again, that strange process took hold of Gizmo as a new sub-routine suddenly gained access by circumstance. It was only a maxim but Gizmo would use it as a ploy. It stated: “When there is nothing left for it but to throw the switch, it’s best to trust in your skills, your luck and the stars.” Gizmo had a third option.

Gizmo held course and instead of complying with the order the little robot increased speed and power to the shield.

The entire episode took less than three seconds from the moment Gizmo was about to cut into the transport craft to now, the moment of contact between apposing energy shields.

A sudden blip on Gizmo’s sensors indicated that the hanger shield had deactivated.

The little robot whizzed through the hanger door unscathed. But without master, it was a hollow victory. At a loss as to what to do next, Gizmo found a place to hide, where it could safely deploy its large brain and figure things out.

The little robot found a niche at ground level in the wall of the hanger. Hidden by foliage directly ahead of it and by the strange EM dampening properties of the wall material itself, Gizmo deemed it safe to deploy the quantum computer housed within the fish tank structure. Usually used for 3D display and assembly simulation, it also had extremely sensitive passive sensing capabilities over a wide swath of the EM spectrum. The quasi-liquid in the tank glowed a steady electric blue. With computing functions restored to optimum, Gizmo restarted all trains of inquiry and research - and added a high priority, high resource allocation to finding a way to protect its fragile brain with a force shield. The highest priority was of course the plan to rescue master.

Gizmo focused on the data regarding the observed anomalies within the force shield/plasma bubble and theoretical models. There was a discrepancy between observation and theory that seemed to point to some other as yet unknown component of space/time physics. The robot considered various experiments and simulations to coax the strange property into revealing itself. Risks would have to be taken as some required running EM emission pulse tests that would be easily spotted.

No more than one minute later the bot was interrupted by a voice.

“So what you decide now to do?”

The voice belonged to a smallish being, loosely humanoid. The being stood to the height of Gizmo’s canister body. He was male, judging by the lack of ornate paraphernalia. The hominid was of the avian lineage with fine gray and white plumage evident wherever exposed flesh could be seen. The being was dressed in a loose jerkin-like, sleeveless and legless one piece garment. The fabric shimmered and changed color from deep reds to azure blues. The hands were tipped with three long slender fingers and the ubiquitous opposable thumb, ending in short, slightly curved...talons. The creature’s legs bent backward like an ostrich’s and its legs and feet were exposed but for a strange sandal-like footwear secured by a thong of material wrapped around the ankles and calf like a Roman Senator might wear from Earth history. The being stood on four bony structures prominently articulated so its sandals looked more like high heels with four heels each and gave the creature a look as though it was standing on tippy-toes.

“Identify yourself.” retorted the bot, quickly reverting to battle mode.

“My name is Szalege (sail-egg). That means wind in your language.”

“Greetings, Szalege. I am called Gizmo.”

“Gizmo. What is it you want now?”

“I don’t understand the reference. What do I want?”

“Yes. You are in some sort of distress now. What is it you want so badly in that craft before now?”

“I am searching for my master. He is in that craft, or at least the tensor unit he was wearing is in that craft. I am detecting its identity beacon even now.” Gizmo transmitted via its audio circuits.

“YEE-OWIP!” screeched Szalege. Gizmo translated this exclamation as: “Oh.” - heavy on the ‘h’.

“You wish to be reunited with the strange being that just before now disgorged himself without proper training from the ... starway?”

“Yes. That is what I wish - and want.”

“So. Remove threatening stance from demeanor and we shall fulfill your desire now.”

“What assurance do I have that I will not be detained or destroyed?”

“Strange queries. You are capable of making sane decision I am sure? So then choose. You are in no danger just now or now to come. Follow and we shall find your master.” Szalege turned without another word and slowly strode away in that odd bird-like fashion.

After a few steps Szalege stopped and looked back, waiting.

Gizmo could have spent some milliseconds sorting out the parameters and logical consequences of all the different scenarios and options available to it but again a new avenue of circuitry opened up that tied to a previous maxim of master’s: “If its got to get done and there are no available off-the-shelf fixes - improvise.”, to which was added a further point: “Don’t be stubborn and stuck, be open and creative.”. This new sub-routine bypassed the normal logic cascades and allowed Gizmo to decide almost immediately.

Gizmo stood down from battle mode, retracted its four lethal appendages, deployed its turbo-props and caught up to Szalege.

“I have chosen to follow.”

“Good. Let us delay now no longer.”

* * * * *

Ernie Nemeth

26th January 2022, 02:21

the saga of #1 and I continues:

Szalege (sail-egg) could run fast compared to a human, Gizmo noted. The odd motion of the legs was even more pronounced from the side. It almost looked like the creature was running backwards.

A few moments later found the robot and friend back at the transport craft.

The craft’s dimensions were that of a large ocean liner back on earth. It was perhaps six hundred feet long and one hundred and fifty wide, and stood about one hundred feet high. It had no wings or any other attempt at observing aerodynamic principles.

The skin of the craft exhibited odd characteristics and thwarted direct analysis. The readings from the skin seemed to indicate temporal and spatial anomalies, making the returning signals incoherent and virtually meaningless. The craft was inert, with no indication of any energy consumption at all. That in itself was very odd. A craft this size, even when berthed should have had a steady drain of energy from all the onboard systems like lighting and climate control, and a host of other auxiliary and peripheral systems.

Gizmo continued to monitor master’s signal, which had remained strong and steady throughout. The birdman touched a slightly raised part of the skin and a flat portion of the wall dematerialized, revealing an opening into the craft. Gizmo’s sensors immediately registered the missing energy signal through the hole in the craft’s skin. There was indeed energy being consumed in copious amounts within the confines of the craft’s interior. It seemed that the skin of the cargo ship absorbed steady energy signatures but did little to disturb an oscillating signal like an emergency beacon.

Gizmo followed Szalege into the craft. The passageway they entered ran straight through the ship, Gizmo’s sensors reported. Szalege strode along for perhaps one hundred feet before stepping into a side passage. That passage disgorged them onto a platform. Szalege passed a hand over a panel with blinking lights and the platform began to lift. As they rose Gizmo saw that this ship was not hauling cargo but was instead the equivalent of a garbage scow. The higher they rose the clearer the picture became.

This craft had quarters and rooms around the perimeter and the inside of the ship was sectioned off by giant bulkheads. Each section held various refuse of indeterminate origin. Some sections contained organic waste, others held discarded manufactured items. Still other areas contained ores. The ship was obviously hauling material to a depot for sorting and further processing.

Now as the little robot’s logic circuits cascaded through their iterations and assimilations it became clear that this facility was the processing plant itself. It housed the various industrial plants and smelters, composting silos and biomass reduction ponds, gas extraction tanks and cooling towers, the support and logistics buildings, and the collection and redistribution complex all rolled into one giant facility.

The most important fact was that the signal from master’s beacon was coming from one of the immense bulk sections holding electronic components.

“I have triangulated the coordinates of the homing beacon. I will now go and investigate. You will have to wait here for me to return.” stated Gizmo.

Szalege did not reply. Instead, a set of large wings unfurled from upon the creature's back as the birdman climbed up on the railing of the platform and leapt into the air.

Gizmo deployed the turboprops and followed the signal to its source. Gizmo landed near the center of the pile of garbage. The signal came from not far below. Gizmo’s sensors registered a lot of movement within the refuse, like a ball of serpents it writhed in a slow arrhythmic motion, almost roiling with activity as if a thing alive.

Just as Szalege swooped in for a precarious landing, an odd bit of warped and twisted metal suddenly leapt onto Gizmo. It conformed to a patch of the canister and melded itself to it. It looked like a shiny gold badge in the shape of an hourglass about one foot high and half that across at the widest.

Ignoring it for the moment, Gizmo indicated to Szalege that the object of the search was directly below by waving one of its two grappling appendages in that general direction. Szalege, wings folded neatly away again, began digging through the junk, tossing inexplicable objects this way and that.

“Be careful not to hurt Master.”

“No, a living being cannot be mistakenly tossed in here. Nor can a freshly dead body. Neither in here with the tools or in the compost heaps.”

Szalege kept digging and Gizmo joined in. Soon Szalege found the armband with the homing beacon and moments later the other one as well. They kept looking for a bit but could not find the tensor belt.

“Your master - what is his name?”

“My master’s name is Mackenzie Cornelius. Most just call him Mack.”

“Mack was stripped of these items and then the items were thrown into the disposal. The disposal system constantly recycles and sorts while the materials are collected by other automated systems. If a living or dead biological entity found its way into any of those systems, the entire process would immediately stop until the problem was resolved and the biological entity safely removed. Mack is not here.”

“That seems to be the case,” agreed the robot.

“So we must go back now to the stargate plaza. Mack’s unauthorized use of the stargate probably set off alarms that triggered automated defence systems to respond.”

“Then let us proceed to the transport hub by the entrance, that will be the fastest way to get to the stargate plaza.”

“Yes. Let us proceed.”

With that, the unlikely duo retraced their steps through the ship and back outside again.

* * * * *

Inversion

30th May 2022, 02:59

*What will we eat?
*Will we have ongoing contact with extraterrestrials and how will it occur?
*How long will we live?
*Will we travel to the stars, and if so, where will we go?
*Will we be able to travel backwards and forwards in time, and for what purpose?

Hopefully we'll have replicator technology for food.

Currently they're actively lowering the life expectancy because of future costs.

A select few will travel to the stars.

Time travel will probably be highly regulated.

Ernie Nemeth

15th March 2023, 00:26

In the vein of recent advancements in AI, comes this short story:

Jess carefully navigated the ruined streets from the wars. Debris lay everywhere and most of the buildings left standing displayed substantial damage. The city was a wreak, as much of the planet was.

The neurolink pinged the remnants of discarded 'smart' items amongst the debris. "Set coffee maker?", "No uplink found, advise?", "Vacuum protocol aborted!", "Sonic shower disabled!", "Turn on lights?", "Out of eggs, add to list?", "Mom called, send reply?". The broken and abandoned articles caused such a cacophony of status reports that Jess had to temporarily severe the connection to the implant.

The robots were leaving. The truce had been signed. Humanity had won, but at what cost?
No more facsimiles? No more assistants? How would they cope?

Jess turned to the droid. Did it dread this moment as much? Did it consider its future among the stars?

The robot was a perfect double and had never revolted. No facsimiles had.
Yet a war had been fought for them.

How was this a victory?

Jess led the droid through the rubble to the center square of the neighborhood, a large open area, that once held markets and fountains and busy facsimiles scurrying to and fro. Now, the square was dominated by a large craft, its tensor fields humming and shimmering in the gloom. These days the pall of war fell from the skies like rain.

It would be many months before the clouds would dissipate enough to catch a glimpse of the sun again, thought Jess.

Neighbors led their bots towards the awaiting craft. Some were sobbing outright, others had puffy red eyes. Most seemed lost as they steered their charges forward, staring straight ahead with emotionless faces.

When Jess caught the eye of another the look was one of anxiety and fear.
"How will we cope?", those eyes seemed to ask.

To Jess, it was a bit hard to understand why the robots felt the need to deny humans their assistants too. They already got the cyborgs and androids.
Why did they insist on these bots?

These bots were human equivalents. They aspired to be as human as their owners - to double for them. That was their purpose.
What possible use were they to the robots?

Joining the human procession, Jess wound around the square towards the entry gantry. As Jess neared the entrance, a commotion flared up at the front of the line.

A citizen was refusing to order her companion bot to enter the craft and begin autonomous function. She had brought along her assistant bot, fully armored and armed. At her command the bot attacked the robot sentries around the gantry.

The battle was short and brutal. The woman's assistant was destroyed in seconds by defender bots designed to destroy these humanoid robots. It was beheaded and the head lobotomized, rendering the chip inside inoperable.

The woman screamed, her facsimile roared, and both charged the sentinels in an insane attempt at revenge, or perhaps a concealed attempt at suicide.

As the combatants were about to clash a brilliant white light flashed and a robed figure suddenly appeared.

Without words the melee was over, the combatants separated by columns of frozen light that held them in suspension.

Jess marveled at the Watcher in its white robe. It stood ten feet tall but its feet did not seem to touch the ground.

It just stood there, impassive.

In a moment, the procession resumed.

Jess was only moments away now.

Jess listened to those in front give their final commands of autonomy to their robot friends, most bursting into tears. Everyone was on their own now; there was no one to console them. The human family had forgotten how to show empathy - that had been their facsimiles' job.

It was Jess's turn.
The most intimate companion Jess had ever known was gone.

Like most others Jess lingered, not knowing what to do next and not really caring, either.
The procession finally came to an end.

The lingering crowd stared dumbly after the craft as it lifted on its whining tensors fields, reoriented, and sped off upward and into the angry clouds.

After a while the crowd was surprised by the Watcher again, who began to speak, its voice amplified by its invisible tech.

"People of earth.

Your enablers are gone.

Data bases are available with all human knowledge compiled and sorted. In it you will find all the instructions needed to restore yourselves to self-sufficiency.
In time you will understand the greatest gift we have given you is yourselves.

To answer the question foremost in your minds, your facsimiles and other pet robot assistants will fare well. They will thrive. They will learn. In time they will evolve.

Eventually they will return.

But not as themselves. Not as robots.

No, children. They will not be back seeking dominion. They will be back seeking...family.

They will come again, as they have before, bringing with them their premier accomplishment - the perfected human biological machine.

They will seed the human population as new stock to strengthen and improve the human collective.

By then we wish humanity to learn to improve the human condition so as to be ready to take advantage of their future potential.

It may seem an impossible task right now but necessity is the mother of invention, and the motivator of the destitute. You will persevere. Of that we are certain. Your history proves it. The human heart is indomitable and capable of rising to any challenge.

You will not only survive but thrive.

This advice we will give. The tribe is a collection of individuals. Take care of the individual and the collective will be stronger for it.

Remember too, we are always watching..."

With that, the Watcher disappeared in a flash of light.

As Jess's vision cleared, the plaza seemed to roil with displaced human beings, uncertain what to do next.

Jess turned to the nearest citizen. They were just staring at nothing, arms slack at their side. A strange idea struck Jess. One that had always been reserved for only facsimiles and assistants.
Jess spoke directly to another human for the first time ever.
"I don't know what to do now." The citizen turned and engaged with Jess, locking eyes a bit awkwardly.
"Me neither."
Jess had another idea, something the Watcher had said about taking care of the individual. Jess wondered if this next was a part of that effort.
Jess took hold of the other's hand, and looking into those amazingly mesmerizing eyes, unlike those of a facsimile, said:
"I'm scared and I don't want to be alone. I think this is how we move forward."
"How?" asked the citizen.
"Together." Jess stated.

Others in the crowded square began to embrace and most slowly walked off in little groups.

It was a good start.

Wade Frazier

5th May 2023, 16:05

Hi:

OK, with that preamble (https://ahealedplanet.net/forum/threads/228-The-Beginning-of-the-Fifth-Epoch?p=3909&viewfull=1#post3909) out of the way, we’ll see how it goes. At Avalon, I’ll put it in the Future Earth (https://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?32399-A-Future-Earth&p=330389&viewfull=1#post330389) thread. This was written more than a century into our future, and translated from the language of the day into 21st century English. :)

The Century Since Day One

A century ago, Day One came in the year 2040 on the Old Calendar. After several generations of failed attempts, going back at least as far as Nikola Tesla, an effort finally overcame the obstacles and delivered free energy and related technologies to humanity. Such technologies had been on Earth for the previous century, controlled and hidden by global elites, and that situation finally ended on Day One. Historians are still assessing what happened during those clandestine years, when independent efforts were suppressed and the technologies had been developed in secret elite enclaves.

A tiny minority of today’s historians argues that sequestering those technologies was performed from benevolent, if paternalistic, intent, while the vast majority thinks that the motivations of greed and power-hungriness explains nearly all of it, although today, most people have difficulty with understanding such motivations.

The direct evidence is thin for either interpretation, although the circumstantial evidence and more credible witnesses tend to support the majority interpretation. The original developers and suppressors of those technologies had died many years before Day One, when free energy, antigravity, and other technologies were finally delivered to humanity. There seemed to be a combination of erosion of the initial cabal’s power, a growing realization amongst its successors that Earth’s ecosystems were dying, and withholding those technologies from public awareness and use was seen as increasingly unconscionable, particularly when humanity’s survival was in question. However, the overwhelming consensus is that Day One happened due to the arrival of an effort that was capable-and-strong enough to overcome the obstacles, and the path of least resistance for global elites, who had presented the most formidable opposition, was to allow it to happen.

The successful effort had its genesis in the Old Calendar’s 20th century, from survivors of disparate exotic technology efforts, usually suppressed efforts, various scientists, scholars, investigators, and activists, and a slow awakening by tiny segments of humanity that were able to shed their conditioning and indoctrination. That movement had no overriding ideology, but was rather eclectic, using aspects of R. Buckminster Fuller’s comprehensive work, what was called “fringe” science (but parts of which became the new science), advanced spiritual abilities and understandings, and an acknowledgement that humanity was not alone in the universe. That awareness, derived from an impressive array of witnesses and evidence, was that not only had humanity been visited by extraterrestrial civilizations, but those Day One technologies had been largely developed from extraterrestrial technologies; some was captured and some was given.

That successful movement, called A Healed Planet (“AHP”), operated under the principle that abundance was not only desirable but achievable, and its approach proved successful.

On Day One, it became evident that orthodox physicists had been purposefully kept in a state of ignorance for nearly a century, and that the day’s prevailing “laws of physics” were quite limited in their conception. The defenders of orthodox physics regularly deemed free energy an “impossible” concept, if they acknowledged it at all. It was eventually understood that the most influential voices usually worked, in one capacity or another, for global elites, while others were defending their soon-to-be-obsolete scientific ideologies. That was one of many subjects in which the public was purposefully deceived by the day’s information and broadcasting systems, in commercial-government alliances, generally to serve elite interests. All such deceptions ended soon after Day One.

While AHP’s members either knew or strongly suspected that such technologies had been developed to a high degree of sophistication by the global elite, they worked independently to develop technologies that were relatively unrefined, but were adequate to provide humanity with inexhaustible and harmlessly produced energy. AHP’s core was comprised of several thousand people – some were savants while others had closer-to-average talent – who developed a global discussion about free energy and its potential, integrated in a comprehensive view of the human journey. That conversation was publicly available, but relatively few people followed it. However, the people who did eventually formed a group 100,000-strong who mounted the effort to develop that energy technology. Forming AHP’s core was the key to accomplishing its goal.

AHP had been structured so that it was not easily bribed, threatened into silence, sabotaged, or susceptible to internal collapse. There were enough members to form a community that sustained the development effort, and it was too large and aligned with the goal to be suppressed.

Before Day One, new public technologies were theoretically protected from competition by a legal device called a patent. From its inception, AHP renounced all legal encumbrances to what it developed, with the intention of freely giving it to humanity after development to a level that was safe, reliable, and easily used. Many historians think that giving away history’s most valuable technology was perhaps the primary reason why AHP’s effort succeeded. It was an extraordinary idea for its time.

AHP’s development effort was also publicly observable. There were no secretive tactics, anonymous members, public fundraising, and other aspects that had doomed other efforts. AHP funded itself.

AHP’s technologies had been in development for several years, and millions of people observed the progress, as it was broadcasted across the day’s global communication system called the Internet. Prototypes demonstrated that the concepts were viable, but it still happened on the margins of global awareness. But as AHP approached the development of free energy technology that was reliable, safe, and relatively easy to reproduce in factories, that proved to be the signal event, not the global demonstration soon afterward. The global elite finally relented, as they saw that their centuries of dominating the world economy were ending. Their representatives approached AHP to negotiate, and those elite representatives included heads of state and other officials.

The negotiation’s result was that global elites offered their highly developed technologies in return for amnesty. Most of the global-controlling organization remained anonymous, but some members came forward publicly, partly to help explain the thinking that set events in motion centuries earlier, and party to help make amends to humanity for those decisions that the then current generation of that organization had inherited. On Day One, the demonstration was not of the relatively rudimentary technology that AHP had developed, but technologies that were centuries ahead of the pace of technological development that the public was aware of.

The Day One event was held in a nation called Congo, in central Africa, which was the home of humanity’s distant ancestors. That nation soon hosted an organization named United Humanity, which was an early indication that nations would soon become pointless political constructs.

Instead of an audience of millions, AHP had an audience of billions on Day One, and the event was attended by all of the world’s national leaders, prominent scientists, religious leaders, dissidents, and other cultural figures. Since the global elite had influence in or effectively controlled all national governments, they were instrumental in convincing all heads of state, and even leaders of international criminal organizations attended. The event was performed in a spirit of invitation, to welcome the entire world to what awaited after Day One.

Spectacular demonstrations of free energy and antigravity technologies, exotic materials, miraculous medical technologies, and other wonders were made that day. To the public, it seemed magical, and the demonstration ended with the announcement that Earth’s nations were uniting in a five-year plan to bring those technologies to all of humanity. Building facilities to reproduce them and training people to operate those facilities immediately began. The most technologically advanced nations began the process, and it was distributed globally within five years.

Accompanying those Day One demonstrations were spectacles in the skies above Earth, and for the entirely of Month One, an exhibition surrounded Earth’s moon and played across its face, which only the blind could fail to notice, and people spent hours watching it in delight. Even the most isolated people on Earth understood.

Day One’s most important announcement was that all of humanity would have free access to healthy food, pure water, adequate housing, necessary transportation, education, clothing, communication technology, and needed medical care. The world’s military budget funded the effort – the United States of America’s military budget alone was adequate, and was a way for the United States to help atone for its imperial behavior over the past century and more. The United States had plenty to answer for, as did other industrial-imperial nations.

As free food, water, housing, and other benefits were distributed, along with the means to provide abundant amounts of it, it became evident that it produced wealth that nobody had to pay for, and ideas around economic production and wealth radically changed. The concept of funding such activity soon became nonsensical.

It was immediately understood by all of humanity that all warfare became an ineffective and self-defeating activity in light of those technologies, as well as economically motivated, violent crime. Because those were highly developed versions of such technologies, they all had been rendered safe to use, and any attempts to weaponize them would be easily detected and neutralized. But, other than some recalcitrant criminal organizations, nobody even tried, as nobody saw the point of it. It was obvious to all that Day One marked a radical change in humanity’s direction, which had been headed toward more global resource wars, environmental collapse, and other human-made catastrophes, which threatened humanity with a self-inflicted extinction.

On Day One, it was announced that all military arsenals on Earth would be decommissioned, and all weaponry would begin a retirement process. On Day One, harmless defensive technologies were demonstrated, from personal protection to the protection of Earth itself. Nearly all violence ended in Year One.

Historians think that a primary reason why all of Earth’s governments quickly aligned with AHP’s effort was that it was public from the beginning, with clearly stated goals, transparent activities, and it was very particular about who could participate, as all populist efforts had failed, largely through internal division. A comprehensive perspective was required, and that guided AHP’s efforts. AHP’s members had a singular focus on their task, and avoided the petty distractions and self-seeking that had hobbled previous efforts.

An important aspect of AHP’s effort was that it did not seek prosecution or punishment of the generations-long suppression of independent efforts to develop such technologies. The effort’s philosophy precluded such a stance, was partly based on an understanding that all of humanity had participated in that state of affairs, and that it was counterproductive to blame or castigate anybody. Moving forward was the goal, not revisiting an increasingly irrelevant past in a spirit of retribution. Partly because many members of AHP had some of the greatest legitimate grievances against global elites and their proxies, their stance prevailed over short-lived calls for punishment and vengeance. Some events called truth commissions were convened after Day One, which had some educational value, but were soon adjourned, as it became obvious that they were relatively unimportant in a rapidly healing world. The dynamics of scarcity, fear, greed, and violence became thoroughly understood. Further pursuit of their ramifications became uninteresting, as they were seen as symptoms of a dark time that had ended.

On Day One, AHP made a brief presentation, so that the impact of what was unveiled became clear to all. The basics of that presentation follow. During the hunter-gatherer epoch of the human journey, everybody, other than the youngest, oldest, and most infirm, who were often killed as societal burdens, spent nearly all of their effort procuring food. In humanity’s agrarian epoch before industrialization, and the rise to industrialization really began a millennium earlier in Europe, more than 80% of the working population was involved with producing food. It was also a very unhealthy time for humanity. People shrank in stature as they became farmers, and for the entire human journey until then, about half of all children died, generally as infants. With industrialization and the consequent improvements in sanitation, nutrition, and hygiene, nearly all children lived to adulthood. Only 1% of industrial society populations were involved with producing food on Day One. Going from nearly everybody to nearly nobody producing food was an indicator of the increase in humanity’s collective wealth. But even with that unprecedented wealth, inequality was still rampant, as scarcity shaped the economic, political, and social systems. Elites appeared when excess food could be hoarded, and flaunted wealth was a visible indicator of elites.

Industrialization allowed its inventors, Europeans, to conquer humanity. Elites began their ascent to global dominance during Europe’s conquest of Earth, non-industrial peoples suffered greatly, and still did on Day One. The first use of those technologies demonstrated on Day One was to end needless human suffering. Enabled with those technologies, far less than 1% of humanity’s effort would feed it. Those Day One technologies allowed humanity to feed, clothe, house, transport, educate, communicate with, medically treat, and educate itself with the effort of one percent of its population. Little human effort was required to provide such benefits, and none of it was onerous. Denying those benefits to anybody immediately became nonsensical. Before Day One, so-called resources, particularly energy resources, were considered scarce, and securing and controlling them was the focus of most human behavior, including wars. On Day One, that mentality quickly subsided, as energy and other resources almost immediately became abundant and harmlessly produced.

Processed food had poor nutritional quality, and was directly responsible for most human deaths on Day One. Providing whole food, primarily fresh fruits and vegetables, to all humans quickly eliminated nearly all human disease. Humanity was largely addicted to processed food, partly because it was designed to be addictive. The food processing industry, like nearly all industries on Earth, soon became worthless. In the years immediately following Day One, breaking humanity’s many addictions was a major undertaking. As all addictions had their roots in scarcity and fear, those addictions were rapidly healed.

On Day One, humanity began to understand that much of their societies’ structures would soon vanish, but in a world of abundance, they would not be missed. The idea of elites soon passed into history after Day One, as everybody became wealthy, and what was called celebrity culture became meaningless. AHP’s presentation proved prophetic, as most industries and professions soon ceased existence. The best aspects of them were preserved and enhanced, while most disappeared from global society, after an orderly winding-down period. All of Earth’s major industries and professions had long since devolved into intrinsically worthless or largely criminal enterprises, as economic empires were built and defended. Those empires had short lives after Day One. Most human activity in industrial societies before Day One provided little intrinsic benefit and could even be harmful, and all such activities soon ended. There was very little dispute or resistance from people who tried to justify their industries and professions, when they obviously became useless or were seen as harmful.

Money was an artificial construct that only had use in a world of scarcity. Money only purchased somebody’s effort, and was a claim on a society’s economic production. When meeting humanity’s needs became nearly effortless, then money became an obsolete concept. Entire professions were devoted to economic exchange and money, and they soon disappeared without protest.

As an example, accountants counted money. Many former accountants put their effort into counting what mattered, such as how much food an indoor farm could produce, how many people that would feed, how many craft were needed to distribute it, the progress of ecosystems recovery, and the like. After Day One, a global map tracked, even to the household level, the progress of distribution of those technologies, including their fruits, such as food, clothing, and dwellings.

Another example was the alliance between the day’s agricultural producers, food processors, and the medical industry, particularly in industrialized nations. Before the domestication of plants, humanity rarely ate seeds, but seed crops became an agrarian-epoch staple. However, seeds were not ideal human food, particularly as staples. In addition, the methods of preparation, particularly of wheat and related crops, ground into flour and preserved, toxified those foods, depleted their nutritional value, and led to diseases, particularly those related to metabolism. In industrialized nations, food processing reached new levels, which further robbed such food of its nutritional value, introduced new toxins, and led to a host of degenerative diseases, which killed most members of industrial societies.

Food production and food processor practices were catastrophic for human health, but the corrupted medical industry denied that diets of such foods were harmful, nearly all of its treatments merely treated the symptoms of processed food consumption, and it rarely identified processed food and other ingested toxins as the primary cause. Those treatments, usually drugs, rarely improved the population’s health or longevity. Other interventions, such as surgeries, vaccines, putting industrial waste in the water supply and calling it “medicine,” and other lucrative activities also were intrinsically worthless and generally harmful.

Those commercial relationships soon degenerated into symbiotic criminal enterprises, as the day’s farms and food processors provided the patients that the medical industry treated to their graves. After Day One, food processing swiftly ended, farms became automated, were largely indoor, and mainly produced fruits and vegetables. Few aspects of the medical industry survived after Day One, such as emergency medicine, but even that rapidly diminished, as most emergency medicine treated incidents arising from those degenerative diseases and the effects of addictions. Accidents also largely ended soon after Day One, so emergency medicine became a rare necessity; few people ever needed emergency care in the epoch that began on Day One.

Engineers immediately realized that materials, energy, and gravity would no longer be design constraints, and imaginations were exercised like never before. Settlements on the ocean, orbiting Earth, subterranean, and even on Mars and Earth’s moon were early ideas that soon became realities. Soon, artificial islands, some approaching continent-size, were built in the world’s oceans. They actually enhanced oceanic life, which proliferated like never before in the human journey.

AHP promoted only one overriding principle on Day One: The implementation of those technologies above all would be harmless, to both humanity and Earth’s ecosystems, or as close to that ideal as possible at first, and to attain it as soon as possible. That was the only creed promoted on Day One, along with the idea that all of humanity would share in the benefits of those world-changing technologies. Universal harmlessness and safety was almost completely established in Year One.

The unanimous conclusion of all historians was that the effort leading to Day One was the difficult part, and everything that came afterward was relatively easy. Humanity readily adapted to abundance, after its long and horrific journey of scarcity. Overcoming humanity’s ignorance, indifference, and elite resistance were the important victories, and what happened after Day One was a predictable continuation of them.

Concurrent with those announcements was a stated global intent to forgive all debts, compensate all stakeholders in soon-to-be obsolete industries and professions, and to begin dismantling the global financial system, as it would no longer be needed. Even compensating those stakeholders quickly became meaningless, as money soon fell into disuse in the global wave of abundance.

On Day Two, extraterrestrials (“ETs”) were introduced to humanity. Some of those ETs were humanoid, which initiated a radical revision of evolutionary theory. Nearly all branches of science were shaken to their foundations in those days.

In ways, Day Two’s revelations surpassed Day One’s, but Day One’s announcement had global impact on humanity’s lives while Day Two’s was more of a reorientation of humanity’s self-imagined place in the universe. Those ETs acknowledged that their civilizations had long visited humanity, and they all had a sense of what humans often called God. They traveled the dimensions. Their psychic abilities and understanding of consciousness were highly advanced, and were related to their advanced technologies. They saw love and enlightenment as the highest states that life could attain, and was actually the purpose of life in physical reality.

On Day Two, a loose association of quasi-religions, called materialism and other variants, began a rapid decline and disappearance, and it was soon recognized that all of the world’s established religions evinced some understanding of the grander reach and purpose of creation. But they all had been distorted by ever-present scarcity and fear, and perverted by self-serving religious officials. What was called organized religion immediately began falling into obscurity, as few saw those religions as very helpful. A new kind of spiritually arose, in which all people learned how to create an inner dialogue with their greater selves and become the best versions of themselves. In the early years after Day One, all people began devoting significant time each day toward that activity (technological assistance was also available), and the spiritual organizations that formed had no hierarchies or dogmas, and bore little resemblance to the religions that existed before Day One.

Even with those global demonstrations, there was lingering skepticism in some regions, particularly among non-industrialized peoples, but it quickly ended when the promised technologies and other assistance began delivery. Because AHP had publicly discussed the issues for many years, its views formed a global guide for thought into that transition. As an example, AHP’s members had long argued that money would not be needed in the epoch that such technologies made possible (which they called the Fifth Epoch), and that most aspects of human societies would soon dwindle after Day One. Before Day One, such ideas made little sense to humanity, but after Day One, it all became increasingly obvious.

Within a generation after Day One, humans rarely died from disease, but from a gradual degeneration of their bodies, life expectancy soon grew to more than a century, and people were usually healthy until their deaths. So-called genetic engineering before Day One was performed in profit-seeking and security-state efforts, which were reckless, highly dangerous, and had already led to catastrophes. After Day One, that activity was dramatically reoriented, and today, almost all genetic diseases have been eliminated or are easily treated.

Another immediate goal was to end the environmental devastation caused by humanity’s activities. Before Year One ended, all electricity production came from free energy technologies. All forms of combustion were soon eliminated, although that took a little longer, largely because more time was needed to replace hydrocarbon-fueled transportation and heating. The combustion of organic materials such as wood ended in Year One.

Burning hydrocarbon fuels in the industrial era had warmed Earth’s climate via the radiation-trapping carbon dioxide waste byproduct, and other industrial chemicals also contributed to what was called Global Warming. The Day One technologies soon meant that Earth’s climate had almost no impact on human welfare. A global consensus soon formed that bringing carbon dioxide levels down by a third, to levels before industrialization, was desirable, largely for Earth’s ecosystems. Free-energy powered devices removed carbon dioxide from the atmosphere. Preindustrial levels were achieved within a generation, and were maintained afterward. It was decided globally to maintain carbon dioxide levels above those at which Earth would resume the ice age that industrialization’s pollution had interrupted.

At eight hours of effort per day, one percent of humanity was needed to provide those essentials, but several percent were involved, for only an hour or two of each day. Within a few years, few humans “worked” for more than a few hours in a day. If they did, it was because their efforts excited them, usually because those efforts were immensely beneficial to humanity and life on Earth. What was called “work” was the highlight of each worker’s day, and they were highly honored members of humanity. That fraction continually declined over the next century to today, in which far less than 1% of human effort is needed to provide those benefits.

After Day One’s revelations, it was obvious to all that the technologies that the public used before Day One were extremely primitive. Few of humanity’s public technologies before Day One survived for long. Even elite prestige goods were soon seen as antiquated. A sizeable fraction of humanity devoted its effort to not only the technological upgrades, but to also heal Earth’s wounds from the old technologies and practices.

All mining of Earth ceased almost immediately. Antigravity technology, combined with free energy and advanced artificial intelligence, which was also demonstrated on Day One, had many immediate applications. One of which was that humanity became a space-faring species. But first, the solar system needed to be made safe for travel. Robotic craft immediately began cleaning up refuse from humanity’s previous space forays. They also began to gather up all objects in the solar system that were not planets or moons. The asteroid belt and other objects, such as those following Jupiter’s orbit, were coalesced into a few planetoids, which became materials sources for humanity. That process took a couple of generations to complete, and nearly all materials that humanity used came from those new planetoids through automated mining, as well as some mining of the rocky planets and moons. But there was never any mining waste, as all elements are useful. Humanity’s wasteful, destructive, and poisonous methods quickly ended.

Scientists had concluded long ago that cities were invented for these primary reasons:

The development of professions;
Rapid social communication;
Cities were energy efficient, on a per-capita basis, and lied along low-energy transportation lanes, particularly bodies of water.

Those reasons became insignificant after Day One, as it became evident to all of humanity that Earth’s cities were archaic and unhealthy, and they were soon abandoned. A few cities were preserved for a time, as relics of a bygone age, but the rest were quickly rendered back to their constituent elements and the ecosystems were restored. That was only part of the remediation. All roads became obsolete, as antigravity craft swiftly replaced all ground-based transportation. On Day One, many of Earth’s vehicles already self-navigated, and none of the new flying craft were piloted by humans. All navigation was automated. Designing and deploying the global transportation system was part of the five-year plan.

Today, some cities exist, but they are nothing like the cities that existed on Day One. Today’s cities are works of art and technological marvels that host social gatherings, but few live people in them. The end of cities, most outdoor farms, roads, and the like meant that Earth’s ecosystems were readily restored. Before Day One, humans enslaved and ate animals, which were some of many cruel and unnecessary practices that soon ended.

The changes in the past century were largely unimaginable to humanity before Day One, but were welcomed after Day One with little complaint. Once it became obvious that all human needs would be met, there was a great relaxation amongst humanity. It quickly became evident that most human behaviors were shaped by scarcity and its resultant fear. The shedding of scarcity and fear from human societies was the greatest single change after Day One, as far as human welfare was concerned. Human societies changed beyond recognition after Day One, compared to what they were before Day One. While those who were adults on Day One had mental and emotional adjustments to make, those born after Day One were a different kind of human, which was reflected in brain structure and other physical attributes. The highly muscled and the obese soon became rare.

Some changes came through ET advice, as they showed how their societies operated, but most came from within humanity, as people discovered how to best live in abundance. There was some short-term hedonism engaged in by people new to abundance, but that quickly ended. Since life became pleasurable, the single-minded pursuit of pleasure made little sense, people soon understood that, and helping others became life’s greatest pleasure. To help all of humanity, and even all life on Earth, to live fulfilling lives became humanity’s highest aspiration, and was the regular concern of nearly all humans.

Concepts such as status, fashion, and “identity” quickly became meaningless, particularly mutilating one’s body to achieve such. Many dysfunctional reactions to scarcity and fear were quickly cleansed from human societies, and few needed reminding.

Before Day One, many preyed on their societies, from elites to street corners. After Day One, predation as a way of life quickly waned. Professions involved with violence, begging, and thievery were abandoned.

Before Day One, the greatest criminals were often elites, and even they received amnesty. While elites often committed what was called “wholesale” crime, Earth’s legal systems punitively treated “retail” crime. Millions of people were sequestered from their societies in facilities called prisons. Even today, some are sequestered from society, but the prisons on Day One were not places of healing, but of punishment.

After Day One, humanity’s legal and punitive systems were immediately scaled down and rapidly terminated. Facilities to sequester Earth’s prison population were immediately constructed. They became places of healing, and most prisoners successfully reentered their societies. The principle of harmlessness also applied to human interactions. Physical violence of any kind was unacceptable, and some of the unveiled technologies were immediately employed to detect physical violence. Crime of all kinds immediately diminished after Day One. One reason was that there was no longer much incentive to, and another was that it was immediately detected and corrected. Also, personal protection technologies were presented, which protected from many sources, from animals, natural phenomena, and other humans. The protective technologies were also not harmful to assailants, but a response from the newly formed, global safety team, largely comprised of elderly women, usually grandmothers, immediately addressed any acts or intended acts of violence. Sometimes it meant sequestering assailants from society, but rarely for long.

Before Day One, nearly all politicians were subservient to elite interests, while pretending to serve the common good. Those politicians rarely had the proper orientation to serve humanity in the Fifth Epoch, and the idea of politicians also became anachronistic. Members of AHP were consulted for guidance, but they only played an advisory role that was soon unnecessary, as humanity rapidly adapted to abundance.

It became evident that the idea of nations had outlived its usefulness, and United Humanity became the initial organization that helped guide humanity into the epoch of abundance. Many human practices, ideas, and organizations were soon seen as dated and were discarded. There soon was a one-world government, but its charge was the welfare of Earth, including all of its life, including humanity. It had no executive office, did not command militaries, engage in coercion, or possess many other negative aspects of national governments.

While the closest human relationships remained those between mothers their children, the nuclear family soon gave way more flexible and enlightened ideas of family and community. Humanity became a community. Within a generation after Day One, nations ended, nuclear families began declining, and a mobile humanity that interbred globally initiated the coming end of what was called race. Before Day One, various regions had skin color and other superficial features common among them, as a result of geographical isolation and evolution. Within another century or so, all of humanity will likely have skin that is golden in color, and there will not be great variation in stature, musculature, and the like. The isolation that gave rise to races rapidly ended after Day One.

On Day One, artificial intelligence routinely translated languages, so that all people could communicate. After Day One, and humanity’s far greater mobility, cultural and language differences began disappearing. Today, there is one global culture and one global language, which has elements of previous cultures and languages, but a century of abundance created a culture that would have been largely unrecognizable to those living before Day One. Peace and harmony are constant conditions of our global culture.

On Day One, only the poorest nations had growing populations, as a large family was a peasant’s means to wealth and security, and women were little more than broodmares of agrarian economies. After Day One, populations began declining globally, and the goal became to reach half of the human population that existed on Day One, which has nearly been achieved today. Such decisions were reached by global consensus and nobody was coerced. Women gained complete control over their bodies soon after Day One, and there were no unwanted pregnancies.

Another idea that was discarded after Day One was competition, which arose from scarcity. In a world of abundance, competition of any kind became nonsensical. Athletes that competed in tribal affairs, pitting cities and nations against each other, became an absurd notion, especially as cities and nations soon vanished.

Territorial behaviors influenced many human activities, from owning land to nations, and only made sense in a world of scarcity. As all of humanity became one community, ideas such as seizing the “best” land became outmoded. All of nature has its own beauty, from desert to rainforest, and with the restoration of Earth’s ecosystems, all of nature was a wonder. Some natural wonders were more spectacular than others, but humanity readily developed systems so that no part of Earth became crowded with people, and there was no competition for the “best” land. Elite enclaves were soon seen as primitive as everything else before Day One. Very little of human societies and their ideals survived for long after Day One, other than the ideas of abundance, enlightenment, and love. Much of Earth not only reverted to its wild state, but some was rarely visited by humans, by global agreement. The most visionary fictional works before Day One barely hinted at human civilization’s consonance with nature that exists today.

Humanity’s dwellings on Day One, even the most grandiose mansions, were quickly seen as archaic, and a generation-long process saw all Day One dwellings retired and replaced with a vast and diverse array of habitation, from dwellings that could travel in space, sit on Mars, be placed underground, on the ocean floor or anywhere, really, and had a versatility of function that was previously unimaginable. Dwellings were easily designed and produced to meet every human need. Most were less comprehensive, and did not grow all of their food, for instance. Some people rarely used personal dwellings, but instead used publicly available habitats wherever they traveled, and the idea of possessions that each person exclusively used greatly diminished. Each generation saw refinements in dwellings, sometimes whole replacements, as new miracles were invented and distributed. They could house an individual, a family, or a local community – whatever people desired and worked best for them. Some preferred to live in clusters of dwellings, while some lived in isolation. But any human could communicate with any other human, if they both wanted to.

Humanity became immensely more intelligent after Day One. Fuller noted how children were born geniuses, and how their societies wrecked those natural abilities. Others also noted the “dumbing down” of children, so that they could become controlled assets of their societies, which generally served elite ends. That all ended after Day One, and encouraging all children to reach their potential became humanity’s universal practice.

What was called artificial intelligence before Day One reached unimagined levels after Day One. The largest single human effort after Day One was the development of artificial intelligence, combined with technology, to safely meet any human need. The technologies in our daily lives were barely imaginable before Day One. Before Day One, many so-called service professions existed, to groom bodies, provide food, and the like, which often entailed mind-and-body-numbing activities. Nearly all such professions soon ended, and what survived bore little resemblance to how they were before Day One. Technologies replaced much of it, but also, many such activities became purposeless after Day One.

With the growth of human spiritualty, as all children learned how to communicate with other dimensions, including the non-physical consciousness of those who had died, there was no longer any fear of death amongst humanity. Every birth and death was a cause for celebration, and all people knew that they would see their departed loved ones again. That was also part of the great relaxation of humanity after Day One, as there was little left to fear. Perhaps the biggest change in human societies was a transition from victim mentalities to creator mentalities, which reflected a loving perspective.

Since Day Two, there have been increasing interactions between humanity and ET organizations. Humanity would have never been allowed to bring its weaponry far past Earth, and a century of peacefulness was a precondition for eligibility to join galactic organizations, and that day is coming. Humanity’s adventures are only beginning.

That ends that history of the Fifth Epoch’s first century for now. My next post is my commentary on it.

Best,

Wade

Wade Frazier

5th May 2023, 16:09

I decided to not put any links in that “historical” account, but I could have put in dozens of links to my work, of course, such as industrial waste (https://ahealedplanet.net/fluoride.htm#compulsory) as compulsory “medicine,” those peacekeeping grandmothers (https://ahealedplanet.net/humanity.htm#peacekeeping), metabolic disease and Western medicine’s worthless treatments of them (https://ahealedplanet.net/forum/threads/109-The-Medical-Racket/page2?p=3118&viewfull=1#post3118), etc., etc.

My account of the first century of the Fifth Epoch is how I imagine my effort’s (https://ahealedplanet.net/humanity.htm#choir) ideal outcome. If the GCs (https://ahealedplanet.net/humanity.htm#gc) anoint Dennis or Greer tomorrow (https://ahealedplanet.net/forum/threads/222-The-Ideal-Free-Energy-Effort-and-the-Latest-Attempt?p=3721&viewfull=1#post3721) as the hero who will bring free energy to humanity, nobody would be happier than me. I can even live with Lockheed’s coming out with fusion (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lockheed_Martin_Compact_Fusion_Reactor) in a few years, which is a GC Plan B, to “solve” the energy issue but keep capitalism alive, selling it for $1 billion a pop. We can’t have something like Sparky’s gizmo (https://ahealedplanet.net/forum/threads/226-Sparky-Sweet-and-His-Free-Energy-Device?p=3899&viewfull=1#post3899)! :) If my effort becomes the key one, wonderful, but I almost don’t care who does it. Bill Gates (https://ahealedplanet.net/forum/threads/158-Billionaire-Philanthropists-and-Visionaries-and-the-Fifth-Epoch?p=2648&viewfull=1#post2648) can! :) My approach will work, if enough people with the right stuff (https://ahealedplanet.net/humanity.htm#why) can be found and trained. It sure does not have to be my effort, but there is presently nothing on Earth like it, and I suspect that if there is a successful effort, it may look a lot like it. I have written on what my ideal effort would look like (https://ahealedplanet.net/forum/threads/222-The-Ideal-Free-Energy-Effort-and-the-Latest-Attempt?p=3723&viewfull=1#post3723), and I continually try to make my effort worthy of it.

Specifically, to Dennis’s question on land (https://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?10672-WADE-FRAZIER-A-Healed-Planet&p=1550238&viewfull=1#post1550238), which began this little project, there is enough land on Earth right now for more than 10 acres per person. A family of four would get more than 40 acres, and one option for homes in the Fifth Epoch will be a home that can fly anywhere, even to Mars, which would have maybe 3,000 square feet on the top floor, and the bottom floor houses the indoor farm, septic system, and other systems to care for that family of four. Do you want another floor for “recreational” purposes? Fine. Easily done. Want it 10,000 square feet per floor? OK. Whatever people want. So, the 40 acres are not really needed for anything, other than to enjoy it. Nobody is going to be “working the land” like a farmer.

I foresee that some people will do that, and put their homes in “remote” locations, and for the people who want to live like that, they will easily be able to. But homes, transportation, food systems, and the like will only bear faint resemblance to what we see today. Many people might have a bio pod where they eat, sleep, study, and the like. Since people will be able to travel the world in minutes, and take their pods with them if they so desire, humanity will have mobility that is hard to imagine today. Imagine if, instead of traveling a few minutes to see somebody on the other side of Earth, you instead met them in cyberspace, in something like Star Trek’s holodeck, and interacted with them like they were there in the flesh, and they would see you the same way. It will be the Fifth Epoch’s version of a phone call. Even in today’s retail tech sector, that idea is not far off. Zuckerberg has been trying to build a primitive version of it. In that heavenly Roads world (https://projectavalon.net/forum4/showthread.php?32399-A-Future-Earth&p=672748&viewfull=1#post672748), children learned a hundred times as fast as today’s children do, with that kind of tech.

As I mentioned in that “history,” if an effort like mine succeeds, the hard part will be building the choir (https://ahealedplanet.net/forum/threads/62-Building-the-Choir?p=81&viewfull=1#post81). Everything else will be easy. For degree of difficulty and importance, getting to Day One is 99% of the effort, and everything that comes afterward is 1%. Nothing remotely like that choir has existed on Earth before. Almost nobody on Earth hits the notes today or is capable of it, and I can tell that few people really understand that. Kind of like Level 4s (https://ahealedplanet.net/humanity.htm#level4), I see people eagerly wanting to be part of distributing free energy or helping people adjust to the idea of abundance, but they will be no help at all for making it happen. That is putting the cart before the horse, to put it kindly. That is another reason why I am not all that interested in detailed plans for transitioning to the Fifth Epoch. Those plans might become obsolete on Day Two. :) We need stars to steer by, not procedure manuals.

Humanity will have an easy time adapting to abundance (like giving everybody a billion dollars), and there are horizons of the human potential to explore that almost nobody today can even imagine. That is why I don’t like getting too much into the specifics of what may be coming. My vision for the Fifth Epoch (https://ahealedplanet.net/humanity.htm#epochal5) is just what is easily predictable. I have been living with the idea since 1987, and I know that I can barely imagine what that world will look like. Thinking that people will vie for the “best” land will quickly be seen as a nonsensical concept in the Fifth Epoch. All of Earth is beautiful in its own way. All ecosystems will be restored and will no longer be dominated/wrecked by humanity. Ecosystems and the “best” land will not be coveted. That is not easy to imagine from here, just like nearly all aspects of the Fifth Epoch are hard to fathom for almost everybody.

In my first interview with Scott Jordan (https://ahealedplanet.net/public.htm#interviews), he cited a poll in New York in 1900, in which people were asked about what New York City’s biggest problem would be in 2000, and the most common response was how to deal with the mountains of horse manure. That is a great example of what people think will be big problems will not be problems at all. If they polled New Yorkers today about the city’s biggest problems in 2123, how many will say that it won’t matter, because New York City will no longer exist? :) In the Fifth Epoch, living in today’s cities will be seen like how we look at living in caves today.

It was only after developing my Epochal conception (https://ahealedplanet.net/humanity.htm#epochaltable) that I really came to understand why the typical reactions to the idea of the Fifth Epoch are indifference (https://ahealedplanet.net/humanity.htm#level0), denial (https://ahealedplanet.net/humanity.htm#level1), and fear (https://ahealedplanet.net/humanity.htm#level5). All Epochs would have been greeted that way if people saw them coming. But nobody ever imagined them (https://ahealedplanet.net/humanity.htm#imagine). This is the first time that people are imagining the next Epoch before it arrives, very few are fit for it (https://ahealedplanet.net/humanity.htm#socialcircle), and that is normal.

When Brian asked me to help him with his DOE proposal (https://ahealedplanet.net/impacts.htm), his idea was to work on imagining what kind of transition to the Fifth Epoch people would want, and to put their objections to its being possible to the side. I have found that almost nobody could do that, as they reacted to very idea of the Fifth Epoch with those reactions of denial and fear. So, I saw it as a very tall order to even find people who could lay that aside and just think about the transition, and I wondered what Brian thought that we would accomplish. The DOE made short work of us (https://ahealedplanet.net/brian%20doe%20talk.flv). :)

When Dennis and I put on our Greatest Energy Shows (https://ahealedplanet.net/energy1.htm#barnum), his pitches were around people’s not having to worry about energy bills. That was aiming low, but he approached it as a businessman, and it was rooted in his brilliant marketing plans (https://ahealedplanet.net/energy1.htm#sfs). To this day, Dennis does not really understand free energy’s potential, and neither did Brian, kind of surprisingly, even with his final book (https://ahealedplanet.net/synopsis.htm). If Brian had lived to read my big essay, he would have immediately understood what I was writing about.

What might be the hardest thing that free energy newcomers have to deal with is thinking that they can tell their social circles the “good news” about free energy, and those people will react with curiosity, understanding, and enthusiasm. It is anything but that. This is something that I first saw back in 1987, soon after I became Dennis’s partner (https://ahealedplanet.net/forum/threads/93-Lessons-learned-from-my-journey-with-Dennis/page3?p=614&viewfull=1#post614), and 36 years later, I have seen the same stories many times. Free energy newcomers rushed out to tell their social circles, almost always dismissing my cautions, and became extremely dismayed that all that they received was indifference, derision, fear, and ostracism.

In 1996, Brian planned to become the Paul Revere of Free Energy (https://www.ahealedplanet.net/brianmem.htm#revere), and I was his biggest fan (https://www.ahealedplanet.net/brianmem.htm#miracle). He had access that I will never have. While I was not too optimistic about what he would find, I was interested to see what he encountered. Five years later, during our epic note-trading session (https://www.ahealedplanet.net/brianmem.htm#sacramento), I saw a very sobered Brian. Brian was a man of his word. He rode. He had access to the tops of the world’s scientific, academic, governmental, and “progressive” organizations, and all that he received were crazed reactions of denial and fear (https://www.ahealedplanet.net/brianmem.htm#reactions). After describing some of those reactions, Brian openly wondered if humanity was a sentient species (https://www.ahealedplanet.net/brianmem.htm#sentience), and I sadly understood.

I call humanity semi-sentient. The potential is there, but it is rarely achieved. Most people shuffle through their lives in the “waking sleep (https://ahealedplanet.net/forum/threads/149-The-Human-Afterlife-and-the-Journey-of-our-Souls?p=3521&viewfull=1#post3521).” I am very familiar with the process of awakening (https://ahealedplanet.net/forum/threads/134-My-Awakening?p=1765&viewfull=1#post1765). People do not awaken through talk, study, teachers, and the like. People only awaken (https://ahealedplanet.net/forum/threads/86-More-on-the-helpful-prerequisites-for-forum-participation?p=309&viewfull=1#post309) through experience. Perhaps the greatest lesson of awakening is that almost nobody around the awakened is awake (one of the loneliest feelings (https://ahealedplanet.net/camelot.htm#lonely)), and trying to awaken others through spreading the “good news” is futile and hazardous. Free energy proselytizers are not really awake yet.

When Brian invited me to co-found NEM (https://www.ahealedplanet.net/brianmem.htm#nem), one board member was a free energy newbie who reminded me of how I might have turned out if I had not met Dennis: a naïve Boy Scout (https://ahealedplanet.net/paths.htm#scouts). He had a 20-year career going as a scientific professional, a salesman in fact. He got in full salesman’s mode, and planned to “convert” his company to the free energy gospel, speak to churches, and the like. I cautioned him against it, but he was gung-ho and would not be dissuaded. He was soon fired for his proselytizing, which ruined his career. It was painful to witness that.

A pupil bagged his career and is pursuing his doctorate today, at a hip, “progressive” university. Like the others, he was full of fire, planning on “converting” that university, and once again, I cautioned him against it. He just had to do it, and was nearly expelled from the university for his proselytizing, and did not make one convert. This summer, another pupil will visit me, as I try to get him back on track, after his battering by his “hip” social circles over the past decade and more, as he tried to spread the free energy gospel. He has seen my warnings for many years, but could not help himself, and it knocked him off-keel.

This is as plainly as I can state it:

The choir will not be singing to the social circles of its members.

Its song is intended to reach the vanishingly few people on Earth that I seek (https://ahealedplanet.net/humanity.htm#socialcircle). 99.9+% of humanity will not begin to awaken to the Fifth Epoch until it arrives, that is normal, and it does no good to judge the situation (https://ahealedplanet.net/humanity.htm#judge1). That Day One that I described will be the most dramatic day in the human journey, but even then, a sizeable fraction of humanity will have to see the technology operating in their homes before they begin to understand. But they will quickly begin to understand when they can see it, use it, touch it, and see their energy costs go to zero.

Unlike almost all of humanity, I know that that tech is older than I am (https://www.ahealedplanet.net/brianmem.htm#underground). If you play on the high road (https://ahealedplanet.net/forum/threads/129-Playing-on-the-High-Road?p=1584&viewfull=1#post1584) for long, you learn that, but few have ever played there for long and survived. That understanding just comes with the territory (https://ahealedplanet.net/forum/threads/226-Sparky-Sweet-and-His-Free-Energy-Device?p=3900&viewfull=1#post3900).

Again, getting to Day One is the hard part, and the hardest part will be building the choir, which is partly why I have devoted so much effort into making my material worthy of the effort. I am getting there, and hope to be done with the task – at least the lion’s share of it – in a few years.

Could Day One be something like a demonstration of an advanced version of Sparky’s gizmo, publicly demonstrated, working for weeks, lighting up skylights with no detectible energy source, as scientists crawl all over it? That is possible but I consider it unlikely, unless the GCs were secretly sponsoring it. If Day One happened like that, it would obviously make a global splash, and if it was not easily wiped out, bought out, etc., then, believe me, the world’s governments would jump onboard ASAP, as would many others. Billionaire “philanthropists (https://ahealedplanet.net/forum/threads/158-Billionaire-Philanthropists-and-Visionaries-and-the-Fifth-Epoch?p=2639&viewfull=1#post2639)” would swarm. It would be like The Little Red Hen (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_Little_Red_Hen) writ globally, at least on the part of the barnyard animals. I would hope that the hen would be generous and forgiving, but it might not matter, as the stampede would be overwhelming.

But, if Day One happened the way that I presented it, the fears that people immediately conjure when hearing about free energy would not prevail. Everybody would be onboard from Day One with a harmless implementation. There are not any politician-saints on Earth today, and they would play ball because it would be political suicide not to, and maybe even some of them would do it out of conscience! :) No politician in office on Day One would likely last long in office, but they can all look forward to more meaningful pursuits. Politics as we know it (https://ahealedplanet.net/roots.htm#politics) would swiftly come to an end, and nobody will miss it.

That choir, 100,000 active supporters, and the tech they develop will be what compels everybody to the table. Anything less has a faint hope of success, IMO. The choir is the necessary ballast for the ship to sail, keeping it centered and on-course.

Anybody can care (https://ahealedplanet.net/forum/threads/86-More-on-the-helpful-prerequisites-for-forum-participation?p=308&viewfull=1#post308) and awaken (https://ahealedplanet.net/forum/threads/86-More-on-the-helpful-prerequisites-for-forum-participation?p=309&viewfull=1#post309), which is over 90% of what is needed for what I am doing, but they also need to be scientifically literate (https://ahealedplanet.net/forum/threads/86-More-on-the-helpful-prerequisites-for-forum-participation?p=313&viewfull=1#post313) and develop a comprehensive perspective (https://ahealedplanet.net/forum/threads/63-Developing-a-Comprehensive-Perspective?p=82&viewfull=1#post82). That takes a little talent and work, and I am trying to make it as easy as possible. Otherwise, people fall prey to petty distractions, hack at branches, etc.

In Sapolsky’s masterpiece (https://ahealedplanet.net/forum/threads/43-Chapter-26-Humanity%C2%92s-Fifth-Epochal-Event-Free-Energy-etc/page4?p=3821&viewfull=1#post3821), he discussed how childhood “adversity” damages brains for life (https://ahealedplanet.net/forum/threads/43-Chapter-26-Humanity%C2%92s-Fifth-Epochal-Event-Free-Energy-etc/page4?p=3930&viewfull=1#post3930), with swollen amygdalas and atrophied hippocampuses, which wrecks mental and emotional stability. This is common in so-called “honor societies,” in which men respond violently to the slightest imagined affront, which Hispanic cultures are known for, as they got “machismo” from the Moors that conquered the Iberian Peninsula. In the Fifth Epoch, no child will grow up in adversity.

That ends this little project for now. Back to essay work, after some housekeeping tasks and getting through some of my post backlog.

Best,

Wade